Home

03 00 00 to 14 00 00 - Los Angeles World Airports

1. Provide wiring from car to telephone terminal box in elevator machine room Provide permanent means of communication between the elevator car and the machine room if required by Code Provide installation of Life Safety speaker provided by others within the elevator cab Provide wiring from car to Life Safety junction box in machine room Bell Alarm System Bell alarm system for each elevator shall be properly located within building and audible outside hoistway when activated by the Alarm call button on each car control station HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 25 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports We AMAL N p N CENTRAL MONITORING SYSTEM gt Vertical Transportation Central Monitoring Control System Provide central monitoring and control system to monitor and record all the building s elevators escalators and moving walks and their respective operations simultaneously System shall be compatible with other building monitoring systems Systems shall be capable of accommodating multiple elevator control systems from various manufacturers B General In the event of an elevator shutdown or any other designated emergency the elevator system shall automatically initiate a call to the Elevator Command Center ECC The ECC shall be capable of receiving the call processing the data and routing the received data to the proper storage or ou
2. 2 Locate mock up in window designated by LAWA 32 Do not proceed with remaining work until mock up is accepted by LAWA DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver shades in factory packages marked with manufacturer and product name fire test response characteristics and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations Do not install roller shades until construction and wet and dirty finish work in spaces including painting is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use Field Measurements Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other construction verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings Allow clearances for operable glazed units operation hardware throughout the entire operating range Notify Architect of discrepancies Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work WARRANTY Roller Shade Hardware Chain and Shadecloth Manufacturer s standard fit for use including normal wear amp tear non depreciating Limited Lifetime twenty five year warranty Warranty to transfer to owner upon completion of installation Roller Shade Motors and Motor Control Systems Manufacturer s standard non depreciati
3. H Power Characteristics 480 Volts 3 Phase 60 Hertz I Maintenance Service Provide 12 month maintenance for all moving walks with 24 hour callback service as built wiring diagrams operating instructions and parts ordering information remote wiring to fire alarm panel J Warranty Provide 12 month warranty beginning at date of acceptance by LAWA 3 3 DEMONSTRATION A Engage a factory authorized service representative to train LAWA s maintenance personnel to operate adjust and maintain escalators B Check operation of escalators with LAWA s personnel present and before date of Completion Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly C Check operation of escalators with LAWA personnel present not more than one month before end of warranty period Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly END OF SECTION 14 32 00 MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 18 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports EXAMPLE EXHIBIT A FIVE YEAR EXTENDED PREVENTATIVE AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENT SERVICE AGREEMENT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELEVATORS ESCALATORS and MOVING WALKS AT THE LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT IN Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports THE CITY OF LOS ANGELES CALIFORNIA Page 2 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports G
4. Preparation Clean precast terrazzo surfaces which have become dirty or stained prior to setting to remove soil stains and foreign materials Clean precast terrazzo by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes followed by a thorough drenching with clear water Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh filler or abrasives Installation General a Employ only skilled and experienced workmen to install the precast terrazzo work Use carborundum or diamond tipped power saws to cut precast terrazzo units which need to be fitted to existing field conditions b Set precast terrazzo units to comply with requirements indicated on drawings and final shop drawings Install anchors supports fasteners and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure precast terrazzo work in place Shim and adjust anchors supports and accessories to set precast terrazzo work accurately in locations indicated with uniform joints of widths indicated and with edges and faces aligned Cc Installation Tolerances 1 Joint Widths 1 16 2 Variation from Plumb 1 16 3 Variation from Level 1 8 in 20 non cumulative 4 Piece Alignments Edge to Edge 1 32 Installation of Wall Base Install base where indicated after placing floors and in accordance with NTMA and the applicable provisions of TCA W243 and ANSI A108 5 Tamp units into setting bed to achieve a full bond without voids Level units at joints Grind at
5. 2 1 A 2 2 D WOODWORK FABRICATORS Fabricators Subject to LAWA review MATERIALS Thermoset Decorative Overlay Particleboard or medium density fiberboard with surface of thermally fused melamine impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT 1 High Pressure Decorative Laminate NEMA LD 3 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with LAWA requirements provide products by one of the following Formica Corporation Laminart Wilsonart International Div of Premark International Inc Nevamar Company aoe Solid Surfacing Material SSM Provide material that meets or exceeds ISSFA 2 01 performance standards consisting of reacted monomers and resins mineral fillers and pigments and manufactured in sheets of specific thicknesses SSM shall be solid non porous homogeneous hygienic renewable and when applicable may feature inconspicuous hygienic seams SSM shall be free from conspicuous internal strengthening fibers 1 Products Subject to compliance with LAWA requirements provide one of the following Avonite Inc Avonite DuPont Polymers Corian Wilsonart International Div of Premark International Inc Gibraltar Nevamar Company Hanstone Formica Corporation moenoge Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 240 A 240M or ASTM A 666 Type 304 stretcher leveled standard of flatness INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 3 Millwork Guide Specification at S A sa Los Angeles World
6. 2 4 Q T _ Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Door Material Stainless steel sheet Door Style Provide limited visibility window to match existing Door Glazing Tempered float glass Door Hardware Manufacturer s standard door operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type trim style and door material and style indicated 1 Provide manufacturer s standard 2 Provide continuous hinge of same material and finish as trim permitting door to open 180 degrees Accessories 1 Identification Manufacturer s standard Finishes 1 Manufacturer s standard baked enamel paint for the interior of cabinet 2 Stainless Steel No 4 Cabinet Interior Features 1 Emergency Phone Box 2 Cable Access Box 3 Raceway Alarm 1 Circuitry Board 2 Alarm Circuitry 3 Alarm Key Switch and Key 4 Control for Visual Alarm Audio Alarm and Relay Cloasures Power Requirements for Alarm Board Siren and LED AUTOMATED EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR AEDS Provide the following 1 Philips Heartstart OnSite HS1 Defibrillator FABRICATION AED Cabinets Provide manufacturer s standard box tub with trim frame door and hardware to suit cabinet type trim style and door style indicated 1 Weld joints and grind smooth 2 Provide factory drilled mounting holes DEBRIBILLATOR CABINETS 10 43 13 3 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports w Q 2 6 Cabinet D
7. 4 The braking mechanism shall be applied to an oil impregnated hub on to which the brake system is mounted The assembly shall be permanently lubricated Products that require externally applied lubrication and or not permanently lubricated are not acceptable The entire assembly shall be fully mounted on the steel support bracket and fully independent of the shade tube assembly which may be removed and reinstalled without effecting the roller shade limit adjustments Drive Chain 10 qualified stainless steel chain rated to 90 Ib 41 kg minimum breaking strength Nickel plated steel chain shall not be accepted Roller Shade Pocket for recessed mounting in acoustical tile or drywall ceilings 1 Provide either extruded aluminum and or formed steel shade pocket sized to accommodate roller shades with exposed extruded removable closure panel to provide access to shades 2 For open return air plenum provide Vented Pocket such that there will be a minimum of four 1 inch 25 4 mm diameter holes per foot allowing the solar gain to flow above the ceiling line 3 Provide pocket end caps where required Fascia 1 Continuous removable extruded aluminum fascia that attaches to shade mounting brackets without the use of adhesives magnetic strips or exposed fasteners Fascia shall be able to be installed across two or more shade bands in one piece Fascia shall fully conceal brackets shade roller and fabric on the tube Provide bracket
8. C Stainless Steel Touchup Immediately after erection smooth any abraded areas of stainless steel and polish to match undamaged finish END OF SECTION 08 11 19 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 12 Doors and Frames Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes door hardware NOTE All door hardware for public rest rooms shall be stainless steel 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit product data including installation details material descriptions dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes B Samples Submit samples of exposed door hardware for each type indicated below in specified finish Tag with full description for coordination with the Door Hardware Schedule 1 Door Hardware As follows a Locks and latches b Operating trim 2 Samples will be returned to Contractor Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal review and field comparison process may after final check of operation be incorporated into the Work within limitations of keying requirements C Door Hardware Schedule Submit door hardware schedule prepared by or under the supervision of door hardware supplier Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors frames and related work to ensure proper size thickness hand function and finish of door hardware The Architect s review of sc
9. Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports l Clean all of the elevator escalator moving walk equipment Cleaning of the equipment shall occur at regular intervals sufficient in frequency to maintain a professional appearance and preserve the life of the equipment Perform complete clean down of escalator moving walk interiors and elevator hoistways during the 11 month of Warranty Maintenance Report to LAWA the need for cleaning and or janitorial services for all items not covered by the Contract Lubricate all moving parts of the equipment requiring lubrication Apply lubricants at intervals recommended by the equipment manufacturer Provide lubrication more frequently if dictated through use of the equipment Utilize lubricants suitable for the purpose intended that meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified by the manufacturer of the equipment to which the lubricant is applied Remove and properly dispose of used and oily wiping materials from the building on the same day that they are used m Adjust the equipment as necessary in accordance with the check list and when the operation of the equipment varies from its normal or originally designed performance standards Utilize qualified individuals properly equipped with tools and instruments employed by the installer for adjustments Parts or assemblies which have worn or otherwise deteriorated beyond normal adjustment limits sh
10. Escalator components shall be designed based on the following applied duty cycle during operation Three 3 Hours with 100 Rated Load Six 6 Hours with 50 Rated Load Fifteen 15 Hours with 25 Rated Load D Environmental Operations Requirements 1 General Escalators shall be capable of operating with full specified performance capability while exposed to the following climatic and environmental conditions For Exterior Escalators a Escalators will be designed to operate while exposed to the natural elements of weather including direct sunlight rain and airborne dust all conditions of relative humidity while exposed to airborne dust and debris and in dry bulb temperature range of minus ten 10 to plus one hundred and five 105 degrees Fahrenheit Escalators shall be provided with drains The location of the drain shall be coordinated with LAWA and the Engineer For Interior Escalators those within a climatically controlled space a Escalators shall be designed to operate in a temperature range of plus five 5 to plus one hundred four 104 degrees Fahrenheit dry bulb and all conditions of relative humidity while exposed to airborne dust and debris E Fire Protection 1 Contractor shall provide escalators constructed of non combustible materials throughout with the exception of handrails handrail rollers chain step wheels and electrical equipment as defined in ASTM E 136 Handrails shall have a
11. Mineral Fiber Insulation Insulation composed of rock wool fibers slag wool fibers or glass fibers D Stainless Steel Finishes 1 Surface Preparation Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish Polished Finishes Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches a Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 4 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Los Angeles World Airports b When polishing is completed passivate and rinse surfaces Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean c Directional Satin Finish No 4 2 3 STAINLESS STEEL PANELS A Provide stainless steel panels of same construction materials and finish as specified for adjoining stainless steel doors NOTE Make provisions for installation of electrical items specified elsewhere arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replace Provide all cutouts and reinforcements required for steel doors to accept security system components Provide welded on sheet metal boxes with metal conduit or raceway to permit wiring from electric hinge to other electric door hardware 2 4 STAINLESS STEEL FRAMES A Description Fabricate stainless steel frames of construction indicated with faces of corners mitered and contact edges closed tight 1 Door Frames Saw mitered and full continuously welded a Weld fra
12. j Balustrade system including decking interior panels skirt panels and related connections k Operating stations including emergency stop button direction selection switches and labeling l Floorplates and floor plate frames including adjustment details m Ceiling intersection and apex guards where applicable n Electrical layout showing placement of lighting light switches receptacles light fixtures disconnect switches and convenience outlets in machinery spaces truss envelope and pits O Safety Devices including but not limited to the following Comb impact devices Handrail entry guards Broken drive chain switches as applicable Broken step chain switches Skirt obstruction devices Missing step devices Missing and Deteriorated roller devices Shop drawings shall include complete schematic and connection diagrams for each controller and all electrical devices including a legend for components Controller information should include complete O list Remote controller room layout drawings shall be provided All drawings shall reflect existing field measured conditions and be provided electronically in AutoCAD 2008 format NOoOR WN YS n n wr wr Sm D Demolition Plans 1 6 Seven 7 copies of the demolition plans shall be provided by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier for review no later than six 6 weeks prior to start of demolition Demolition plans shall include both a na
13. 1 Floor number Notice of doors closing prior to nudging operation 3 Emergency operation announcements a Firefighter s Service Elevator returning to lobby b Seismic operation Elevator proceeding to next floor Car has exceeded it rated load reduce load to resume operation d Standby power activated Elevator returning to lobby upon sequencing e Security operation Elevator in Secure Operation Exit Elevator Immediately upon notification from ACAMS Controller f Contractor Installer to submit messages for Owner approval prior to fabrication E Hall Buttons 1 Provide one riser of vandal resistant hall pushbuttons Station shall include flush mounted faceplate Centerline of riser to be at 3 6 above the finished floor Buttons shall have a minimum dimension of 3 4 be raised 1 8 1 32 above the surrounding surface be of square shouldered design and have a detectable mechanical motion A minimum clear space of 3 8 or other suitable means of separation shall be provided Button design shall match those used on the car operating panel Provide red and or green LED illumination Provide 3 position Code required Phase I key switch and operational instructions engraved minimum 1 8 high on the faceplate at the main lobby Incorporate fire service jewel and standby power jewels Faceplate edges shall be relieved Finish shall be stainless steel No 4 brushed finish Backfill for engraving shall be epoxy
14. 3 Cementitious Backerboard Latex Portland Cement Mortar Method TCA W244 place tiles maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints and true accurate pattern as shown 4 Grout Installation Latex portland cement ANSI A108 10 CLEANING AND PROTECTING Cleaning On completion of placement and grouting clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter 1 Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer s written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning Finished Tile Work Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked chipped broken unbonded and otherwise defective tile work When recommended by tile manufacturer apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining damage and wear Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed END OF SECTION 09 30 00 09 30 00 9 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa
15. A Escalator designs and installations Heavy duty public transit service type in accordance with APTA standards and are to comply with the following 1 ASME A17 1 2004 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 2 ASME A172 Guide for Inspection of Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks applicable edition 3 ASME A17 5 Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment applicable edition European Norm EN 115 Local Fire jurisdiction Life Safety Code NFPA 101 and CCR Title 19 Uniform Federal Accessibility Standard UFAS California Code of Regulations Title 8 and California Building Code Title 24 2002 City of Los Angeles Elevator Code 0 ASTM A 36 A 36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel applicable edition 11 ASTM A 325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts Steel Heat Treated 120 105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength applicable edition 12 ASTM A 325M Standard Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints Metric applicable edition 13 ASTM A 490 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts Alloy Steel Heat Treated 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength applicable edition CON Q e O HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 3 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 14 ASTM A 490M Standard Specification for High Strength Steel Bolts Classes 10 9 and 10 9 3 for Structural Stee
16. Casting Tolerances As required to achieve installation tolerances Units which have bowed warped or curled shall not be acceptable C Surface Treatment Finish surfaces exposed to view to match accepted samples in all respects Provide smooth joints and square edges Finish Allow terrazzo to obtain sufficient strength prior to grinding and as required to withstand handling stresses and to produce a terrazzo finish consistent with the accepted samples Protect corners and edges to preserve uniform straight arrisses and corners Grind in a continuous operation using grinding equipment to achieve a uniform appearance Do not change equipment materials procedure or operating personnel during the course of the grinding work for the entire Project Discard and replace terrazzo units which develop any irregular penetration or appearance or swirl marks as a result of grinding Select type of grit gradation s and speed of operation to achieve the following a Match finish of cast in place epoxy terrazzo as specified under Part 3 Execution below Abrasive Inserts for Stair Treads RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 9 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports a Carefully mask terrazzo on either side of abrasive channel to protect finished terrazzo b Clean all foreign matter from channel c Trowel abrasive mix into channel with finished elevation approximately 1 16 above terra
17. G Testing and Inspections Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General NOTE The intent of this Guide Specification is to specify the robust equipment with the maintainability features required by APTA Compliance with other APTA Guideline requirements that do not apply to escalators in an interior airport environment is not neces sary 1 5 SUBMITTALS A General Refer to Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL MOVING WALKS 143200 2 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz w Warranty and Maintenance Agreement Warranties and maintenance agreements are required refer to Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL and Exhibit A Q Maintenance and Operating Manuals Maintenance and operating manuals are required refer to Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL D Shop Drawings Submit complete information for all components for review prior to the fabrication of the moving walk work Items which shall be detailed shall include the following 1 aoe Fully dimensioned layout for moving walks in plan elevation and section at a scale of 1 0 Indicate component locations structural supports access spaces and points of entry Indicate the interface of the moving walk work with adjacent work including but not limited to the following a Finished flooring surrounding landing plates Load assumpt
18. HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 14 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks We AMAL O Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Terminal Limits Limit switches shall slowdown and stop the car at the terminals if the primary automatic stopping system fails p Life Safety Provisions Life safety hooks and or other life safety devices for fall protection or prevention to be in accordance with OSHA standards guidelines Life safety hook and or other life safety devices locations to be coordinated and installed by the Installer 2 8 MACHNE COMPONENTS A Motor 1 B Brake The motors shall be of the alternating current reversible asynchronous or synchronous type of a design adapted to the severe requirements of elevator service Motor shall be capable of developing the torque required to meet or exceed an acceleration rate of 2 ft sec for the elevator car A means to protect the windings and bearings from airborne dust shall be provided Insulation of all windings shall be impregnated and baked to prevent absorption of moisture and oil The insulation resistance between motor frame and windings shall not be less than one meg ohm The motor windings shall stand a dielectric test of twice the normal voltage plus 1000 RMS volts of 60 Hertz alternating current for one minute Motor leads in the conduit box shall have the same insulation class as the windings Motor lead wire shall be rated 125 C
19. 1 Erect and maintain temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit water damage and dust migration and to ensure adequate ambient temperatures and ventilation conditions during installation INSTALLATION GENERAL Comply with NTMA s written recommendations for terrazzo and accessory installation PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 6 Flooring Guide Specification gs Les Angeles World Airports B Installation Tolerance Limit variation in terrazzo surface from level to 1 4 inch in 10 feet 6 4 mm in 3 m noncumulative C Underbed 1 Comply with NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide for underbed installation 2 Cover entire surface to receive terrazzo with dusting of sand 3 Install isolation membrane over sand overlapping ends and edges a minimum of 3 inches 75 mm 4 Install welded wire reinforcement overlapping at edges and ends at least two squares Stop mesh a minimum of 1 inch 25 mm short of expansion joints 5 Place underbed and screed to elevation indicated below finished floor elevation D Strip Materials 1 Divider and Control Joint Strips a Locate divider strips directly over control joints breaks and saw cuts in concrete slabs b Install control joint strips back to back and directly above concrete slab control joints C Install control joint strips with 1 4 inch 6 4 mm gap between strips and install sealant in gap d Install strips in adhesive setting bed
20. 10 Million Combined Single Limit CSL i Any Auto ii ii Hired Autos ili iti Non owned Autos C Aviation Airport Liability 10 Million CSL OR Commercial General Liability 10 Million CSL including the following coverages i Premises and Operations ii Contractual Liability Blanket Schedule iii Independent Contractors iv Personal Injury v Products Completed Operations vi Explosion Collapse amp Underground vii Broad Form Property Damage D Professional Liability 1 Million CSL E Employer s Liability 1 Million CSL The specified insurance except for Workers Compensation Employers Liability and Professional Liability shall also either by provisions in the policies by City s own endorsement form or by other endorsement attached to such policies include and insure City its Department of Airport the Board and Page 1 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i sa Les Angeles World Airports 4 03 4 04 4 05 4 06 4 07 4 08 4 09 4 10 4 11 all of its officers employees and agents their successors and assigns as insureds against the areas of risk described in Section 4 01 hereof as respects Contractor s acts or omissions arising out of the performance of this Agreement Contractor s acts or omissions in its operations use and occupancy of the premises hereunder or other related functions performed by or on behalf of Contractor at the Airport Wai
21. 2286 to 2438 mm in height 4 Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches 610 mm or fraction thereof more than 96 inches 2438 mm in height 5 Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches 1066 mm wide and mounted in metal stud partitions c Compression Type Not less than two anchors in each jamb STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 19 8 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Les Angeles World Airports 10 11 d Postinstalled Expansion Type Locate anchors not more than 6 inches 152 mm from top and bottom of frame Space anchors not more than 26 inches 660 mm o c Head Reinforcement For frames more than 48 inches 1219 mm wide provide continuous head reinforcement for full width of opening welded to back of frame at head Door Silencers Except on weather stripped frames drill stops to receive door silencers as follows Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction a Single Door Frames Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers b Double Door Frames Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers Stops and Moldings Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and solid panels where indicated Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints a Single Glazed Lites Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door or frame b Multiple Glazed Lites Provide fixed and remo
22. 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports g The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the Contractor s personnel follow Customs and Border Protection CBP rules and requirements when working in Customs areas h The Contractor shall be responsible for all sundries and components lubricants supply and inventory costs i The Contractor shall be responsible for all safety equipment costs j The Contractor shall be responsible for all license fees and expenses k The Contractor shall be responsible for all office supplies equipment and expenses l The Contractor shall be responsible for all computers printing photographs records documents and report expenses m The Contractor shall be responsible for all telephone radio and communication expenses n The Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor facility and utility expenses o The Contractor shall be responsible for all vehicle expenses p The Contractor shall be responsible for all travel time and travel related expenses q The Contractor shall be responsible for all excise taxes and fuel surcharges T The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all other payments costs and expenses associated with the Contractor s complete fulfillment of the requirements and obligations as set forth in this Agreement 18 02 Basic Maintenance Requirements a Service Agreement tasks include but are not limited to 1 Inspection of completed installation and Pe
23. 50 mm o c from each corner Apply hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturer s instructions Drill and tap for machine screws as required Do not use self tapping sheet metal screws Adjust door installation to provide uniform clearance at head and jambs and to contact stops uniformly Adjust hardware items just prior to final inspection Leave work in complete and proper operating condition 1 Field cut existing hollow metal doors and frames indicated to receive new hardware Field cutting shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall not void the existing door and frame labeling HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 10 Doors and Frames Guide Specification Za Los Angeles World Ai Sat Los Angeles rie ports 3 2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Final Adjustments Check and readjust operating hardware items just before final inspection Leave work in complete and proper operating condition Remove and replace defective work including doors or frames that are warped bowed or otherwise unacceptable B Prime Coat Touchup Immediately after erection sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air drying primer C Remove and replace defective work including doors or frames that are warped bowed or otherwise defective D Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that hollow metal doors and frames will be without damage
24. 8 Flooring sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 4 5 w Curing Allow units to cure Casting Tolerances As required to achieve installation tolerances Units which have bowed warped or curled shall not be acceptable Precast Terrazzo Treads and Risers Fabricate precast terrazzo treads and risers from epoxy terrazzo materials to the sizes shapes and profiles shown to match the epoxy terrazzo mix indicated for treads and risers The minimum thickness of the precast terrazzo stairs and treads shall be 1 1 2 Provide 2 lines of abrasive insert at stair tread nosing Forms Construct forms of non staining metal fiberglass reinforced polyester plywood or other acceptable material Fabricate and reinforce forms for close control of dimensions and details Construct forms tightly to prevent leakage of mixes Form joints will not be permitted on faces exposed to view in the finished work Reinforcement Place welded wire and reinforcing bars of size and spacings as required to resist shrinkage temperature and handling stresses Support and space reinforcement using devices to ensure that it will remain positioned in the precast terrazzo units as required Keep reinforcement from the edges and surfaces of the units Mixing and Placing Mix terrazzo mixes to distribute fine and coarse aggregate evenly throughout Place terrazzo so as to prevent segregation in the forms Curing Allow units to cure
25. C Stainless Steel Doors Fit non fire rated doors accurately in frames with the following clearances 1 Non Fire Rated Doors a Jambs and Head 1 8 inch 3 mm plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm b Between Edges of Pairs of Doors 1 8 inch 3 mm plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold Maximum 3 8 inch 9 5 mm d Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor No Threshold Maximum 3 4 inch 19 mm 2 Fire Rated Doors Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80 3 Smoke Control Doors Install doors according to NFPA 105 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 11 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Les Angeles World Airports D Glazing Install glazing in sidelights transoms and borrowed lights to comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 Glazing 1 Secure stops with countersunk flat or oval head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches 230 mm o c and not more than 2 inches 50 mm o c from each corner 3 4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Final Adjustments Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection Leave work in complete and proper operating condition Remove and replace defective work including stainless steel doors or frames that are warped bowed or otherwise unacceptable B Clean grout and other bonding material off stainless steel doors and frames immediately after installation
26. Color Resin Color selected to match 1 s amp 0 s 90 1 s amp 10 0 s B Precast Terrazzo Base and Stair Tread Riser Setting Beds 1 Cement Setting Bed Mix 226 Thick Bed Mortar Mix Laticrete International Inc 2 Liquid Latex Additives Laticrete 3701 Liquid Latex Mortar Admix 3 Mixing Comply with the manufacturers printed recommendations for either machine or hand mixing of setting bed mixes a Mix 6 bags of cement setting bed mix to 1 pail 5 gal of liquid latex additive Adjust quantity of liquid latex additive to bring the cement setting bed to the proper consistency for placing 4 Welded Wire Fabric for Setting Bed Reinforcement at Metal Stair Risers and Treads ASTM A185 2 in x 2 in x 16 gage galvanized C Grout for Precast Items Polymer modified tile grout composed of ethylene vinyl acetate in dry redispersible form prepackaged with other dry ingredients to which only water must be added at Project site and complying with ANSI A118 6 custom colored to match adjacent precast terrazzo tile units RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 6 Flooring el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 3 NOTE the mix design shall consist no more than 40 glass mirror Recycled glass is not permitted All glass mirror or aggregate shall be no larger than 1 0s and 1s only The Contractor shall also premix all terrazzo ingredients which are able to be combined prior to
27. Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports We AMAL E Emergency Recall Operation Fire Service Provide operation and equipment per Code requirements Contractor shall provide relays wiring and terminal strips to receive signals from the fire alarm system F Earthquake Operation Provide operation and equipment per Code G Load Weighing Provide automatic load weighing device set at approximately 80 of full load The device when activated shall cause the elevator to bypass corridor calls and shall initiate dispatch of car at main terminal prior to elapse of normal dispatching interval Provide adjustable setting from 50 to 80 percent of full load H Load Weighing Security Operation Provide load weighing device to notify ACAMS Controller of weight status in elevator cab when in security mode of operation I Fan and Light Output Timer Provide an adjustable timer Range 1 to 10 minutes that when activated will turn off the fan and light within the car The time will start when the car becomes inactive J Door Hold Operation Provide controls and a button within operating panel that shall hold the doors open for an adjustable period of 30 to 90 seconds The following shall resume normal door operation 1 Activation of door close button 2 Expiration of time period K Standby Power Panel and Operation Contractor shall provide operation as follows When standby power is detected by an input one elevator at a time in
28. Product Data Submit manufacturers design data material specifications installation instructions and other data pertinent to the components used in the moving walk work 1 Provide the Owner with special tools solid state microprocessor tools including appropriate programs relative to the specific type of microprocessor or computer controls installed on this project necessary to trouble shoot service test and maintain the moving walks Special tools become the property of the Owner Tools provided shall be useable throughout the life of the equipment MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 3 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports a Tools may be hand held or built into the control system and may be factory programmed to operate only with this project s equipment T Samples Submit samples as follows 1 For exposed finishes 3 inch 75 mm square samples of sheet materials and 4 inch 100 mm lengths of running trim members Acceptable low and high range of variation in color and finish shall be governed by the control samples in the Architect s office G Certificates and Permits Refer to Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL H Rigging Installer shall submit a rigging plan for approval Any use of existing building structures shall be reviewed and approved by a structural engineer I Operating and Maintenance Manuals Prior to completion of the installation
29. Shipping Spreaders Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames tack welded or mechanically attached to jambs and mullions STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 2 Doors and Frames Z ES G 1 7 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Store doors and frames under cover at Project site Place units in a vertical position with heads up spaced by blocking on minimum 4 inch 100 mm high wood blocking Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber 1 If wrappers on doors become wet remove cartons immediately Provide minimum 1 4 inch 6 mm space between each stacked door to permit air circulation PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication COORDINATION Coordinate installation of anchorages for stainless steel frames Furnish setting drawings templates and directions for installing anchorages including sleeves inserts anchor bolts and items with integral anchors Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A 2 2 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following Ambico Limited Ceco Door Products an ASSA ABLOY Group company CURRIES Compan
30. Strike and Flushbolt Reinforcements 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick by size as required by hardware manufacturer 3 Lock Reinforcement Units 14 gauge 0 067 inch 1 7 mm thick by size as required by hardware manufacturer 4 Closer Reinforcements 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick one piece channel by size as required by hardware manufacturer ay Other Hardware Reinforcements As required for adequate strength and anchorage 6 In lieu of reinforcement specified hardware manufacturers recommended reinforcing units may be used HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 4 Doors and Frames Z ES Q 2 4 B Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 7 Exit Device Reinforcements 0 250 inch 6 35 mm thick by 10 inches 245 mm high by 4 inches 101 mm wide centered on exit device case body unless otherwise recommended by exit device manufacturer Electrical Requirements Make provisions for installation of electrical items specified elsewhere arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replaced 1 Provide all cutouts and reinforcements required for hollow metal doors to accept security system components 2 Doors with Electric Hinges and Pivots Provide with metal conduit or raceway to permit wiring from electric hinge or pivot to other electric door hardware a Hinge Location Center for doors less than 90 inches 2286 mm tall or second hinge from door bottom for doors greater than 90 inches 2286 mm t
31. The System The Steel Network Inc VertiClip SLD Series or VertiTrack VTD Series Durham NC FPPP E Flat Strap and Backing Plate 36 inch 914 mm wide steel sheet for blocking and bracing required for the attachment of surface mounted items and accessories indicated 1 Minimum Base Metal Thickness 0 0312 inch 0 79 mm F Cold Rolled Channel Bridging For channel bridging for fixture attachment or lateral bracing provide 0 0538 inch 1 37 mm bare steel thickness with minimum 1 2 inch 12 7 mm wide flange 1 Depth 1 1 2 inches 38 1 mm 2 Clip Angle 1 1 2 by 1 1 2 inch 38 1 by 38 1 mm 0 068 inch 1 73 mm thick galvanized steel G Hat Shaped Rigid Furring Channels ASTM C 645 1 Minimum Base Metal Thickness 0 0179 inch 0 45 mm 2 Depth 7 8 inch 22 2 mm H Resilient Furring Channels 1 2 inch 12 7 mm deep steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission I Fasteners for Metal Framing Of type material size corrosion resistance holding power and other properties required to fasten steel members securely to substrates involved complying with the recommendations of the gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 4 Walls x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports NOTE On the drawings indicate the locations for each type of metal framing fasteners furring or suspension system with the required spacing and
32. Z gz o 2 3 2 4 2 5 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Air Freshener 1 Basis of Design Product Technical Concepts Model no 401375 23 Description Automatic Air Freshener WARM AIR DRYERS Hand Dryer 1 Basis of Design Product Dyson Airblade A02 LAWA Standard CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES Manufacturers Subject to LAWA approval provide products by one of the following Diaper Changing Station 1 Basis of Design Product Koala Bear Kare KB110SSRE Description Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child protection strap Mounting Recessed Operation concealed pneumatic cylinder with hinge structure 5 Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin exterior shell with high density grey polyethylene interior haces UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS Manufacturers Subject to LAWA approval provide products by one of the following Basis of Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following 1 Plumberex Specialty Products Inc 2r Truebro by IPS Corporation Underlavatory Guard 1 Basis of Design Product Truebro Lav Guard 2 E Z Description Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevent direct contact with and burns from piping allow service access without removing coverings 3 Material and Finish Antimicrobial molded plas
33. and tested as a system Individual testing of components will not be acceptable in lieu of system testing F Shade cloth to pass indoor air quality VOC testing as per ASTM D 5116 97 ASTM D 6670 01 USEPA ETV U S Environmental Protection Agency s Environmental Technology Verification Protocol G Shade Cloth Anti Microbial Characteristics No Growth per ASTM G 21 results for fungi ATCC9642 ATCC9644 ATCC9645 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 2 Window Treatment Z gz 1 4 1 5 1 6 H Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Shade Cloth to be constructed of a woven screen material consisting of yarns comprised of extruded vinyl coated Polyester core yarn as a composite Thermoplastic shade cloth that shall be sealed at the edges assuring binding the core yarn to the coating at the cut edge to assure a sealed edge to substantially minimize raveling Screen cloths to have inert core yarns i e Fiberglass yarns shall not be acceptable Use only injection molded Delrin engineered plastics by Dupont for all plastic components of shade hardware Styrene based PVC or glass reinforced polyester thermo polymer plastics are not acceptable Mockups Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution 1 Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion
34. contractor shall submit six complete sets of Operation and Maintenance manuals for approval After LAWA approval and prior to the beginning of acceptance testing six 6 sets of the approved manuals shall be provided by the Contractor The manuals shall include the following 1 Complete table of contents Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of equipment including disassembly and assembly of drive system handrail drive assembly and track system Included will be complete and illustrated exploded views of all assemblies as well as a complete and illustrated exploded view for identifying all system parts 3 Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts part numbers current cost and warehouse location If product source is another vendor contractor shall include name and address of the other vendor Sample copies of a preventive maintenance chart Descriptions of safety devices Safety rules tests and procedures including testing of all systems and subsystems Procedures for adjusting brake handrail tension handrail chain drive tension pallet chain tension track system and mechanical components including pictorials 8 Instructions for removing floor plate replacing comb segments and removing and installing pallets and interior panels 9 Troubleshooting techniques 10 Detailed lubrication and cleaning schedule indicating weekly monthly quarterly semiannual and annual lubrication and a description
35. persons shall be required to remove a panel and without the aid of special handling equipment HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 20 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 9 10 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Panel fastener requirements Panels shall be fastened to their respective supports or mating portions with tamper proof flathead machine screws When framework to which panels are fastened is less than one quarter 1 4 of an inch thick steel backup plates with a minimum one quarter 1 4 of an inch thickness shall be added which have tapped holes or clearance holes where necessary G Decking and Cladding 1 Shall be type 316 stainless steel identical to balustrade withminimum of 2mm thickness Decking between escalators shall be designed to supporta live load of one hundred and seventy five 175 pounds per square foot without surface deflection Paneling decking and other enclosures shall be supported on steel framework galvanized framework shall be provided for exterior units All decking is to be extended to finish walls and in one piece widths All decking and cladding is to be provided with no exposed fasteners Submit drawings for approval by the Engineer All stainless steel cladding shall be supplied and installed as part of this contract All stainless steel cladding shall be 2mm thick with sound deadening backing Detail drawings
36. 10 OPERATION A Simplex Selective Collective 1 Momentary pressure of car or hall button other than landing at which car is parked shall automatically start the car and dispatch the car to the corresponding floor for which that call was registered If a call is registered at the floor when the car is idle the doors shall automatically open 2 When the direction of travel has been established the car shall answer all calls corresponding to the direction of travel and shall not reverse direction until all car and hall calls in that direction have been answered 3 Calls registered for the opposite direction of car travel shall remain registered and shall be answered after car has completed its calls in the direction of travel 4 If no car buttons are pressed and car starts up in response to several down calls the car shall answer highest down call first and then reverse to collect other down calls 5 The car shall remain at the arrival floor for an adjustable interval to permit passenger transfer Doors shall close after a predetermined interval after opening unless closing is interrupted by car door reversal device or door open button in car B Group Automatic Groups of Two or More Elevators 1 Approved microprocessor based group dispatch car and motion control systems as follows HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 16 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss
37. 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers Subject to approval by LAWA provide products the following B 1 Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 1 Public Rest Rooms Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 2 2 MATERIALS A Panel Pilaster and Door Material 1 Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 666 Type 304 stretcher leveled flatness patterned 2 3 FABRICATION A Toilet Compartments Ceiling hung with intermittent floor support B Urinal Screens Wall hung C Metal Units Internally reinforce metal panels for hardware accessories and grab bars D Doors Unless otherwise indicated 24 inch wide in swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36 inch wide out swinging doors with a minimum 32 inch wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities E Door Hardware Stainless steel Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Install units rigid straight level and plumb with not more than 1 4 inch between pilasters and panels and not more than 3 4 inch between panels and walls Provide brackets pilaster shoes bracing and other components required for a complete installation Use theft resistant exposed fasteners finished to match hardware Use sex type bolts for through bolt
38. 2400 mm in height 2 Metal Stud Partitions Metal channel stud zee anchor sized to match stud width welded to back of frames formed of same material and gauge thickness as frame Provide at least the number of anchors for each jamb according to the following heights HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 6 Doors and Frames s Guide Specification 4 Los Angeles World Ai sa Les Angeles Wo irports a Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches 1500 mm in height b Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches 1500 to 2250 mm in height c Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches 2250 to 2400 mm in height d One additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches 600 mm or fraction thereof more than 96 inches 2400 mm in height 3 In Place Concrete or Masonry Anchor frame jambs with minimum 3 8 inch 9 mm diameter countersunk flat head bolts into expansion shields or inserts 6 inches 150 mm from top and bottom of each jamb with intermediate anchors spaced a maximum of 26 inches 650 mm o c Soffit face of frame shall be punched and dimpled to accept countersunk bolt head Reinforce frame with spacer to prevent bowing Bolt head shall be set slightly below soffit face filled and ground smooth at time of installation G Floor Anchors Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor formed of same material as frame 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick and punched with two holes to receive two 2 0 375 inch 9
39. 5 Doors and Frames x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 2 2 HINGING METHODS A Conventional Hinges High strength stainless steel pins with concealed bearings 2 3 LOCKS AND LATCHES A Mortise Lock and Latch Sets Heavy duty commercial mortise bodies complying with BHMA A156 13 Series 1000 Grade 1 with throughbolted lever trim Furnish mortise type field reversible without disassembly field multifunctional without opening lock cases lock and latch sets with 1 or 2 piece anti friction deadlocking stainless steel latchbolts having a minimum 3 4 inch 19 mm throw 2 3 4 inches 70 mm backset and UL listed for 3 hour doors All lock and latch sets to be furnished complete with heavy 0 109 inch 2 77 mm 12 gage wrought steel zinc dichromate or chrome plated case trim adjustable beveled square cornered armored fronts cold forged steel or stainless steel hubs and 6 pin cylinders Conceal fastenings washers and bushings Provide wrought or black plastic box strikes for each lock and latch set Provide brass bronze or stainless steel strikes with curved lips of sufficient length to protect frames Provide solid forged or cast levers with wrought roses Where electro mechanical locksets are scheduled provide transformers properly sized for conversion of power supply to the power characteristics of the electromechanical locksets Where electro mechanical locksets are scheduled provide request to exit REX monito
40. 5 mm fasteners Where floor fill or setting beds occur support frame by adjustable floor anchors bolted to the structural substrate Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface Weld floor anchors to frames with at least 4 spot welds per anchor H Head Strut Supports Provide 3 8 by 2 inch 9 by 50 mm vertical steel struts extending from top of frame at each jamb to supporting construction above Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction above by bolting welding or other suitable anchorage Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members to permit height adjustment during installation Adapt jamb anchors at struts to permit adjustment I Head Reinforcement For frames more than 48 inches 1200 mm wide in masonry wall openings provide continuous steel channel or angle stiffener 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick for full width of opening welded to back of frame at head Head reinforcements shall not be used as a lintel or load bearing member for masonry J Spreader Bars Provide removable spreader bar across bottom of frames tack welded to jambs and mullions to serve as bracing during shipment and handling and to hold frames in proper position until anchorage and adjacent construction have been completed K Door Silencer Holes Drill strike jamb stop to receive three silencers on single door frames and for two silencers on double door frames Insert plastic plugs in hol
41. AISC Specifications for Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings Fire rated enclosure of escalator truss including ends sides and bottom in ceiling plenum Patching and finishing around escalator landing plates after installation Cladding and finishing of exposed truss surfaces Waterproof pit Sump pit with flush grate and pump or indirect waste drain with oil separator for outdoor units Protect exposed exterior escalators with weatherproof canopy entire length of truss per Code Protect open wellways during construction per OSHA Regulations Protect escalator truss steps landing plates balustrades handrails and special metal finishes from damage Venting or other means to prevent accumulation of smoke and gas in escalator truss as required by Local Building Code Fire sprinklers per local Code requirement with protective guards Finished flooring surrounding floor landing plates All patching of flooring including floor covering adjacent to the escalators Any damage caused by the Contractor shall be replaced at no additional cost to LAWA Expansion joint treatment at the lower escalator support to accommodate sliding escalator attachment Well way railing at top openings pit edge angles and pit drains Escalator Electrical Service Conductors and Devices Light with guard and GFCI convenience outlet in each pit and machine room space Three phase mainline copper power feeder to terminals of each
42. City If any such coverage is cancelled or reduced Contractor shall within ten 10 days of such cancellation or reduction of coverage file with City evidence that the required insurance has been reinstated or is being provided through another insurance company or companies Contractor shall provide proof of all specified insurance and related requirements to City either by production of the actual insurance policy ies by use of City s own endorsement form s by broker s letter acceptable to Executive Director in both form and content in the case of foreign insurance syndicates or by other written evidence of insurance acceptable to Executive Director The documents evidencing all Page 2 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports specified coverages shall be filed with City prior to the Contractor performing the services hereunder Such documents shall contain the applicable policy number s the inclusive dates of policy coverage s the insurance carrier s name s and they shall bear an original or electronic signature of an authorized representative of said carrier s Such insurance shall not be subject to cancellation reduction in coverage or non renewal except after the carrier s and the Contractor provide written notice by Certified Mail to the City Attorney of the City of Los Angeles at least thirty 30 days prior to the effective date thereof City and Contractor agree that t
43. Contractor shall quote LAWA on lease or rental of this equipment including acceptable terms Quote as a separate item 5 The following supplemental information will be required by LAWA for this project a Step by step adjusting procedures as used by elevator Manufacturer s Installer s field adjustor for each type of equipment used in this specific installation This shall include but not be limited to the following 1 Selectors encoders 2 Brakes Shoe clearance core clearance brake switch brake torque and all other adjustments necessary to give a satisfactory functioning brake 3 Controllers Relay air gaps current operated relays timed circuits set reset relays and all other necessary adjustments and settings 4 Electronic devices and circuits 5 Dispatching controller Timed circuits etc 6 Computer type dispatcher Data and procedure to change settings 7 Overload relays Current settings upon tripping testing and maintenance procedures 8 Acceleration and deceleration patterns including time and slow down settings 9 Governor Over speed switch Jaw pull through in pounds 10 Hydraulic elevators Pump flow and leveling control valves relief valves and jack packing gland 11 Hoistway switches and cams 12 Terminal landing slow down device 13 Leveling and re leveling units in hoistway 14 Load compensation Load weighing device settings and load compensation adjustments VERTICAL TRANSPORTAT
44. Field Splices and Connections a Field splices shall be rigid non deforming and shall maintain alignment b Holes for attaching balustrade securing brackets shall be punched C Field modification shall not compromise the paint and corrosion protection specified in the contract documents 3 Access Panels a Access panels for access to escalator parts for inspection and maintenance shall be provided 4 Intermediate Supports where indicated on contract drawings and verified by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier a Support shall be stub column and beam type bolted to wellway structure Stub columns may be welded or bolted to the truss b Support trusses using intermediate supports described above shall be provided No other attachments to structure shall be permitted Truss mounts including bolts angles shims bearing pads and spring supports as required to align and install escalators shall be provided 5 Provisions are to be made if required within the truss for attaching any finish required to enclose the same J Step Chain Tensioning Device 1 An automatic tensioning device to maintain tension under load and to compensate for wear shall be provided The device shall be located within the truss at the lower end 2 A means for individual fine adjustment of tension for each linkage shall be provided 3 Bearings if used shall be rated AFBMA L10 200 000 hours K Lubrication System Requirements 1 Step Chai
45. General Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer s written recommendations B Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints Nonsag paintable nonstaining latex sealant with a VOC content of 250 g L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 4 Walls Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 C Steel Drill Screws ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated 1 For fastening cementitious backer units use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer D Sound Attenuation Blankets and Fire Resistive Insulation for Installation Within Gypsum Wallboard Partitions ASTM C 665 Type I blankets without membrane facing produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from slag wool or rock wool 1 Fire Resistance Rated Assemblies Comply with mineral fiber requirements of assembly NOTE Sound insulation is required in all rest room walls E Laminating Adhesive Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies
46. In the case where the Installer is actually a Dealer it is understood that the terms Installer Dealer Carpeting Contractor and Contractor shall be one and the same for purposes of this Contract He shall assume responsibility for all of the work including acquisition of the materials from the manufacturers herein specified Mill Inspection The carpeting may be inspected to determine compliance with the Contract Documents with respect to manufacture materials pattern and colors Inspection may be made at the mill by a representative of LAWA at any time during the process of manufacture Sample Installations Before installing carpet install sample installation for each type of carpet installation required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution Install sample installations to comply with the following requirements using materials indicated for the completed Work 1 Size and Location Provide 250 square foot 23 23 sq m sample installation in location as directed by LAWA 2 Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship 3 Obtain LAWA s approval of sample installations before starting work 4 Maintain sample installations during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work 5 Approved sample installations may become part of the completed Work if undamaged at time of Substantial Completion NOTE The contractor shall not proceed with
47. Moving Walks el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports D oe OD ee a The vertical transportation systems shall be designed to resist the seismic loads required under the 2007 California Building Code taking into account IBC Seismic Design Category IBC Design Spectral Response Acceleration SDS IBC Importance Factory and Seismic Story Drift Conform to the applicable portions of Section 8 4 Elevator Safety Requirements for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or Greater of ASME A17 1 and Section 8 5 Escalator and Moving Walk Safety Requirement for Seismic Risk Zone 2 or greater of ASME A17 1 also comply with CCR Title 8 Rules 3137 a and 3137 d Electrical Code For electrical Work included in the vertical transportation Work comply with National Electrical Code ANSI C1 by NFPA all applicable local codes and the Authorities having jurisdiction Welding Comply with AWS standards Americans with Disabilities Act ADA Local fire Jurisdiction Requirements of IBC and all other Codes Ordinances and Laws applicable within the governing jurisdictions Life Safety Code NFPA 101 and CCR Title 19 California Code of Regulations Title 8 and California Building Code Title 24 City of Los Angeles Elevator Code Electrical Devices and Equipment 1 2 Elevators a Furnish and install all necessary wiring for proper operation of the equipment including conduit and fittings for machine rooms beginning at
48. Nominal Step Width 40 inches to replace existing 40 inch step escalators or 32 inches 800mm to replace existing 32 inch escalators and 24 inch step escalators if possible based on site conditions Speed not to exceed 100 FPM Number of Flat Steps Rises at or under 15 0 2 top 2 bottom Rises over 15 0 3 top 3 bottom oop a Minimum Transition Radii a Upper Landing 2 6m 8 6 b Lower Landing 2 0m 6 6 34 7 Head Dimensions As required to fit modified structures Static Brake Load The load per step the total number of exposed steps on the incline a 1000mm step 306 kg 674lbs b 800mm step 245kg 540lbs 9 Dynamic Brake Load The load per step running in down direction on exposed steps on the incline a 1000mm step 145 kg 320lbs b 800mm step 116 kg 256lbs 10 Motor Duty Load Continuous operations with a minimum step load per step on incline only as follows a 1000mm step 145 kg 320lbs b 800mm step 116 kg 256lbs HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 18 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 11 Step Chain Load is to be based on the step loads as follows a b 1000mm step 145 kg 320lbs 800mm step 116 kg 256lbs D Controls and Safety Devices 1 Operating Controls a Escalators shall have key operated switches accessible at both upper and lower landings
49. Provide inert type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers sulfur components and other deleterious impurities Mineral Fiber Insulation Insulation composed of rock wool fibers slag wool fibers or glass fibers FABRICATION Stainless Steel Door Fabrication Stainless steel doors to be rigid and free of defects warp or buckle Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles with minimum radius for thickness of metal 1 Seamed Edge Construction Both vertical door edges joined by visible continuous interlocking seam lock seam full height of door 2 Seamed Edge Construction Both vertical door edges joined by visible seam that is projection spot or tack welded on inside edges of door at minimum 6 inches 152 mm o c 3 Seamless Edge Construction Door face sheets joined at vertical edges by continuous weld extending full height of door with edges ground and polished providing smooth flush surfaces with no visible seams 4 Exterior Doors Close top edges flush and seal joints against water penetration Provide weep hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape 5 Stops and Moldings Factory cut openings in doors Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints a Glazed Lites Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door b Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of
50. Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the following 1 Armstrong World Industries Inc 2 USG Corporation 2 4 METAL SUSPENESION SYSTEM A Products Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the following 1 Chicago Metallic Corporation 2 5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints Manufacturer s standard nonsag paintable nonstaining latex sealant that complies with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers complying with ASTM C 834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 2 6 INSTALLATION A Per manufacturer s instructions and applicable codes END OF SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 4 Ceiling Systems Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 66 13 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Poured in place portland cement terrazzo flooring and base NOTE Some of the existing terrazzo installations at the airport are cementitious In the event that one of these existing installations is required to be repaired or replaced this guide specifica
51. The certificate shall be posted in the elevator control room and in the car operating station DEMONSTRATION Engage a factory authorized service representative to train LAW A s maintenance personnel to operate adjust and maintain escalators Check operation of escalators with LAW A s personnel present and before date of Completion Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly Check operation of escalators with LAWA personnel present not more than one month before end of warranty period Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly END OF SECTION 14 21 00 HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 31 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports PART 1 SECTION 14310 HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE ESCALATORS GENERAL 1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section Contractor should refer to General and Supplementary Conditions for requirements specific to conducting work at LAWA facilities including but not limited security issues training certifications workforce requirements coordination requirements not contained herein expected hours of work schedule limitations and other restrictions and constraints pertaining to this project 1 02 GENE
52. accommodate the width of the finished escalator Trusses shall be designed to rest on the top and bottom support beams and intermediate supports provided for each location Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall use 316 stainless steel shims for installation with a maximum shim height of 2 inches Trusses shall be of ample strength to maintain alignment of tracks and moving parts and so designed that they shall safely retain steps and running gear and in case of failure of track systems retain step mechanism within guides and envelope of the truss The truss shall be designed to support the dead weight of the escalator and a full passenger load The deflection of the loaded truss shall not exceed one one thousandths 1 1000 of the free supporting distance of not less than fifty 50 feet under full load The slip joint slide bearings shall be fabricated using three thirty seconds 3 32 of an inch thick glass filled TFE bearing surface HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 31 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports one sliding on the other The expansion joint filler shall be rubber cork composition or neoprene strip h After welding the truss shall be hot dip galvanized with a coating in accordance with ASTM A90 A 100 zinc thermal spray coating to ANSI AWS C 18 93 is an acceptable alernative For Exterior Escalators only 2
53. and shall be sized for 105 C at the motor nameplate amperes at 1 0 Power Factor per Electrical Apparatus Service Association EASA recommendations Leads are to be numbered for clockwise rotation when facing opposite the shaft end The motor shall be designed to stand the severe loads encountered in elevator service and the windings shall have a minimum insulation temperature rating two ratings higher than the actual temperature rise of the motor with a minimum rating of NEMA class F The motor shall be designed to the ASME A17 1 rated load requirements Provide dual brakes that shall be of the self adjusting fail safe spring applied and electrically released type provided with a remotely operated in the controller room manual brake release and designed to meet the service factor demand of its intended use Access panels at the top of hoistway shall not be required Dual brakes shall operate independent of each other for ascending car over speed and unintended car movement Provide operation to prevent the elevator from striking the hoistway overhead or unintended car movement per the requirements of Code C Gearless Machine 1 2 Sheave The sheave material shall be accurately machined of semi steel of hardness BHN 220 250 Anti vibration Mounts For machines that are support beam mounted anti vibration mounting pads are to be provided HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 2100 15 Elevators Escalators an
54. and size of cabinet and trim style INSTALLATION General Install AED cabinets in locations and at mounting heights at heights acceptable to the Los Angeles Fire Department DEBRIBILLATOR CABINETS 10 43 13 4 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports w gt AED Cabinets Fasten cabinets to structure square and plumb ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films if any as cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer s written installation instructions Adjust cabinet doors to operate easily without binding On completion of cabinet installation clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer Touch up marred finishes or replace cabinets that cannot be restored to factory finished appearance Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by AED cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers Replace AED cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures END OF SECTION 10 44 13 DEBRIBILLATOR CABINETS 10 43 13 5 Specialties Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 44 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Fire protection cabinets for the following a Portable fire extinguishers NOTE Indicate on the drawings a fire extinguisher in a
55. are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail Installation Tolerances Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 1 8 inch in 12 feet 3 mm in 3 6 m measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members Wire tie or clip furring channels to supports as required to comply with requirements for assemblies indicated Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and spacings indicated but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing and installation standards unless more stringent spacings are recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer Grid Suspension System Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces Mechanically join main beam and cross furring members to each other and butt cut to fit into wall track NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 6 Walls Z gz 3 5 A Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING Install continuous runners tracks sized to match studs at floors ceilings and structural walls and columns where gypsum board stud assemblies abut other construction Secure runners to substrates with fasteners spaced a maximum of 24 inches 600 mm o c unless closer spacing is recommended by the framing manufacturer for the floor a
56. attach or abut installed door frames and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS A Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 GA 216 and the gypsum wallboard manufacturer s recommendations where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply B Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side C Single Layer Application 1 On ceilings apply gypsum panels before wall partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 5 Walls sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz On partitions walls apply gypsum panels vertically parallel to framing unless otherwise indicated or required by fire resistance rated assembly and minimize end joints or avoid them enti
57. back side at frame corners and stops with edges straight and true Grind welds smooth and flush on exposed surfaces HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 5 Doors and Frames s Guide Specification 4 Los Angeles World Ai sa Les Angeles Wo irports C Hardware Reinforcement Fabricate reinforcements from same material as frame to comply with the following Offset reinforcement so that faces of mortised hardware items are flush with surface of the frame 1 Hinges and Pivots 7 gauge 0 167 inch 4 2 mm thick by 1 1 4 inches 32 mm wide by 10 inches 254 mm 2 Strike Surface Mounted Hold Open Arms and Flushbolt Reinforcements 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick by size as required by hardware manufacturer 3 Closer Reinforcements 12 gauge 0 093 inch 2 3 mm thick one piece channel by size as required by hardware manufacturer 4 Other Hardware Reinforcements As required for adequate strength and anchorage D Electrical Requirements Make provisions for installation of electrical items specified elsewhere arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replaced 1 Provide all cutouts and reinforcements required for hollow metal frames to accept security system components 2 Frames with Electric Hinges and Pivots Provide welded on UL listed back boxes with metal conduit or raceway to permit wiring from electric hinge or pivot to other electric door hardware a Hinge Location Center for doors less than 90 inches 2286 m
58. contacts governor jaws and governor tension sheave assembly 15 Escalator Moving Walk tracks chains chain and step pallet rollers handrails steps pallets and safety devices 16 Repair and replacement coverage is intended to be full and complete and to include the cost of providing all elevator replacement components including those not mentioned above Provide fireman s recall tests as required by the governing code Maintain the efficiency safety and speeds of the equipment at all times including acceleration retardation contract speed with or without full load floor to floor time door opening and closing time Maintain escalator hand rail speed within 2 fpm of step tread Maintain the vertical transportation system monitoring system at all times Housekeeping Provide and maintain industry standard parts cabinets for the orderly storage of replacement parts Keep the premises free of accumulation of waste material or rubbish Store combustible materials in closed metal containers Regularly brush lint and dirt from the guiderails car tops bottom of platform and remove dirt excess lubricant and accumulated rubbish from pits and machine room floors Take necessary actions to prevent oil and grease from creating unsightly appearances on the equipment and or accumulating on the floor of equipment room elevator pit escalator pits escalator steps moving walk pits or pallets VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 15
59. controlling device shall have one input connection that controls the starting and stopping of the motor The motor controlling device shall have two output contacts to provide the run and fault status of the motor controlling device 8 MOTOR CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY a The motor controlling device shall provide a timed soft start with a start up time range of 0 to 10 seconds or more to appropriately integrate with other motor starters and reduce the mechanical stress on the moving walk system during the starting of the motor 9 HEAT SINK MATERIAL a The motor controlling device shall utilize a metal heat sink material to dissipate operating heat without requiring external cooling devices 10 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS a The supplier shall provide motor controlling device drawings including schematic wiring diagram and mounting dimensions 11 DELIVERABLES a The supplier shall provide an installation and user s manual 12 WARRANTY a The supplier shall warrant the motor controlling device for a period of two years from the date of sale O Additional Safety Devices Provide all safety devices required by Code including but not limited to the following Design all safety devices to operate in accordance with the requirements of the Code MOVING WALKS 1432 00 15 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports Emergency Stop Buttons Emergency stop buttons shall be provided
60. designed so that the momentary pressure of either button shall cut off the power supply to the motor and brake to bring the moving walk or ramp to rest a One emergency stop button shall be located at both the drive end and return end Location shall be in the upper quadrant 45 degrees above horizontal in order to provide easy access The stop button shall be red in color b The button shall be housed under a clear high impact resistant plastic cover which shall be self closing Instructions for operating the stop button shall be imprinted on the cover in half inch high letters When the cover is lifted an audible alarm shall sound until the cover is returned to its closed position Broken Treadway and Broken Drive Chain Devices Broken chain safety devices shall be provided with a safety switch for each chain designed to cut off the current and bring the moving walk to rest should either chain break Pit Stop Switch Each moving walk shall be provided with an additional safety device in the pit that shall interrupt power within the moving walk or ramp and automatically apply the brake to bring the moving walk or ramp to a smooth stop Reversal Stop Devices The reversing device shall be designed to stop the moving walk automatically should the direction of travel be accidentally reversed while the moving walk or ramp is operating in an ascending direction Pallet Level Devices Moving walks or ramps equipped with pallets with trail whee
61. each group and single elevators shall be returned to the main lobby one elevator at a time and remain there with the doors open Once all cars have been returned to the lobby one elevator in each group and single elevators may be selected to run under standby power Selection of the cars shall be done automatically This automatic selection may be overridden through manual selection Provide necessary wiring and contacts to allow elevator systems to sequence under standby operation Provide group selection switches in the fire control panel Provide standby power indicators in the fire control panel and main floor hall station L Tenant Security Operation 1 The Elevator Contractor shall coordinate with the Sections 28 13 00 ACCESS CONTROL and ALARM MONITORING SYSTEM ACAMS and SECTION 28 23 00 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM VSS to provide elevator controls as described below a Card readers shall be installed as directed adjacent to and interfaced with the elevator call button The call button will be enabled by an authorized card read of the ACAMS system b Card readers with keypads shall be installed in each elevator cab and interfaced with the car buttons for as directed c Access to and from secured floors shall be by card reader only HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 18 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports d Elevator departing unsecu
62. epoxy terrazzo solvent wipe completely prior to installing epoxy primer and terrazzo NOTE All control joints to be carried to the surface RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 12 Flooring Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports b Stop Strips Install stop strips at perimeter of epoxy terrazzo flooring fields Adhere stop strips with substrate primer do not fasten to concrete If flexible membrane was placed greater than 72 hours before placement of epoxy terrazzo solvent wipe completely prior to installing epoxy primer and terrazzo c Divider Strips Place divider strips directly over concrete where indicated on the drawings Adhere divider strips with substrate primer do not fasten to concrete If flexible membrane was placed greater than 72 hours before placement of epoxy terrazzo solvent wipe completely prior to installing epoxy primer and terrazzo NOTE All pours to be to the divider strips Phased pours in areas within the divider strips shall not be allowed unless directed otherwise by LAWA The leg of the divider strip shall be fully bonded to the slab When two divider strips are joined the ends shall touch and align 2 Placing Epoxy Terrazzo a Clean and prepare substrate to comply with NTMA specifications for type of terrazzo application indicated Clean substrate of loose chips and foreign matter b Priming Apply epoxy primer evenly over prepared flexible membrane at the rate
63. equipment with clearances complying with the referenced codes and standards Install items so that they may be removed by portable hoists or other means for maintenance and or repair Install items so that access for maintenance is safe and readily available Mount rotating and vibrating equipment on vibration isolating mounts designed to effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure and thereby eliminate sources of structure borne noise from vertical transportation equipment 1 Pack wall openings thru which oil lines and conduit pass with fire resistant sound isolating mineral wool insulation and fire stopping material Lubrication and Adjustment Adjust installed components for smooth efficient operation complying with required tolerances and free of hazardous conditions 1 Traction Elevators Lubricate operating parts of system Adjust motors brakes controllers leveling switches limit switches stopping switches door operators interlocks and safety devices to achieve required performance levels 2 Hydraulic Elevators Lubricate operating parts of system Adjust pumps valves motors brakes controllers leveling switches limit switches stopping switches door operators interlocks and safety devices to achieve required performance levels 3 Escalators and Moving Walks Lubricate operating parts including bearings tracks chains guides and hardware Test operating devices equipment signals controls and safet
64. even if labeled PROPRIETARY shall be delivered to the Authority without prejudice or delay and at no additional cost Provide all material on CD ROM in a format approved by the Authority Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS MSDS and product data sheets shall be submitted with an index listing each product along with the application method of the product approximate quantity of product per moving walk and the component the product is applied to or associated with The contractor shall allow six 6 weeks for review of MSDS Spare parts and replacement parts list Contractor shall maintain at a minimum a local on site parts inventory for use solely on this Contract Parts not listed below including balustrades decks skirt panels handrails and signage shall be available via overnight air delivery Inventory shall include lubricants light bulbs etc necessary to maintain equipment in original operating condition The parts listed below shall be made available for inspection by LAWA or its designee Part storage shall be as directed by LAWA 1 Parts required for equipment listed under Section 14 31 00 Parts inventory shall be maintained throughout the Warranty Maintenance period and five year contract maintenance period after which parts will become the property of LAWA a Moving Walks 5 Complete Pallets 4 Stop Switch Covers with hardware 10 each Left Right and Center Pallets 2 Key Switches each kind Treads Inserts 15 Co
65. existing doors hardware scheduled to remain match locations of existing hardware B Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer s written instructions Install overhead surface closers for maximum degree of opening obtainable Place on room side of corridor doors stair side of stair doors secondary corridor side of doors between corridors Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be finished coordinate removal storage and reinstallation of surface protective trim units Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved C Existing frames and doors scheduled to receive new hardware carefully remove existing hardware tag and bag and turn over to LAWA 1 Metal doors frames Weld or fasten with screws filler pieces in existing hardware cut outs and mortises not scheduled for re use by new hardware Leave surfaces smooth no ap plied patches 2 Remove unused existing floor closers fill empty floor closer cavities with concrete D Do not install permanent key cylinders in locks until the time of preliminary acceptance by the Owner At the time of preliminary acceptance and in the presence of LAWA permanent key all lock cylinders Record and file all keys in the key control system and turn system over to LAWA for sole possession and control E Key control storage system shall be installed where directed by
66. fascia end caps where mounting conditions expose outside of roller shade brackets Notching of Fascia for manual chain shall not be acceptable a Color Selected from manufacturer s standard colors Manual Operation Chain locations to be on right hand side of user ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION Fabricate units to completely fill existing openings from head to sill and jamb to jamb unless specifically indicated otherwise Fabricate shadecloth to hang flat without buckling or distortion Fabricate with heat sealed trimmed edges to hang straight without curling or raveling Fabricate unguided shadecloth to roll true and straight without shifting sideways more than 1 8 inch 3 18 mm in either direction per 8 feet 2438 mm of shade height due to warp distortion or weave design Installation Brackets Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade for supporting roller and operating hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated Installation Fasteners No fewer than two fasteners per bracket fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade hardware and adjoining construction type designed for securing to supporting substrate and supporting shades and accessories under conditions of normal use Color Coated Finish For metal components exposed to view apply manufacturer s standard baked finish complying with manufacturer s written instructions for surface preparation including pretreatment application baking and mi
67. filled Integral signs shall be as follows a Fire Operational Instructions Minimum 1 8 high lettering b Fire Service Jewel Minimum 1 8 high lettering c Standby Power Indicators Minimum 1 8 high lettering 2 Provide spanner type security fasteners Finish matching faceplate 3 No objects adjacent to and below the hall push button station shall project more than 4 inches from the wall HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 24 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Wi AMAL T 2 15 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Hall Lanterns Provide UP and DOWN lanterns at intermediate landings single lantern at terminal landings Electronic chimes for each lantern shall sound once for up and twice for the down direction of travel The lantern shall illuminate for corresponding direction of car travel and the chime shall sound when the elevator is at a predetermined distance from the scheduled floor stop The design and location of the hall lanterns shall be as selected Faceplate finish matching hall buttons Hoistway Access Switches Provide without faceplate in entrance frame side jamb at all top and bottom terminals Fire Control Station Provide a common control panel for all elevators locate as directed Panel to contain a digital readout type position and direction indicator per elevator fireman s return switch per group or individual elevator as required a jewel to indicate if do
68. for the Hands free telephone a Braille Arabic designations shall be identified by a minimum of 5 8 Arabic numeral standard alphabet character or standard symbol immediately to the left of the control button Braille shall be located immediately below the numeral character or symbol Controls and emergency equipment shall be identified by raised symbols including but not limited to door open door close alarm bell emergency stop and telephone The call button for the main entry floor shall be designated by a raised star at the left of the floor designations Braille and Arabic designations shall be flush with inconspicuous mechanical mounting The plaques shall have raised white colored numerals on a black background Provide a lockable service cabinet with concealed hinges Cabinet door shall be flush with the faceplate with hairline joints Door shall include a flush integral certificate frame for viewing the operating permit The window shall be constructed of durable Plexiglas or similar material and be accessible from backside of locked door Minimum window size to be 7 wide by 3 high a Cabinet shall contain the following type controls 1 A light switch 2 Two speed fan switch 3 Inspection keyswitch conforming to the ASME Code 4 Independent service keyswitch 5 Emergency light test button 6 Keyed stop switch 7 A duplex 120 volt A C G F C I convenience outlet Provide black paint filled except as no
69. grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods to produce clean lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 3 Walls Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 3 3 APPLICATION A Apply paints according to manufacturer s written instructions and to recommendations 1 Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces Before final installation paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only 2 Paint front and backsides of access panels removable or hinged covers and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces 3 Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name identification performance rating or nomenclature plates C Painting Fire Suppression Plumbing HVAC Electrical Communication and Electronic Safety and Security Work 1 Paint the following work where exposed in LAWA equipment rooms a Equipment including panelboards and switch gear b Uninsulated metal piping c Uninsulated plastic piping d Pipe hangers and support e Metal conduit f Plastic conduit g Tanks that do not have factory applied final finishes h Duct equipment and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material Mechanical and electrical equipment that is indicated to h
70. gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set H Curved Partitions 1 2 Install panels horizontally and unbroken to the extent possible across curved surface plus 12 inches 300 mm long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them Wet gypsum panels on surfaces that will become compressed where curve radius prevents using dry panels Comply with gypsum board manufacturer s written recommendations for curve radii wetting methods stacking panels after wetting and other preparations that precede installing wetted gypsum panels On convex sides of partitions begin installation at one end of curved surface and fasten gypsum panels to studs as they are wrapped around curve On concave side start fastening panels to stud at center of curve and work outward to panel ends Fasten panels to framing with screws spaced 12 inches 300 mm o c For double layer construction fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches 400 mm o c Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer and fasten to studs with screws spaced 12 inches 300 mm o c Allow wetted gypsum panels to dry before applying joint treatment GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 6 Walls Z gz Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Tile Backing Panels 1 Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board For substrates indicated to receive thin set tile install water resistant gypsum backing board panels unless otherwise indicated Where tile bac
71. inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire ratings indicated based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9 Smoke Control Door Assemblies Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 2 Doors and Frames Z ES 1 4 A w PART2 2 1 2 2 2 3 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver doors and frames palleted wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage Tool marks rust blemishes and other damage on exposed surfaces will not be acceptable Remove and replace damaged items as directed by Architect Store doors and frames at building site in a dry location off the ground and in such a manner as to prevent deterioration PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide doors and frames by one of the following 1 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames a Ceco Door Products an Assa Abloy Group Company b Curries Company an Assa Abloy Group Company c Steelcraft an Ingersoll Rand Company MATERIALS Specified Gage Thickness All specified gauge thicknesses are Manufacturer s Standard Gauge Hot Rolled Steel Sheets ASTM A 1008 A 1008M CS commercial steel Type B free of scale pitting or surface defects pickled and oiled Cold Rolled Steel Sheets ASTM A 1011 A 1011M CS
72. installation until the required mock up has been approved by LAWA DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver carpeting in original mill protective wrapping with mill register numbers and tags attached Deliver other materials in manufacturers unopened containers identified with name brand type grade class and other qualifying information TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 2 Flooring Z gz Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports C Store materials in a dry location in such a manner as to prevent damage 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations Do not install carpet tile until wet work in spaces is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use B Do not install carpet tile over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer 1 7 WARRANTY A Carpet Manufacturer s Warranty Written warranty signed by carpet tile manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet tile that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet tile due to unusual traffic failure of substrate vandalism or abuse Failures include but are not limited to more than 10 percent loss of face fiber wear static buildup in excess of 3 0 kV when tested
73. joints to remove any minor discrepancies in level of units Replace warped stained damaged and non matching units as directed Grout joints except those shown to receive sealant or divider strips with a mixture of Portland cement pigment and water matching the matrix of the unit being grouted Installation of Stair Tread Risers Place setting bed on steel pan and poured in place concrete type stairs where shown and in accordance with NTMA and the applicable provisions of TCA S151 Method F111 for steel pan stairs and Methods F112 and W211 for concrete stairs and ANSI A108 1A Tamp units into setting bed to achieve a full bond without voids Level units at joints Grind at joints to remove any minor discrepancies in level of units Replace warped stained damaged and non matching units as directed Grout joints except those shown to receive sealant or divider strips with a mixture of Portland cement pigment and water matching the matrix of the units being grouted 3 4 CLEANING SEALING AND PROTECTION A Clean terrazzo after installing and grinding operations are completed by thoroughly washing all terrazzo surfaces with a neutral cleaner Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 14 Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports thoroughly Apply sealer in two coats at the coverage rate of 500 square feet per gallon per coat in compliance with sealer manufact
74. keying to determine lock cylinders keyed alike sets level of keying master key groups grandmaster keying system shall be as directed by the LAWA Supplier and Contractor shall meet with the LAWA and obtain final instructions in writing Provide 2 nickel silver keys for each lock and 6 keys for each grandmaster and masterkey system Provide 2 blank keys for each lock for the LAWA s convenience in making additional keys 1 Temporary Cylinders Provide temporary cylinders in locks during construction and as may be necessary for security or as may be requested by the LAWA All temporary cylinders shall be individually keyed as required and subject to a single master key Key Control System Furnish a key control system with complete accessories including key gathering envelopes labels reserve pattern key tags with self locking key clips key receipt forms key receipt holders 3 way visible card index temporary key markers and permanent key markers STRIKES Strikes for Locks and Latches All strikes for locks and latches shall be provided by the lock and latch manufacturer unless otherwise specified or scheduled refer to Article Locks and Latches Dustproof Floor Strikes Complying with BHMA A156 16 Type L04251 L04021 or L14021 one of the following No 80 Door Controls International DP2 H B Ives 3910 Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company Inc TBM 570 Rockwood Manufacturing Company RM Sean Electric Strike
75. limits when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 NOTE All adhesives shall be compliant with South Coast Air Quality Management Dis trict SCAQMD requirements SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL COUNTERTOPS Grade Premium INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 4 Millwork Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports B Solid Surfacing Material Thickness 3 4 inch C Colors Patterns and Finishes As preselected and indicated in Division 09 Section Colors and Finishes D Fabricate tops in one piece unless otherwise indicated Comply with solid surfacing material manufacturer s written recommendations for adhesives sealers fabrication and finishing 1 Fabricate tops with shop applied edges of materials and configuration indicated 2 Fabricate tops with indicated backsplash E Install integral sink bowls in countertops in shop F Drill holes in countertops for plumbing fittings and soap dispensers in shop 2 6 FABRICATION A General Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site Where necessary for fitting at site provide allowance for scribing trimming and fitting B Provide Premium grade interior woodwork unless otherwise noted Subject to LAWA approval NOTE Any grade below premium has been determined not be suitable for the public areas and therefore will not be allowed 2 7 SHOP FINISHING A Finish architectural woodwork at fabr
76. located on the exterior deck above the newel base Operating controls for glass balustrade escalators may be mounted on posts in lieu of lower exterior decking subject to full conformance with governing Codes and acceptance of submitted designs from the supplier by the Engineer Each keyed switch shall be clearly and permanently labeled including starting and direction selection Interlocks shall be provided to bring the escalator to a smooth stop in either direction of travel before a change of direction may be made 2 Safety Devices a b Safety devices required by ANSI ASME A17 1 2004 shall be provided on each escalator Safety devices shall be mounted in locations accessible for maintenance within escalators and these devices shall be designed for ease of adjustment or reset Devices shall be located so that operation is not affected by direct moisture and debris If escalators are equipped with braking system dependent upon activation of springs then springs shall be of guidance compression type The use of weights or self excitation of the brake release shall not be allowed Disconnect switches capable of being locked in the off position shall be provided in both escalator pits and at the drive of each escalator to prevent the starting of escalator from any other location Comb plate switches that detect the vertical tripping force shall be independent of the switches that detect the horizontal tripping force A dis
77. minimum thickness 2 Depth As indicated NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 3 Walls x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports C Deflection Track ASTM C645 top runner with custom fabricated flanges with depths sized to accommodate roof and floor deck live and dead load deflections but not less than 2 inch 50 8 mm deep flanges Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of structure above in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs one of the following CEMCO CST slotted Track Dietrich Metal Framing SLP TRK Slotted Deflection Track MBA Building Supplies Slotted Deflecto Track Steel Network Incl VertiClip SLD or VertiTrack VTD Series Superior metal Trim Superior Flex Track System SFT Telling Industries Vertical Slip Track DV pa e pa p D Firestop Track ASTM C645 top runner with custom fabricated flanges with depths sized to accommodate roof and floor deck live and dead load deflections but not less than 2 inch 50 8 mm deep flanges Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire resistance rated assembly indicated in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs one of the following CEMCO FAS Track Fire Trak Corp Fire Trak System Metal Lite Inc
78. moving walk travel C Aluminum Castings and Extrusions 1 Castings ASTM B108 alloy and temper as required to meet the strength and performance requirements 2 Extruded Aluminum ASTM B221 Alloy 6061 or 6063 T6 3 Finish Commercial mill finish D Clear Tempered Glass ASTM C 1048 Condition A uncoated surfaces Type 1 transparent glass flat Class 1 clear Quality q3 glazing select Kind FT fully tempered 12 0 mm thick After tempering heat soak 100 of all fabricated glass units to European Union Standard EN14179 to eliminate inclusion related glass breakage Statistical heat soaking shall not be permitted Comply with ASME A17 1 Section 6 1 Rules 6 1 3 3 2 and 6 1 3 3 3 MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 6 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Z gz m T 2 3 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Fasteners Provide bolts nuts washers screws rivets and other fasteners necessary for the proper erection and assembly of the moving walk work Fasteners shall be compatible with materials being fastened Welding Materials Comply with AWS D1 1 Sealants Joint Fillers and Primers Sealants joint fillers and primers internal to the moving walk systems shall be as selected by the moving walk manufacturer Perimeter sealants joint fillers and primers are specified under Section 07920 JOINT SEALANTS Paint and Corrosion Protection Each moving walk shall have the following minimum corrosion protectio
79. not place seams perpendicular to door frame in direction of traffic through doorway e Cut openings in carpet for electrical outlets piping and other penetrations Maintain close tolerances so that edges of carpet will be covered by plates and escutcheons f Seams shall be located away from areas subject to pivoting traffic SHEET CARPETING 096816 6 Flooring aol r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports 3 4 2 Apply adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturer s directions 3 Adhere carpet with a full spread of adhesive Ensure uniform bond over the entire area a Butt carpet tightly together to form seams without gaps or entrapped pile yarns and aligned with adjoining rolls of carpet Seams shall be pressed by hand and or suitable tool to produce the best possible even top pile width to width Adjacent widths of carpet must be installed to finish at exactly the same elevation b Roll carpet uniformly removing air pockets and bubbles c If the pile of the carpet has been compressed while laying in storage so that there appears to be a difference in color in adjacent widths of material the Contractor shall neutralize the pile with a steam machine and obtain a uniform pile direction throughout by brushing the carpet while it is still damp at no additional cost to LAWA 4 Edge Strip Installation Install edge strip at every location where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic unless otherwise indicated U
80. not to compromise the isolation system Use non rigid conduit for the final electrical connection with all other conduit supports and clamps provided on a neoprene sponge insert PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 EXAMINATION Prior to commencing with the installation of elevator equipment examine the following and verify that no irregularities exist that would affect the quality of execution of work specified 1 Hoistway size and Plumbness 2 Anchor brackets 3 Sill Support 4 Pit depth 5 Overhead clearance INSTALLATION Install elevator in accordance with the OEM s installation procedures and approved Shop Drawings Install equipment so it may be easily removed for maintenance and repair Install all equipment to afford maximum accessibility safety and continuity of operation Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with the OEM s submittal Erect all items square plumb straight and accurately fitted with tight joints and intersections Coordinate with the General Contractor to ensure that the installation of the elevators is not in conflict with the work performed of other trades Isolate non compatible dissimilar materials from each other by providing vibration isolation gaskets or insulating compounds Provide protective coverings for finished surfaces Upon completion touch up and restore damaged or defaced factory finished surfaces Touch up any marred finishes and replace as d
81. of 200 300 square feet per gallon to thoroughly wet surface but avoiding ponding the material Cc For thinset terrazzo topping comply with resin manufacturer s recommendations for proportioning mixes d Comply with NTMA guide specifications previously referenced under Thin Set Terrazzo Materials and with matrix manufacturer s directions for installing thin set terrazzo Match Architect s samples and provide total material thickness of not less than 3 8 Allow cure per manufacturer s recommendations prior to grinding operations 3 Grinding Exercise extreme care to ensure fluids from grinding operation do not react with dividers and strips to produce a stain on aggregate Delay grinding until heavy trade work is completed and construction traffic through the area is restricted a Rough Grinding Grind with 24 or finer grit stones or with comparable diamond plates b Intermediate Grinding Follow initial grind with 80 or finer grit stones c Grouting Cleanse floor with clean water and rinse thoroughly Remove excess rinse water by wet vacuum and machine until completely dry Apply epoxy grout to fill voids d Fine Grinding Grind with 120 or finer grit stones until all grout is removed from surface Upon completion terrazzo shall show a minimum of 70 to 75 of marble chips RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 13 Flooring sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz C Precast Terrazzo 1
82. of each lubrication point lubrication type and specification 11 Control and schematic electrical wiring diagrams of controller including wiring of safety devices to connections with remote indication and control panels for each moving walk and group of moving walks 12 Electrical layout showing placement of lighting light switches receptacles light fixtures disconnect switches and convenience outlets in machinery room truss envelope and pits 13 Complete detailed drawings and wiring diagram of moving walk fault finding device and connection to annunciator panel SON gt MOVING WALKS 14 3200 4 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Certification 1 4 The moving walk manufacturer shall provide certification that the purchaser of the moving walks shall be provided with copies of all documents related to maintenance safety operations design changes modifications retrofits etc which relate to any part component equipment system subsystem or material and services applicable to the moving walk provided All of the above referenced shall be provided as it pertains to the original installation and for a period of twenty 20 years after final acceptance of the last moving walk provided under any contract The referenced material shall be provided within thirty days of publication or internal distribution by the moving walk manufacturer The material
83. of frames to floors through floor anchors with threaded fasteners 3 Field splice only at approved locations indicated on the shop drawings Weld grind and finish as required to conceal evidence of splicing on exposed faces 4 Remove spreader bars only after frames are properly set and secured Restore exposed finish by grinding filling and dressing as required to make repaired area smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces 3 At fire rated openings install frames according to NFPA 80 4 Existing Frames Salvaged from Alteration Work Install salvaged existing frames in locations indicated Doors 1 Non Fire Rated Doors Fit non fire rated doors accurately in their respective frames with the following clearances Jambs and Head 3 32 inch 2 mm Meeting Edges Pairs of Doors 1 8 inch 3 mm Bottom 3 8 inch 9 mm if no threshold or carpet Bottom 1 8 inch 3 mm at threshold or carpet ae op Qe Fire Rated Doors Install with clearances as specified in NFPA 80 Smoke Control Doors Install according to NFPA 105 4 Existing Doors Salvaged from Alteration Work Install salvaged existing doors in locations indicated Sa Glazing Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section Glazing and with hollow metal manufacturers written instructions 1 Secure stops with countersunk flat or oval head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches 230 mm o c and not more than 2 inches
84. or deterioration at time of substantial completion END OF SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 11 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Les Angeles World Airports SECTION 08 11 19 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Stainless steel hollow metal doors 2 Stainless steel hollow metal frames NOTE The integration of the existing LAWA Security System into the steel door and frame work may be required The Contractor shall be responsible for the total and complete coordi nation of the security system components of the work 1 2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated Include construction details material descriptions core descriptions fire resistance rating temperature rise ratings and finishes B Shop Drawings Include the following 1 Elevations of each door design 2 Details of doors including vertical and horizontal edge details and metal thicknesses 3 Frame details for each frame type including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses 4 Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware 5 Details of each different wall opening condition 6 Details of anchorages joints field splices and connections 7 Details of accessories 8 Details of moldings removable stops and glazing 9 Details of conduit and preparations for power signal and control systems C Samples for Verificati
85. original conditions Page 4 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports 14 02 Cleaning of Site The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping the work site clean and neat As necessary debris shall be removed to an approved disposal location Areas used by the Contractor during its work shall be cleaned daily before leaving the job site Items saturated with combustible fluids shall be stored in tightly sealed metal containers and removed from the Work location Paints and thinners shall not be poured into Terminal drains lines or sewers Paint dirt and other stains on surfaces of Terminals which are caused by the Contractor s work shall be carefully removed and the surfaces cleaned All areas used by the Contractor shall be left in a clean and neat condition SC 15 NOT USED SC 16 NOT USED SC 17 NOT USED SC 18 BASIC MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 18 01 The Contractor shall facilitate proactive preventive maintenance maximize equipment life and maximize beneficial usage of the vertical transportation equipment covered by this Agreement Contractor expressly acknowledges that City is relying on CONTRACTOR S professional expertise and knowledge of covered equipment in the performance of Services to achieve desired results The Contractor shall provide the EPRM of the vertical transportation systems installed in this Service Agreement in conformance with the LAWA approved O amp M Ma
86. required as a result of unsatisfactory conditions discovered during an inspection e Ordinary Wear Any corrective measure or repair that may be required because of ordinary wear f Other Maintenance Maintaining updated maintenance manuals maintenance of testing equipment and tools maintaining wiring diagrams cleaning of equipment and equipment areas g Hours Available for Maintenance Functions shall be as stated in SC 5 and SC 18 or as approved by LAWA h Repair and Replacement of Damaged Parts Components or Materials 1 Contractor shall promptly repair and or replace damaged parts components or materials regardless of the cause of such damage Any and all replacement parts must be new and unused LAWA will reimburse the Contractor for the cost of such repairs and replacements in accordance with GP where the need for the repairs did not result from i The routine operation and maintenance of the system ii The careless or negligent acts or omissions of the equipment OEM Contractor s employees suppliers agents or subcontractors There shall be no separate reimbursement for repairs or replacements for items covered by the warranties or guarantees provided by the OEM iii Normal wear and tear iv Contractors negligence 2 LAWA requires the Contractor to provide sufficient resources to promptly repair the systems at all times Page 7 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles Wor
87. rest at that landing or is in the leveling zone and stopping at that landing 2 Provide an electric contact mounted on the car that will prevent the car from moving away from landing unless car doors are closed HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 2100 12 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ail Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports C 2 7 Door Control Device 1 Door Protection Electronic Entrance Detector Screen Provide an electronic door detector device and or approved equal which projects a three dimensional infrared curtain of light guarding the door opening Arrange to reopen doors if one beam of the curtain is penetrated Unit shall have transmitters and receivers spaced at a minimum distance to provide the maximum amount of protection within the height of the doorway Systems which have the availability to turn Off or On individual zones within the curtain will not be allowed 2 Nudging Operation After beams of door control device are obstructed for a predetermined time interval minimum 20 0 25 0 seconds a warning signal shall sound and doors shall attempt to close with a minimum of 2 5 foot pounds kinetic energy Activation of the door open button shall override nudging operation and reopen doors 3 Interrupted Beam Time When beams are interrupted during initial door opening hold door open a minimum of 3 0 seconds When beams are interrupted after the initial 3 0
88. rod LBR unless otherwise scheduled 5 Delayed Egress Devices Function achieved within single exit device component includ ing latch delayed locking device request to exit switch nuisance alarm remote alarm key switch indicator lamp relay internal horn door position input external inhibit in put plus fire alarm input NFPA 101 Special Locking Arrangement compliant 6 Electrically Operated Devices Single manufacturer source for electric latch retraction devices electrically controlled trim power transfers power supplies monitoring switch es and controls 2 5 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A Cores for Bored Cylindrical Locksets Provide key in lever 6 pin cores for all bored cylindrical locksets keyed into base building system as manufactured by the bored lockset manufacturer B Cylinders Full faced cylinders with square shouldered not tapered compression rings 6 pin cylinders standard threaded keyed into building system with cams to suit lock functions Provide cylinders for installation into all locks DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 7 Doors and Frames Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 6 2 7 1 1100 Series Flexible Head Mortise Cylinder Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware CR Series 40 Adjustable Front Cylinder Sargent Manufacturing Company SGT 3 30 001 full faced mortised cylinder with 36 083 compression rings Schlage Lock Company SCH Keying System Final
89. s review and written acceptance C Concrete Subfloors Verify that concrete slabs comply with the following 1 Remove coatings including curing compounds existing floor covering adhesive residues and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap wax oil or silicone without using solvents Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by the carpet manufacturer 2 Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds sealers hardeners and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond Determine adhesion and dryness SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 5 Flooring Guide Specification wa A sa Los Angeles World Airports characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by the carpet manufacturer 3 Use leveling and patching compounds recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling cracks holes and depressions in the substrate Surface shall be smooth level and at proper elevation Remove ridges roughness and protrusions from concrete surfaces by grinding D Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet E Carpet installation shall not commence until painting and finishing work are complete and ceiling and overhead work is tested approved and completed F Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 3 INSTALLATION A 100 Direct Glue Down of Broadloom Carpet Comply with the manufacturer s in
90. shall be provided by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier to the Engineer These reaction loads shall include the dead weights of the escalators machinery structure and truss cladding Special design loads shall be computed by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier for heavy duty transit system type escalators as specified herein Escalator intermediate support points shall be provided by Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier where required and shall be coordinated with existing structural bearing locations for intermediate supports Details and calculations shall be submitted by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier for coordination and record by the Engineer HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 5 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 5 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Escalator truss design shall have a maximum deflection of 1 1000 of the spans between supports as depicted in the contract drawings using the design loads specified Foundations Additional room for escalator controllers will be provided for all escalators as noted on the drawings Design load shall be 320 pounds per 40 inch exposed step for all truss machinery chains motors and brakes and 256 pounds per 32 inch exposed step Escalator Installations shall be designed to meet Seismic zone 4 criteria per ASME A17 1 requirements and requirements of the local code authorities
91. shall be submitted indicating fastening locations to accommodate the cladding All connection points shall allow the attachment of cladding without the need of additional fastening brackets All installations shall be free of loose sharp or protruding edges Stainless steel cladding shall have a 4 directional finish Gladding locations on the new escalators shall match those of the existing units H Escalator Lighting Fixtures 1 Step demarcation lights located below steps at both landings shall be provided in accordance with code requirements Each landing shall have a minimum of three 3 lighting elements and be either NEMA 4 rated of IP 56 rated for exterior escalators in accordance with local electrical code requirements Combplate lighting fixtures shall be provided by LED type fixtures and be either NEMA 4 rated or IP 56 rated for exterior escalators labeled in accordance with local electrical code requirements Contractor shall furnish and install all maintenance lighting with quick start type PL compact fluorescent lamps as required for complete illumination of working spaces and specified areas within the interior of the escalator and its immediate surroundings Upper and lower pits shall have internal lighting of 15 foot candles as a minimum A main light switch shall be HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 21 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los
92. signed by product manufacturer G Qualification Data Installer trained and certified by the manufacturer with a minimum of ten years experience in installing products comparable to those specified in this section H Maintenance Data For roller shades to include in maintenance manuals Include the following 1 Methods for maintaining roller shades and finishes Precautions about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to fabrics finishes and performance 3 Operating hardware 4 Motorized shade operator 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Qualifications Obtain roller shades through one source from a single manufacturer with a minimum of twenty years experience in manufacturing products comparable to those specified in this section B Fire Test Response Characteristics Provide roller shade band materials with the fire test response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction C Flame Resistance Ratings Passes NFPA 701 99 small and large scale vertical burn Materials tested shall be identical to products proposed for use D Product Standard Provide roller shades complying with WCMA A 100 1 E Electrical Components NFPA Article 100 listed and labeled by either UL or ETL or other testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction marked for intended use
93. the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with LAWA requirements 1 Benjamin Moore amp Co 2 Dunn Edwards Corporation 3 Frazee Paint INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 1 Walls sa Los Angeles World Airports Guide Specification gz PSO ie ICI Paints Kelly Moore Paints PPG Architectural Finishes Inc Sherwin Williams Company Vista Paint 2 2 PAINT GENERAL A Material Compatibility 1 Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience For each coat in a paint system provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated B VOC Content Products shall comply with VOC limits of Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety and LAWA requirements C FLOOR COATINGS 1 2 3 4 Frazee Monochem Dex coat 2600 ICI Groundworks 3214 Water based Clear Acrylic Concrete Sealer PPG Perma Crete Plex Seal WB Interior Exterior Clear Sealer 4 6200 Sherwin Williams H amp C Concrete amp Masonry Waterproofing Sealer 2 3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Testing of Paint Materials LAWA reserves the right to invoke the following procedure 1 LAWA may engage th
94. the Contractor in the Work shall be new high grade of the same manufacture and type as material and items being replaced and free from defects Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection Defective work or material whether in place or not shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor at its expense when so directed by LAWA If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material within 10 days after reasonable notice LAWA may cause such work or materials to be replaced The replacement expense shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor SC 12 OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 01 12 02 The Contractor shall maintain all required Spare Parts at all times with at a minimum quantities of spare parts equal to or greater than that which are present at the start of the Service Agreement and as specified by the OEM O amp M Manual or as directed by LAWA The cost of all Non Warranty Spare Parts replacement shall be invoiced back to LAWA in accordance with General Provisions The Contractor shall be responsible to accurately record spare parts purchases and inventory at all times Page 3 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports 12 03 12 04 At time of acceptance of materials from LAWA Contractor shall sign a receipt Sig
95. the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents Elevator Escalator Maintenance Agreement Provide full preventative maintenance service of the elevator equipment for a period of 12 months from the date of acceptance by LAWA This service shall include a monthly examination of not less than 1 hour per examination per hydraulic elevator a semi monthly twice per month examination of each traction elevator of not less than 1 hour and a weekly examination of each escalator moving walk of not less than 1 hour by competent and trained personnel and shall include all necessary adjustments greasing oiling cleaning supplies and replacements of parts to keep the equipment in perfect operation except such parts made necessary by negligence not caused by this Contractor Use parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment All costs in connection with such maintenance shall be included in the agreement price Include 24 hour per day 7 day per week emergency Call Back Service for all elevators escalators and moving walks should operational problems or shut downs develop between service periods 1 Response Time Two hours or less Take equipment out of service for scheduled routine preventative maintenance during non peak usage of the equipment as approved by LAWA Perform preventative maintenance during regular working hours Require service and emergency personnel to report to the LAWA representat
96. the LAWA 3 3 ADJUSTING A Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every hardware component Replace hardware components that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended Adjust door control devices to compensate for building stack pressures final operation of forced air mechanical equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 12 Doors and Frames Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 Test each electrical hardware item to determine if devices are properly functioning Wiring shall be tested for correct voltage current carrying capacity and proper grounding Stray voltages in wiring shall be eliminated 2 Coordinate with electrical installation for interface and connection with life safety and security systems B Fire Rated Door Assembly Testing Upon completion of the installation test each fire door assembly in the project to confirm proper operation of its closing device and that it meets all criteria of a fire door assembly as per NFPA 80 2007 Edition The inspection of the fire doors is to be performed by individuals with knowledge and understanding of the operation components of the type of door being subjected to testing A written record shall be maintained and transmitted to LAWA and be made available to the LADBS The record shall list each fire door assembly throughout the project and include e
97. the airport or for the safety and proper identification of such vehicles and the Contractor shall also comply with any and all directions pertaining to such parking which may be given from time to time and at any time by the Airport Manager LAWA shall have no responsibility of any kind whatsoever including without limitation thereto the loss theft destruction or damage to said vehicle or any contents therein in connection with the permission granted to the Contractor to park its motor vehicles No other rights or privileges in connection with parking of motor vehicles at the Airport are or shall be deemed to be granted to the Contractor under Service Agreement Each vehicle or unit of equipment that travels operates or delivers materials in any restricted area of the Airport shall comply with the regulation set forth in Appendices B C and D SC 10 UNIFORMS 10 01 The Contractor shall provide its personnel with all necessary distinctive uniforms and identification badges and woven identification insignia of a type and style which shall be subject to the prior and continuing approval of C amp M Contractor s employees shall wear these uniforms and identification badges or insignias at all times while performing the operations hereunder The Contractors employee shall be neat clean and professional in appearance SC 11 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS 11 01 11 02 All repair and replacement materials parts and equipment furnished by
98. the light and power outlets furnished under Division 26 ELECTRICAL sections Include all wiring and connections required to elevator devices remote from hoistway and between elevator machine rooms Provide additional components and wiring to suit machine room layout b Provide grounded metal shielded GFCI receptacles for work lights on the underside of each platform and the crosshead of each car Escalators Moving Walk a Furnish and install all necessary wiring for proper operation of the equipment including all wiring conduit and fittings beginning from the disconnect switch in the escalator machine space to all electrified escalator equipment b Install all conductors except control panel wiring in rigid conduit except short connections where equipment may require shifting for adjustments Conduit shall be liquid tight on outdoor installations Such wiring shall be installed in liquid tight flexible metal conduit not exceeding 6 in length Provide flame retardant panel wiring d Provide grounded metal shielded GFCI receptacles for work lights in the upper and lower pit areas Q VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 8 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 3 All electrical and wiring interconnections shall comply with the governing codes ASME A17 1 ASME A17 5 and NFPA 70 a Conductors Copper throughout with individual wires coded and all connections at a
99. the mortar manufacturer s recommendations and requirements indicated below for ANSI setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction and grout ANSI installation methods and grout types Where recommendations and methods conflict the manufacturer s recommendations shall apply 1 Mortar Latex Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108 5 2 Concrete Subfloors Interior TCA F122 a Apply the mortar to waterproofed slab with the flat side of the trowel b With a trowel having notches sized as recommended by the mortar manufacturer comb the surface of the mortar with the notched side of the trowel removing excess mortar Spread only as much mortar as can be covered in the time limits established by the mortar manufacturers recommendations Cc Wipe the back of each tile with a damp sponge to remove all dust or dirt immediately before applying mortar to tiles d Immediately after wiping tile backs but prior to placing tile the mortar shall be troweled to back of tile for 100 coverage to thickness of not less than 1 16 inch 1 5 mm e Place tiles onto mortar bed maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints and true accurate pattern as shown Exercise care to quickly remove spillage from faces of tile using water Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as tile units are set f Prohibit foot and wheel traffic on tiled floors for period of time as recommended by the mortar manufacturer 3 Grout In
100. to be paid by City to Contractor exceed the amount s specified without the prior approval of the City and unless this Service Agreement is first amended in writing Any such payments shall be made by City within a reasonable time following receipt of Contractor s invoice s therefor City may at any time upon written order to Contractor require Contractor to stop all or any part of the services called for by this Service Agreement for a period of thirty 30 days Said thirty 30 day period shall commence on the day the written order is delivered to Contractor and shall extend for any further period to which the parties may agree Any such order shall be specifically identified as a Stop Work Order issued pursuant to this clause Upon receipt of such an Order Contractor shall forthwith comply with its terms Within a period of thirty 30 days after a Stop Work Order is delivered to Contractor or within any extension of that period to which the parties have agreed City shall either a Cancel the Stop Work Order or b Terminate the services as provided in the Service Agreement If a Stop Work Order issued under this Section is canceled or expires or the period of any extension thereof is canceled or expires Contractor shall resume work An equitable adjustment will thereafter be made in Contractor s time of performance Contractor s compensation or both consistent with the provisions of this Service Agreement if 1 The Stop W
101. to the Los Angeles Fire Department 1 6 COORDINATION A Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1044 16 1 Specialties Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 7 WARRANTY A Special Warranty Manufacturer s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period 1 Failures include but are not limited to the following a Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10 b Faulty operation of valves or release levers 2 Warranty Period Six years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 PORTABLE HAND CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A Fire Extinguishers Type size and capacity for each fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following a J L Industries Inc a division of Activar Construction Products Group b Larsen s Manufacturing Company Potter Roemer LLC 2 Valves Manufacturer s standard 3 Handles and Levers Manufacturer s standard 4 Instruction Labels Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10 Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location inspections maintenance and recharging B Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type in Steel Container UL rate
102. transportation components to Project site until they can be placed in a fully enclosed conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture humidity temperature extremes direct sunlight surface contamination and other causes COORDINATION Coordinate fabrication and installation of vertical transportation systems with HVAC EMS security telephone data audio visual CCTV and fire alarm systems Coordinate start up and testing of vertical transportation systems with other Work required for complete installation and operation Field verify all conditions affecting the work of this section PART 2 PRODUCTS VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 20 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 1 A MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS Refer to the specification sections for materials components and fabrication criteria for the vertical transportation systems PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 INSPECTION Examine the spaces and areas to receive the vertical transportation work with Installer present for compliance with requirements installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the vertical transportation work Examine wellways hoistways hoistway openings pits terminal end truss pits and machine rooms as constructed verify critical dimensions and examine supporting structure and other conditions unde
103. where scheduled wWRWN D amp Extra duty arms EDA at exterior doors scheduled with parallel arm units 9 Exterior door closers tested to 100 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test furnish data on request 10 Exterior doors do not require seasonal adjustments in temperatures from 120 F to 30 F furnish data on request 11 Non flaming fluid will not fuel door or floor covering fires 12 Pressure Relief Valves PRV unsafe not permitted 2 8 PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A Kick and Armor Plates Fabricate protection plates from minimum 0 050 inch 1 3 mm thick stainless steel beveled top and 2 sides B3E square corners complying with BHMA A156 6 and fastened with oval head Phillips fasteners countersunk into plate surface 1 Series 8400 H B Ives IVS 2 K1050 Doorplate Series Rockwood Manufacturing Company RM 3 KA050 2 Armor Plate and KOOS50 for Kickplates Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company Inc TBM DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 9 Doors and Frames x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports B Size Furnish kick and armor plates sized 2 inches 51 mm less than door width Furnish kickplates 12 inches 305 mm high furnish armor plates 48 inches 1219 mm high unless otherwise indicated Provide protective plates with cutouts for locks louvers and windows to the extent indicated Mount protective plates flush with bottom of door 2 9 OTHER HARDWARE A Automatic Flush Bolts Low operati
104. without voids below strips or mechanically anchor strips as required to attach strips to substrate as recommended by strip manufacturer 2 Expansion Joint Strips Form expansion joints using divider strips and install directly above concrete slab expansion joints NOTE All expansion and control joints within the existing concrete slab are to be carried through the terrazzo to the finish surface 3 Accessory Strips Install as required to provide a complete installation 4 Abrasive Strips Install with surface of abrasive strip positioned 1 16 inch 1 6 mm higher than terrazzo surface 3 4 POURED IN PLACE TERRAZZO INSTALLATION A Pour in place and seed additional aggregates in matrix to uniformly distribute granular material and produce a surface with a minimum of 70 percent aggregate exposure Cure and finish portland cement terrazzo according to NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide for terrazzo type indicated B Grinding Delay fine grinding until heavy trade work is complete and construction traffic through area is restricted PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 7 Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 3 5 REPAIR A Cutout and replace terrazzo areas that evidence lack of bond with substrate or underbed including areas that emit a hollow sound if tapped Cut out terrazzo areas in panels defined by strips and replace to match adjacent terrazzo or repair panels accor
105. 07 JOB CONDITIONS A Protection During installations and until escalator systems are fully operative Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall make necessary provisions to protect systems from damage deterioration and environmental conditions B Coordination Requirements 1 Alterations required to accommodate escalator Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate any alterations with LAWA and the Engineer 2 Demolition and Installation The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier will be required to demolish the existing escalators as specified herein Upon completion of demolition work the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier will be required to demobilize from the job site so that a General Contractor under separate LAWA contract can prepare the existing well way to accept the new escalator Once the General Contractor has completed the required modifications the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier will be required to re mobilize and install the new escalator system Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate directly with LAWA in order to properly execute this work sequence 3 Cladding Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate with the Engineer the proposed methods of securing cladding to truss utilizing no exposed fasteners Drawings are to be submitted for approval indicating the connection points to be utilized for securing cladding The new escalators shall
106. 1 4 SUMMARY Section Includes 1 Custom fabricated automated external defibrillator AED cabinets 2 Automated external defibrillators AED s ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product indicated Include construction details material descriptions dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for AED cabinets 1 Include roughing in dimensions details showing mounting methods relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction door hardware cabinet type trim style and panel style 2 Automated External Defibrillator Shop Drawings For AED cabinets Include plans elevations sections details and attachments to other work Samples for Initial Selection For each type of fire protection cabinet indicated Samples for Verification For each type of exposed finish required prepared on Samples of size indicated below 1 Size 6 by 6 inches square CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance Data For AED cabinets and AED s QUALITY ASSURANCE Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a qualified testing agency and marked for intended location and application Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site DEBRIBILLATOR CABINETS 10 43 13 1 Specialties Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 Review methods and procedures related to AED cabinets including but not limited to the following a Sc
107. 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 24 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 14 21 00 HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes heavy duty machine room less electric traction passenger and service elevators Conventional geared or gearless equipment should be employed where passenger capacity needs or material movement needs exceed those offered within machine room less product lines 1 2 DEFINITIONS A Definitions in the latest version of ASME A17 1 apply to work of this Section B Defective Elevator Work Operation or control system failure including excessive malfunctions performances below specified ratings excessive wear unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes unsafe conditions need for excessive maintenance abnormal noise or vibration and similar unusual unexpected and unsatisfactory conditions C Service Elevator A passenger elevator that is also used to carry freight D Reference to a device or a part of the equipment applies to the number of devices or parts required to complete the installation 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Refer to Section 14 20 00 3 7 2 B Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s product data for each product and material Indicate manufacturer trade names and model numbers components arrangement optional and accessories being provi
108. 14 32 00 9 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports G Landing Floor Plates and Frames Landing floor plates shall be provided to cover the full width of the truss at each terminal end truss pit extending from the comb plate and the floor line of the balustrade to the end of the truss Exposed portions of the landing floor plates shall be of finish metal matching pallet and comb plate Plates shall be die cast aluminum in a ribbed pattern transverse to the moving walk axis Ribs shall be designed to provide maximum traction and shall be finished in the same manner as the comb plates Landing plates shall be removable Plates shall be reinforced as necessary to be rigid and able to withstand a live load of two hundred and fifty 250 pounds per square foot with zero permanent deformation Landing plates shall be installed flush with the elevation of the finished floor Provide a frame around the floor openings to receive the landing floor plates fabricated from metal matching the plates The upper edge of the frames shall be flush with the elevation of the finished floor 1 In cases where two moving walks are installed side by side landing plates shall be designed to allow the adjacent moving walk to remain operational while work is being performed on the in operable moving walk H Pallet Chains f Chain shall be endless roller type chains specifically designed for moving walk a
109. 19 5 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports 12 13 14 b Stud Wall Type Designed to engage stud welded to back of frames not less than 0 050 inch 1 27 mm thick stainless steel Compression Type for Slip on Frames Fabricate adjustable compression anchors from stainless steel d Postinstalled Expansion Type for In Place Concrete or Masonry Minimum 3 8 inch 9 5 mm diameter stainless steel bolts with expansion shields or inserts Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall with throat reinforcement plate welded to frame at each anchor location Floor Anchors Not less than 0 078 inch 1 98 mm thick stainless steel and as follows Monolithic Concrete Slabs Clip type anchors with two holes to receive fasteners b Separate Topping Concrete Slabs Adjustable type anchors with extension clips allowing not less than 2 inch 50 mm height adjustment Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface S Ceiling Struts Minimum 3 8 inch thick by 2 inch 9 5 mm thick by 50 mm wide from stainless steel Plaster Guards Not less than 0 019 inch 0 48 mm thick stainless steel B Performance Level A ANSI A250 4 C Materials 1 Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 240 A 240M austenitic stainless steel Type 304 or 316 as indicated 2 Steel Sheet ASTM A 1008 A 1008M or ASTM A 1011 A 1011M Commercial Steel CS Type B 3 Metallic Coated Steel Sheet ASTM A 653 A 653M
110. 4 20 00 19 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks f 1 4 1 5 1 6 Guide Specification sa Los Angeles World Airports b Call back log indicating permanent record of visits The log shall indicate the date of the visit person making the visit unit involved reason for the visit and work accomplished c Fire firefighters service test log for each elevator to comply with the requirements of the code d Hydraulic elevator oil usage log to record all hydraulic oil added to the system Log to include reason for loss of hydraulic oil e Replace maintenance logs when available space within the maintenance log is filled Furnish to LAWA a copy of the maintenance log that is being replaced 13 All as built record drawings wiring diagrams parts manuals catalogs instructions keys etc shall be submitted before final payment 14 Submit copies of Installer qualifications Certificates and Permits Submit inspection and acceptance certificates and operating permits as required by authorities having jurisdiction for normal unrestricted use of vertical transportation systems JOB CONDITIONS Temporary Use Do not use vertical transportation components during construction period unless permitted in writing by LAWA PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Protect vertical transportation work components during delivery storage handling erection and construction period against damage and stains Do not deliver the vertical
111. 5 second 4 Sustained Jerk Not more than 8 feet second 2 6 DOOR OPERATOR EQUIPMENT A Provide GAL s MOVFRW HSL door operator with encoder less VVVF drive or approved equal Closed loop door operator designed to operate car and hoistway doors simultaneously at the speed specified Door shall open automatically when car stops at landing to discharge passengers or to answer valid calls and close automatically after predetermined time interval has elapsed The doors shall be capable of smooth and quiet operation without slam or shock Door operator to have the following features 1 2 hp motor and heavy duty sprocket chain belt and sheaves Closed loop regulated speed performance Hand held keypad programming Adjustments can be stored in the keypad and downloaded to another operator Adjustable door obstruction reversal unit Optical cams with LED indicators Test switches for open close nudging and speed zone set up Universal inputs for open close and nudging Reversing switch to back up the door reversal device 2320 SN Oh B Cab Door Interlock The doors on cab doors shall be equipped with approved cab door interlocks of the cab unit system type tested as required by the Code 1 Interlock shall prevent operation of the car away from a landing until doors are locked in the closed position Interlock shall prevent doors from opening at any position within the hoistway and or landing from the cab side unless car is at
112. 6 NFPA 70 National Electrical Code applicable edition 27 UL ECMD Electrical Construction Materials Directory current edition 28 ANSI Y14 3 Multi and Sectional View Drawings 29 IBC 2007 International Building Code 30 Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities ADAAG 31 American Public Transit Association APTA Heavy Duty Escalator Design Guideline 32 AFBMA Anti Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association Std 9 and 11 B Specifications and references contained within this section are not to be construed as supplanting any code requirements governing the design fabrication installation or operation of the equipment C The most stringent requirement shall take precedent in case of a conflict between codes regulations or standards incorporated into this section D Any specific provision cited herein and or shown on the contract drawings shall govern for the specified application E The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall be licensed and strictly governed by local and governmental authorities of this area in order to perform this work HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 4 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 1 06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A General 1 Design escalators with provisions for thermal expansion and contraction of complete escalator assemblies due to c
113. A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 Include as a minimum the following features a b Operate cars as a group capable of balancing service and providing continuity of group operation with one or more cars removed from the system Register service calls from pushbuttons located at each floor and in each car Slow cars and stop automatically at floors corresponding to registered calls Make stops at successive floors for each direction of travel irrespective of order in which calls are registered except when bypassing hall calls to balance and improve overall service stop only one car in response to a particular hall call Assign hall calls to specific cars and continually review and modify those assignments to improve service Simultaneous to initiation of slow down of acar for a hall call cancel that call Render hall pushbutton ineffective until car doors begin to close after passenger transfer Cancel car calls in the same manner Give priority to coincidental car and hall calls in car assignment Operate system to meet changing traffic conditions on a service demand basis Include provisions for handling traffic which may be heavier in either direction intermittent or very light As traffic demands change automatically and continually modify group and individual car assignment to provide the most effective means to handle current traffic conditions Provide means to sense long wait hall calls and preferentially serve them Give pri
114. A250 10 acceptance criteria compatible with substrate and field applied finish paint system indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A General Install doors and frames according to the referenced standards the Architect reviewed shop drawings and manufacturer s written recommendations and installation instructions B Frames Install frames where indicated Extend frame anchorages below fills and finishes Coordinate the installation of built in anchors for wall and partition construction as required with other work 1 Frames Install frames in locations shown in perfect alignment and elevation plumb level straight and true and free from rack 2 Welded Frames a Set masonry anchorage devices where required for securing frames to in place concrete or masonry construction 1 Set anchorage devices opposite each anchor location as specified and anchorage device manufacturer s written instructions Leave drilled holes rough not reamed and free of dust and debris b Placing Frames Set frames accurately in position plumb align and brace securely until permanent anchors are set HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 9 Doors and Frames s Guide Specification ga Los Angeles World Airports 1 At concrete or masonry construction set frames and secure in place with machine screws and masonry anchorage devices Countersink anchors and fill and make smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces 2 Anchor bottom
115. ALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports The entire step assembly shall be treated with not less than one 1 coat of zinc chromate primer or iron phosphate and one 1 coat of powder coated enamel for corrosion resistance Steps and their various attachments shall permit removal of steps without disturbing balustrades Sound deadening shall be applied to the underside of the steps Step rollers shall have polyurethane tires on hubs sealed roller bearings and diameter of no less than four 4 inches Step rollers shall not require any additional lubrication and must be rated for severe heavy duty service Steps shall be constructed so as to be driven by step linkages to step rollers Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide washers and nuts as follows a Tap bolts Lock washers b Through bolts Lock nuts or Engineer approved equal Rated Loads a In addition to the minimum requirements given in the Codes Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall design the Steps for a minimum load of three hundred and twenty 320 Ibs 145 Kg per forty 40 inch step or two hundred and fifty six 256 lbs 116 Kg per thirty two 32 inch step with a safety factor of eight 8 b The steps shall carry the load under maximum concentric and eccentric loading conditions without distortion C Step Chain 1 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide endless rolle
116. Airports 2 3 A 2 4 2 5 A CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES General Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials for a complete installation of architectural woodwork NOTE Coordinate all cabinet hardware with the Door Hardware schedule Hardware Standard Comply with BHMA A156 9 for items indicated by referencing BHMA numbers or items referenced to this standard Frameless Concealed Hinges European Type 1 Provide 170 degree minimum opening capabilities For end doors perpendicular to walls provide 90 degree type Drawer Slides Unless noted otherwise provide positive stop side mounted full extension zinc plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings Door and Drawer Locks 1 Pin and tumbler slide bolt lock two keys each Key all locks inside one room alike and provide masterkey for all locks in project to LAWA 3 Finish to match adjacent pull or as selected by LAWA Exposed Hardware Finishes Complying with BHMA A156 18 for BHMA finish number indicated MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Adhesives General Do not use adhesives that contain added urea formaldehyde Low Emitting Materials Adhesives shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers VOC Content for Installation Adhesives and Glues Comply with the following
117. Angeles World Airports located at the entry to each wellway and or pit Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate location with the Engineer and LAWA Solid Balustrade High Deck Escalators shall be provided with skirt band lighting that shall be of the LED type Glass Balustrade Low Deck Escalators shall be provided with under handrail lighting that shall be of the LED type Electrical Equipment Motors a The driving motors shall be A C induction motors with solid state starters Voltage 480 V A C 3 phase Frequency 60 Hertz b The motors shall be totally enclosed with external cooling fins C The motor protection class shall be equivalent to IP 55 Insulation group F or higher d Driving motors and motor switchgear shall provide a smooth start e The motor shall be designed for operation s under a load as follows 1 1000mm wide step 145kg per step on the incline 2 800m wide step 116kg per step on the incline J Escalator Control System Escalator controller shall be located in a remote controller room Location of the remote controller room shall be coordinated with LAWA and the Engineer 1 The escalator control equipment shall contain diagnostic capabilities as required forthe ease of complete maintenance The diagnostic system shall be an integral part of the controller and provide user friendly interaction between the service person and the controls All such systems shall be free fr
118. CTION A Clean floors of all non structural metal framing debris and leave broom clean Excess material scaffolding tools and other equipment are to be removed upon completion of the Work B Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensures non structural metal framing Work remains without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 09 22 16 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 8 Walls Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes gypsum board assemblies 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit product data for each product indicated B Samples Submit full size samples in 12 inch 300 mm long lengths for each exposed trim accessory indicated 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fire Test Response Characteristics For gypsum board assemblies with fire resistance ratings provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1 Fire Resistance Rated Assemblies Indicated by design designations from UL s Fire Resistance Directory B Sound Transmission Characteristics For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according
119. Cabinet Material Stainless steel sheet FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 1044 13 2 Specialties Z ES p T 2 3 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 Shelf Same metal and finish as cabinet Recessed Cabinet Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim Cabinet Trim Material Stainless steel sheet Door Material Stainless steel sheet Door Style Vertical duo panel with frame Door Glazing Acrylic sheet 1 Acrylic Sheet Color Clear transparent acrylic sheet Door Hardware Manufacturer s standard door operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type trim style and door material and style indicated 1 Provide manufacturer s standard 2 Provide continuous hinge of same material and finish as trim permitting door to open 180 degrees Accessories 1 Mounting Bracket Manufacturer s standard steel designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire protection cabinet of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated with plated or baked enamel finish 2 Identification Comply with the Los Angeles Fire Department Requirements a Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words FIRE EXTINGUISHER 1 Location Applied to cabinet door 2 Application Process Engraved 3 Lettering Color Black 4 Orientation Vertical Finishes 1 Manufacturer s standard baked enamel paint for the interior of cabinet 2 Stainless Stee
120. Commercial Steel CS Type B with minimum G60 Z180 or A60 ZF180 metallic coating 4 Frame Anchors Stainless steel sheet Same type as door face 5 Frame Anchors Steel sheet hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153 A 153M Class B 6 Inserts Bolts and Anchor Fasteners Stainless steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594 Alloy Group 1 or 2 ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M Alloy Group 1 or 4 for bolts and nuts 7 Inserts Bolts and Anchor Fasteners Hot dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153 A 153M or ASTM F 2329 D _ Finishes 1 Surface Preparation Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish Polished Finishes Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches gt Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece b When polishing is completed passivate and rinse surfaces Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean c Directional Satin Finish No 4 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 6 Doors and Frames Z ES 2 5 2 6 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports ACCESSORIES Glazing Comply with requirements in Section 088000 Glazing Grout Comply with ASTM C 476 with a slump of not more than 4 inches 102 mm as measured according to ASTM C 143 C 143M Corrosion Resistant Coating Cold applied asphalt mastic compounded for 15 mil 0 4 mm dry film thickness per coat
121. Deliver materials in original packages containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather direct sunlight surface contamination corrosion construction traffic and other causes PRE INSTALLATION MEETING Prior to start of the non structural metal framing Work and at the Contractors direction meet at the site and review the installation procedures and coordination with other Work Meeting shall include Contractor Architect and major material manufacturer as well as the Installer and other subcontractors whose Work must be coordinated with the non structural metal framing and the gypsum wallboard Work PROJECT CONDITIONS Comply with ASTM C754 requirements or wallboard material manufacturer s written recommendations whichever are more stringent PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A 2 2 MATERIALS GENERAL General For fire rated assemblies provide materials including accessories and fasteners produced by one manufacturer or when products of more than one manufacturer are used in a rated system they shall be acceptable to the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING Components General Provide steel framing members sized and spaced as indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C 754 under the maximum deflection conditions specified under Ar
122. ENERAL CONDITIONS GC 1 SCOPE OF WORK 1 01 The Contractor agrees to furnish all labor materials and equipment in strict compliance with the Work requirements conditions and specifications identified in the Contract Documents It is expressly understood and agreed that the Contractor shall perform all incidental work required to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents All such incidental work shall not be considered Change or Extra Work for which additional compensation can be claimed by the Contractor GC 2 NOT USEDAUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CITYThe Engineer and or Director of Maintenance represents LAWA the City the Board and the Executive Director within the limits of the City Charter and the administrative requirements of both the City on all matters relating to this Service Agreement The Engineer and or Director of Maintenance or designated representative has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work and the authority to enforce compliance with the Service Agreement The Contractor shall promptly comply with the instructions of The Engineer and or Director of Maintenance or its authorized representative GC 4 INSURANCE 4 01 4 02 Contractor shall procure at its expense and keep in effect at all times during the term of this Service Agreement the following types and amounts of insurance COVERAGE TYPE POLICY LIMITS A Worker s Compensation Statutory B Automobile Liability including
123. Equipment Supplier s equipment will be required to fit within the existing well way will be identified by LAWA and the Engineer Modifications in the form of truss reductions or extensions may be required for these locations and Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier is to provide a price on the bid form to address truss reductions and extensions b Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall verify dimensions of well ways and access points prior to manufacturing trusses A California PE licensed surveyor shall be employed by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier to verify all existing wellway dimensions prior to design and fabrication of the escalators These PE sealed survey results shall be provided to LAWA and the Engineer for approval In the event of a discrepancy Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall notify LAWA and the Engineer immediately and shall not proceed with installation in the areas of discrepancy until the discrepancy has been fully resolved and LAWA has instructed Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier to proceed Failure of Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier to report discrepancies shall constitute an acceptance of existing work as fit and proper for the execution and completion of Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier s work Minimum Transition radii and number of flat steps shall be as indicated on the contract drawings unless otherwise specified D Requirements of Regu
124. Guide Specification h Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Decorative wall protection 2 Metal base NOTE All walls within the public areas are to receive stainless steel wall and corner protection including a 12 inch high stainless steel base This protection is deemed necessary for the walls of the public areas in order to protect the wall finish from luggage carts and other sources of high impact 1 2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for decorative metal l Include plans elevations component details and attachments to other work 2i Indicate materials and profiles of each decorative metal member fittings joinery finishes fasteners anchorages and accessory items B Samples for Verification For each type of exposed finish required 1 Sections of linear shapes 2 Samples of welded joints showing quality of workmanship 1 3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A Welding certificates 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricator Qualifications A firm experienced in producing decorative metal similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in service performance as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units 1 5 COORDINATION A Coordinate installation of anchorages for decorative metal items Furnish setting drawings templates and directions for installing anch
125. IES 10 28 00 3 Public Rest Rooms Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 2 Mounting Flanges with concealed fasteners 3 Material Stainless steel 0 05 inch thick 4 Outside Diameter 1 1 4 inches 5 Configuration and Length Corner 36 x 54 Grab Bar straight 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 6806 x 36 2 Mounting Flanges with concealed fasteners 3 Material Stainless steel 0 05 inch thick 4 Outside Diameter 1 1 4 inches 5 Configuration and Length Straight Bar 36 long Vendor 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 352 25 2 Type Sanitary napkin and tampon 3 Mounting Fully recessed 4 Exposed Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Vendor alternate Sea a oe Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 3500 25 Type Sanitary napkin and tampon Mounting Fully recessed Exposed Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Seat Cover Dispenser 1 2 3 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 4221 Contura Series Mounting Surface mounted Exposed Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Seat Cover Dispenser alternate 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 221 2 Mounting 3 Exposed Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Mirror Unit 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 290 2 Frame Stainless steel angle TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 4 Public Rest Rooms
126. ION GENERAL 14 20 00 12 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 15 Safeties Clearance to rails and pull out in pounds for the releasing carrier Setting of safety operated switch 16 Door protective devices Focusing testing maintenance and adjusting procedures 17 Roller guides Spring tension and stop settings 18 Motors Air gap compounding neutral setting and all other necessary adjustments 19 Door operator and doors Door operator control switches door operator control potentiometers or resistances door motor door checks door closers door and gate locks clutches bayonets door unlocking cams encoders and door restrictors 20 Communications annunciating and security systems 21 Escalator Safety devices 22 Escalator Code clearances b List of necessary tools instruments and other equipment used in the adjusting procedure including method for incorporating them in procedures c Final adjusting data for each elevator escalator moving walk including but not limited to settings for the following 1 11 12 13 Load compensation sensing device in voltage or current for empty fully loaded car Selectors encoders Brakes Shoe running clearance and brake coil current Escalator brake torque settings Hatch switches and devices Door operator control switch settings Safety device Full load full speed test data Full load st
127. Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1 1 A 1 3 1 4 1 5 SUMMARY Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data For each product indicated Coordination Drawings Drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling mounted items Show the following 1 Ceiling suspension assembly members Method of attaching hangers and lateral bracing to building structure om Ceiling mounted items including lighting fixtures diffusers grilles speakers sprinklers access panels and special moldings Samples For each acoustical panel for each exposed suspension system member and for each color and texture required INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Product test reports Research evaluation reports NOTE Indicate LARR numbers on the drawings as a condition of plan check approval CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance data QUALITY ASSURANCE Acoustical Testing Agency Qualifications An independent testing laboratory or an NVLAP accredited laboratory Fire Test Response Characteristics 1 Fire Resistance Ratings Where indicated provide acoustical panel ceilings identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction Ratings are indicated by design designations from UL s Fire Resistance Directory or from the li
128. N AI ba Shall be Type EO rated for a maximum of 300 volts and shall comply with the requirements of UL Standard 62 and Articles 400 and 620 of ANSI NFPA No 72 Travel cables shall include separate coaxial cable shielded for the communications system Provide 10 percent spares but not less than 6 spare conductors in each traveling cable Provide four pairs of CAT 6A cables for communication CCTV and security Provide separate traveling cables for car lighting and fan control circuits Provide traveling cable for telephone in the elevator car Cable shall extend from junction box in hoistway to telephone box in car Provide traveling cable for car work lights All insulated wiring control wiring and wiring in traveling cables shall be tag coded at their terminals in the motor room or controller location and hoistway junction box elevator cab junction box and push button stations within the cab and shall agree with the approved wiring diagrams HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 28 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ail Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports 9 All cabinets containing motor drives filter boxes transformers and power reactors shall be supported on rails and isolated from the base building structure with elastomer pads having a minimum static deflection of 3 8 Mason Type N or equivalent All connections to and from the cabinetry shall be flexible in order
129. NING AND PROTECTION A Clean floors of all wallboard debris and leave broom clean Excess material scaffolding tools and other equipment are to be removed upon completion of the Work B Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensures gypsum board assemblies remain without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 9 Walls Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 30 00 TILING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 1 4 TILING SUMMARY This Section includes ceramic and porcelain tile PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Static Coefficient of Friction For tile installed on walkway surfaces provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028 1 Level Surfaces Minimum 0 6 2 Step Treads Minimum 0 6 3 Ramp Surfaces Minimum 0 8 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit product data for each product used Samples Submit samples showing full range of color and texture variations expected 1 Full size units of each type composition color and finish of tile Assembled samples with grouted joints for each color grout and for each type composition color and finish of tile 3 Thresholds in 6 inch 150 mm lengths each type Test Reports Submit test reports from qualified independent testing laboratory indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of
130. NSIT 14310 24 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports a Over one eighth 1 8 of an inch ASTM A264 with ASTM 240 Type 316 on A36 base b Under one eighth 1 8 of an inch ASTM 167 Type 316 B Fasteners 1 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide nuts bolts washers screws and other fastenings necessary for proper erection and assembly of work 2 Fasteners shall be compatible with materials being fastened Fasteners shall be furnished with self locking nuts or retaining rings spring washers toothed disks 3 Fasteners shall be equal to or of greater corrosion resistance than the most corrosion resistant metals being fastened 2 03 FINISHES A Stainless Steel Directional 4 finish ASTM A 480 B Aluminum Castings and Extrusions Commercial mill finish C Galvanizing E Sheet Steel ASTM A446 or A526 as applicable Coating designation 2 O E ASTM A123 ASTM A153 ASTM 385 or ASTM 386 as applicable D Galvanizing Touch up Zinc dust coating MIL P 21035 or MIL P 26915 E Paint and Corrosion Protection Each escalator shall have the following minimum corrosion protection 1 After welding the truss shall be hot dipped galvanized with a coating in accordance with ASTM A90 A 100 zinc thermal spray coating to ASNI AWS C 18 93 is an acceptable alternative Exterior Escalators only 2 Cast m
131. ON DEMONSTRATION AND COORDINATION A The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide eight 8 hours of off site demonstration and instructions to a total of six 6 LAWA and or existing service personnel upon completion of the escalator installation Instructions are to include safety procedures proper operation of all equipment and routine maintenance procedures All instructions and demonstrations are to be video recorded and remain the property of LAWA All costs associated with this off site HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 17 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA PART 2 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports training shall be the responsibility of the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier Check operation of all the escalators with LAWA s personnel or designated representative present not more than one month before end of warranty period Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly PRODUCTS 2 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall furnish and install heavy duty escalators that shall comply with the requirements of these contract documents All escalators supplied under this contract shall be the product of a single manufacturer Escalators shall comply with the following Basis of Design requirements 1 Vertical Rise Shown on contract drawings 2 Inclination 30 degrees 3
132. ON GENERAL 14 20 00 14 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports safety devices and tapes and all switches in the machine rooms hoistways wellways and pits 2 Motors including but not limited to windings rotating elements bearings brakes and gear boxes 3 Door operating equipment including but not limited to operators interlocks gate switches hangers tracks rollers door gibs and closers 4 Bull gears sheaves and pulleys including bearings and shafts 5 Car guide rails guide rail brackets and backing guide rail lubricators buffers buffer supports guide shoes guide shoe mounts guide shoe rollers and guide shoe gibs 6 Car frame platform and sill including all related components 7 Car and corridor operating and signal fixtures components including light bulbs 8 Car fan and emergency lighting units 9 Electric wiring and traveling cables necessary for the operation of the elevators equipment and associated accessory equipment 10 Hydraulic cylinders plungers packing and related components 11 Pump unit and all related components including but not limited to tank filters strainers pumps motors belts pipe valves and all component parts thereof muffler and scavenger pump 12 Hydraulic oil 13 All hydraulic piping valves and fittings 14 Governor including but not limited to governor sheave and shaft assembly bearings
133. RAL DESCRIPTION A C Provide all engineering equipment labor and permits required to satisfactorily complete design fabrication demolition installation and testing of heavy duty transit escalators as required by contract documents at various locations at Los Angeles International Airport Work performed under this Section may include removal of ALL existing escalator components if replacing existing equipment in the various Los Angeles International Airport locations and provide new escalators complete and ready for use in compliance with all applicable Codes at all the locations specified in the Contract Drawings 1 The contract drawings included with these specifications provide dimensional information on the existing equipment The new equipment to be provided are to meet the requirements of these specifications with the understanding that a concurrent design is being developed that will provide the modifications necessary to the existing locations in order to accommodate the new equipment The selected equipment supplier will be required to provide information pertaining to their equipment to the Engineer to assist the concurrent design development As stated elsewhere in these specifications there may be instances where LAWA and the Engineer may deem structural modifications unfeasible and the equipment supplier will be required to fabricate the new escalator s to meet the existing dimensional conditions Demolition of the e
134. REPARATION Clean substrates of substances including oil grease and curing compounds that might impair terrazzo bond Provide clean dry and neutral substrate for terrazzo application 1 Roughen concrete substrates before installing terrazzo system according to NTMA s written recommendations Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer s written instructions 1 Moisture Testing Perform tests indicated below a Calcium Chloride Test Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test per ASTM F 1869 Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture vapor emission rate of 3 lb of water 1000 sq ft 1 36 kg of water 92 9 sq m in 24 hours 1 Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq ft 18 6 sq m and perform not less than two tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas b In Situ Probe Test Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes per ASTM F 2170 Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement c Test Method Test for moisture content by method recommended in writing by terrazzo manufacturer Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing Protect other work from water and dust generated by grinding operations Control water and dust to comply with environmental protection regulations
135. Refer to the drawings and finish schedules for the extent of each topping and finish the following topping mixes were used to develop the Architect s samples The samples were prepared by and reflect sample controls numbers of using Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies terrazzo materials Each precast terrazzo unit shall be composed of a single mix design prepared using the matrices specified precast units consisting of a face mix and a backup mix shall not be permitted Adjust Portland cement precast mixes for bases treads and riser units as required to obtain LAWA s acceptance for matching the type color pattern and finish of the epoxy matrix type color pattern and finish indicated on the drawings for the base tread and riser units 1 TR 01 Refer to Sample 1 in the Terrazzo Chart below 2 TR 02 Refer to Sample 2 in the Terrazzo Chart below RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 6623 5 Flooring Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports NOTE A white field with dark aggregate will maintain a clear appearance longer In a multi color design a matrix with a repetition of aggregate is helpful in order to create a more unified appearance TERRAZZO CHART Sample Chip Blend 1 Matrix Resin Color amp Fanfold Aggregate Size Color Resin Color selected to match 0 s 90 0 s 10 Sample Chip Blend 2 Matrix Color amp Fanfold Aggregate Size
136. Requirements Notify Owner a minimum of five 5 working days prior to each scheduled test Full Load Run Test Run elevator continuously a minimum of four 4 hours with full specified rated load during which time car shall be stopped at top and bottom landings with a minimum standing period of 10 seconds at each landing Speed Test Make tests before and after full load tests Using a tachometer on guide rail determine actual speed of car in both directions of travel both with full specified rated load and no load in car Tolerances for determining if car speeds meet the specified requirements are as follows a Ascending and Descending Car Speed not more than 10 percent above or more than 10 percent below required speed b Car Leveling Test Determine accuracy of floor landing tests both before and after full load run tests Minimum of 1 4 inch leveling must be maintained Test accuracy of landing at all floors with full load and no load in car in both directions of travel c Electrical Tests Ensure elevator wiring system is free of short circuits and accidental grounds Test ground resistance of elevator structure equipment and raceways for continuity Using meg ohm meter determine that insulation resistance of each circuit is more than one 1 meg ohm or higher as required by the cable manufacturer Insulation resistance for motors shall be determined under actual conditions after installation Acceptance Elevator acceptance will
137. SCALATORS WW AAAA 1 04 1 05 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports F Escalator support These are the upper lower and intermediate supports needed to support the total loads of the escalator G Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier is the contractor or subcontractor responsible for demolition and removal of the existing escalators and furnishing and installing the new escalators TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED A For the escalator drive systems 480 volts 3 phase 3 wire 60 Hertz terminating in at a primary disconnect switch located in the new remote controller rooms and an auxiliary disconnect switch will be required in the upper escalator pit Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier must coordinate with the Engineer B For escalator lighting 120 volts 1 phase 3 wire 60 Hertz terminating at the escalator controller as a basis of design however Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier must coordinate with the Engineer for specific requirements for lighting systems provided C For pit lighting and receptacles 120 volts t phase 3 wire 60 Hertz terminating at a disconnect switch in the upper escalator pit as a basis of design however Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier must coordinate with the Engineer APPLICABLE CODES STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS
138. SSURANCE A Installer Qualifications Fabricator of products or licensee of WI s Certified Compliance Program INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 1 Millwork Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports w Quality Standard Unless otherwise indicated comply with AWT s Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards for grades of interior architectural woodwork construction finishes and other requirements 1 This project has been registered as AWI QCP Number 2 Provide AWI certification labels or compliance certificate indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified C Fire Test Response Characteristics Where fire retardant materials or products are indicated provide materials and products with specified fire test response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by UL ITS or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety D Forest Certification Provide interior architectural woodwork produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD 01 001 FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship E Mockups Construct mockups at the jobsite to verify compliance with the construction documents and the written comments issued during the LAWA submittal reviews Include the following mockups a Functional Mock Up Fabricate from plywood
139. SURANCE A Regulatory agencies escalator design materials construction clearances workmanship and tests shall conform to the requirements of the codes and regulations listed in Part 1 05 B Welding Welding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of AWS or CWB and City of Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety Welders shall produce evidence of current certification by City of LA and AWS or CWB C Dimensions 1 Each escalator shall be forty 40 inch 1000mm or thirty two 32 inch 800mm nominal step width as specified and designed for a maximum of 30 degrees Escalator widths shall not exceed those indicated on contract drawings Structural dimension requirements a Contract drawings indicate the dimensions of the existing escalators It is to be understood that Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall design and fabricate escalators to the requirements of the contract specifications and make every attempt to minimize the modifications to the existing structures It is understood that modifications will be required in order to accommodate the new escalators due to the increase in transition HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 8 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports radius and increase in flat steps and LAWA will have this work performed by another contractor Locations where Vertical Transportation
140. Shipping Packing Shipping Handling and Unloading 1 Accept equipment materials and other Products on site in factory containers bundles and shipping skids Delivery and Acceptance at Site 1 Deliver material in original packages containers skid loads or bundles bearing brand names and identification of source of manufacture or supply 2 Inspect deliveries for damage Storage and Protection 1 Store materials inside under cover and in a dry location 2 Protect from weather direct sunlight surface damage corrosion and construction traffic and activity 3 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall make necessary provisions to protect systems from damage deterioration and environmental conditions during installations and until escalator systems are fully operative Handling 1 Handle material to prevent damage to edges ends surfaces and finishes 1 10 SUBMITTALS A General Submittal shall contain sufficient detail to show full compliance with Contract Documents Product Data 1 Submit manufacturer s product data for each product and material 2 Indicate manufacturer trade names and model numbers components arrangement optional and accessories being provided 3 Include applicable literature catalog material or technical brochures 4 Include material and equipment specifications sizes types dimensions weights rated capacities and performance curves 5 Include utility requ
141. T 14310 30 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports portion guiding shall be by adjustable rollers having sealed bearings and set in a way so as not to cause wear on the handrail Provide synthetic slider material Handrail gearbox if provided shall have bearings rated at AFBMA L10 200 000 hours H Braking Requirements 1 Motor Brake a Brake shall be capable of stopping and holding a descending b C escalator with a load on the exposed steps in the incline area of 1 1000mm wide step 145kg 320 lbs Per step 2 800mm wide step 116kg 256 Ibs Per step The brake coil shall be insulated to class F A monitor shall be provided and if brake lining becomes insufficient for safe usage restart of escalator shall be prevented 2 Step Band Lock a l Trusses Shall be manually applied and mechanically engaged to prevent movement of linkages while escalator is disconnected from its power supply Electrical interlock that shall prevent escalator drive motors from starting while step band lock is engaged shall be provided 1 General a Trusses shall be sufficient total length to provide minimum number of flat steps required per code along with the transition radii indicated in the contract documents The truss shall span the distance between the support points as indicated Trusses shall be sufficient width to
142. US MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 4 Flooring Z ES 2 2 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 Sizes shall be 1 s and 0 s only conforming with N T M A standards 2 Abrasion and impact resistance shall not exceed 40 loss per ASTM C131 3 24 hour absorption rate not to exceed 0 75 percent 4 Chips shall contain no deleterious or foreign matter 5 Dust content less than 1 by weight 6 Obtain and stockpile each aggregate material from a single source of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for the entire project Epoxy Fill Mortar 100 Solids fill mortar system including blended aggregate of a type recommended by the epoxy resin terrazzo manufacturer One of the following 1 Terroxy Fill Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies 2 3520 Epoxy Terrazzo Matrix as the binder resin mixed with dry silica sand General Polymers Finishing Grout 100 solids resin based grout with filler and pigments as recommended by matrix manufacturer One of the following 1 Terroxy Grout Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies 2 3520 Epoxy Terrazzo Matrix with 5271 Terrazzo Grout Additive General Polymers Substrate Primer 100 solids moisture insensitive two component resin recommended by matrix manufacturer No solvent containing primers are allowed MIXES Toppings Adjust topping mixes as required to obtain LAWA s acceptance for each type color pattern and finish
143. Where chase walls are shown provide bracing between parallel rows of studs Unless otherwise shown provide gypsum wallboard braces no less than 1 2 inch 12 7 mm thick x 12 inches 300 mm wide and cut to width of chase Locate at quarter points in wall height between each pair of parallel studs Fasten with not less than 3 screws at each stud Isolate perimeter of non load bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments except floors Provide 1 4 to 1 2 inch 6 4 to 12 7 mm wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with U bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant STC Rated Assemblies Seal construction at perimeters behind control and expansion joints and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer s written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 7 Walls Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Q Cut openings in wallboard for electrical outlets piping and other penetrations Maintain close tolerances so that edges will be covered by plates and escutcheons Cut both face and back pape
144. Y ASSURANCE Fire Rated Fire Protection Cabinets Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire resistance rating of walls where they are installed Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a qualified testing agency and marked for intended location and application Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site 1 Review methods and procedures related to fire protection cabinets including but not limited to the following a Schedules and coordination requirements COORDINATION Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated Coordinate sizes and locations of fire protection cabinets with wall depths PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A B C 2 2 A B C MATERIALS Cold Rolled Steel Sheet ASTM A 1008 A 1008M Commercial Steel CS Type B Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 666 Type 304 Transparent Acrylic Sheet ASTM D 4802 Category A 1 cell cast sheet 1 4 inch thick mm thick with Finish 1 smooth or polished FIRE PROTECTION CABINET Cabinet Type Suitable for fire extinguisher 1 Products Subject to compliance with requirements provide one of the following a J L Industries Inc a division of Activar Construction Products Group b Larsen s Manufacturing Company Cc Potter Roemer LLC Cabinet Construction Nonrated
145. ach door number an itemized list of hardware set components at each door opening and each door location in the facility 3 4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation Clean hardware components as necessary to restore proper finish Provide protection during the progress of the work and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is in perfect working order and without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 13 Doors and Frames Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 22 16 NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 A SUMMARY This Section includes non structural metal framing assemblies ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1 Typical Walls Wall assemblies shall be constructed for deflection not to exceed 1 240 of the wall height when subjected to a positive and negative pressure of 5 psf 239 kPa 2 Walls with Tile or Stone Finish Wall assemblies to receive tile finishes shall be constructed for deflection not to exceed 1 360 of the wall height when subjected to a positive and negative pressure of 5 psf 239 kPa L 600 where supporting stone 3 Ceilings bulkheads soffits ceiling transitions ledges and coves shall be constructed for a deflection not to exceed 1 360 of the distance between supports 4 Partitions Enclosing Pressurized Me
146. ackets hoist beams temporary work platforms backing and attachments for the above All testing for the above 6 CCTV security system and BMS components will be incorporated into the vertical transportation work Coordinate with the CCTV security system and BMS component contractors to incorporate CCTV security system and BMS components and interface requirements during the course of the Work PN a NOTE During any retrofit LAWA is to be provided the opportunity to identify any parts they deem beneficial for use at another LAWA location The Design Professional and Con tractor shall work directly with LAWA staff to identify any salvageable parts and their re spective handling requirements B Related work specified elsewhere includes but is not limited to the following 1 Elevator Hoistway and Pit a Clear plumb substantially flush hoistway with variations not to exceed 1 at any point b Bevel cants not less than 75 from the horizontal on any rear or side wall ledges and beams that project or recess 2 or more into the hoistway Not required on hoistway divider beams Cc Divider beams between adjacent elevators at each floor pit and overhead Supports at each floor for car and counterweight guide rail fastening including supports for car guide rail fastening above top landing Intermediate car guide rail support when floor heights exceed 14 0 or as designated on contract drawings Intermediate counterweig
147. actor to terminate one or more its sub consulting agreements Page 8 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC 1 INTRODUCTION 1 01 The general scope of work is to provide complete Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance EPRM services for the elevators escalators and moving walks equipment installed as part of this Procurement and Installation Contract at LAX Services include repairs adjusting cleaning and lubrication of equipment Any other incidental services that the Contractor determines to be required to assume complete responsibility for EPRM of the new equipment that are not described herein shall be included as part of the Service Agreement costs The Contractor shall have contractual agreements with each of its sub contractors whose services the Contractor may secure to perform work under this Service Agreement and is in compliance with all of the terms of this Service Agreement In the event that the Contractor subcontracts certain portions of the work the term employee as used herein shall be deemed to include such subcontractors and their employees SC 2 SITE SPECIFIC WORK PROCEDURES AND PROGRAMS 2 01 The Contractor is solely responsible for obtaining any procedures from LAWA prior to commencement of Work and hereby releases LAWA from any and all claims based upon its failure to either become familiar with the governing procedures
148. adjustment operation cleaning and servicing of accessories Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work NOTE Indicate all accessories on drawings with an accessory schedule Verify wall thickness for all recessed accessories WARRANTY Special Mirror Warranty Manufacturer s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects and that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period 10 years from date of Substantial Completion PRODUCTS MATERIALS Stainless Steel ASTM A 666 Type 304 0 031 inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated Brass ASTM B 19 flat products ASTM B 16 B 16M rods shapes forgings and flat products with finished edges or ASTM B 30 castings Steel Sheet ASTM A 1008 A 1008M Designation CS cold rolled commercial steel 0 036 inch minimum nominal thickness Galvanized Steel Sheet ASTM A 653 A 653M with G60 hot dip zinc coating Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices ASTM A 153 A 153M hot dip galvanized after fabrication Fasteners Screws bolts and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper and theft resistant where exposed and of galvanized steel where concealed Chrome Plating ASTM B 456 Service Condition Number SC 2 moderate service Mirrors ASTM C 1503 Mirror Glazing Quality clear gla
149. ails Provide a 1 1 2 diameter stainless steel tubular handrail at the rear of each passenger elevator Return ends to wall Provide adequate mounting Top of handrail to be 32 above the finished floor Provide service elevators with side and rear wall HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 21 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports mounted handrails and bumper rails Return ends Bolt handrails and bumper rails through car shell Provide backing plates and captive nuts 10 Bases Provide a 4 high base Finish as shown in Architect s drawings 11 Pads and Hooks Provide pad hooks and pads Pad hooks shall be conspicuous type buttons at all walls Mount pad hooks at sides and rear above suspended ceiling line Pads shall cover all walls and front return panels and include cutouts for access to the operating fixtures 12 Ventilation Two speed exhaust blower Provide OE type in passenger elevators and AA type in service elevators F Emergency Car Lighting and Alarm System Unit shall provide emergency light in car upon failure or interruption of normal car lighting Emergency lighting unit shall provide a minimum illumination of 0 2 footcandles at 4 above car floor approximately 1 in front of main car operating panel for not less than 4 hours Battery shall be 6 volt minimum sealed rechargeable lead acid or equal Battery charger shall be capable of res
150. al 0 135 inch thick unless otherwise shown on the Contract Drawings B Car Operating Station 1 Provide car operating stations with faceplates flush with front returns Station shall have illuminating pushbuttons numbered to conform to floors served Buttons shall light to show registration and extinguish when car stops in response to a call Buttons shall have HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 22 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks atl r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports a minimum dimension of 3 4 be raised 1 8 1 32 above the surrounding surface be of square shouldered design and have a detectable mechanical motion A minimum clear space of 3 8 of other suitable means of separation shall be provided Panel shall include an alarm bell button Door Open and Door Close buttons Provide an extended Door Hold button in each service elevator All operating controls shall be located no higher than 48 above the car floor the keyed in car stop switch and alarm button shall be located no lower than 35 above finished floor height Provide in main car station a fire emergency service cabinet containing Phase II emergency fire service switch fire jewel fireman s phone jack fire operating instructions Call Cancel button and Door Open and Door Close buttons Provide second fire jewel outside of Phase II cabinet Provide in the return panel an intercom grill and flush mounted speaker grill
151. all be installed without overlapping joints or requiring trim pieces to cover where two skirt panels meet Inner decks shall attach to the upper edge of the skirt and shall extend to the glass inner surface The inner deck shall be attached to the skirt with oval head stainless steel screws Outer decks shall be attached with concealed fasteners and shall extend outward from the outer glass surface with a turn down at the finished width and either capture the adjacent wall finish or be concealed behind it as accepted on the shop drawings During construction exposed metal finishes shall be protected as recommended by the moving walk manufacturer Upon completion of the balustrades the exposed work shall be cleaned and polished E Comb Plates Fabricate comb plate assemblies from wear resisting non corrosive metal material with exposed anti slip surfaces Plastic comb plates will not be acceptable Provide comb plate sections at the end truss landings of moving walks and at the top and bottom landings of ramps and meeting the following requirements 1 Removable to permit ease of replacement Yellow in color for safety demarcation 3 Have not less than three 3 nor more than seven 7 comb plate sections per comb plate assembly 4 Provisions for lateral and vertical fine adjustments shall be provided so that cleats of pallet treads pass between comb teeth with minimum clearances 5 Comb teeth shall be designed so as to withstand a load
152. all be replaced as provided for under the following paragraphs titled Replace and Repair 1 Replace Replace items during the course of scheduled preventative maintenance when such replacement will prevent an unscheduled equipment shutdown and or ensure the continued safe normal operation of the equipment or which otherwise will extend the useful life of the equipment Make all replacements using original manufacturer s parts or LAWA approved equals 2 Repair a Repairs which are the Responsibility of the Installer Make or cause to made all repairs stipulated herein made necessary due to normal wear and use of the elevator or escalator moving walk system All costs for labor materials expanses and supplies which occur as a result of the stated repair n Periodic Tests Perform periodic safety tests of the elevator and escalator moving walk components as required by Code The periodic tests shall be conducted as indicated in the code Test results shall be witnessed as required and recorded on forms supplied by or acceptable to LAWA Provide certified copies of the completed test forms to LAWA Coordinate the periodic testing with LAWA Inspection Clean Down Procedure which is required once annually by LAWA 7 Elevator Escalator Moving Walk Extended Preventative Maintenance Agreement Quote monthly cost for a five year preventative maintenance agreement commencing upon completion of the warranty maintenance Price adjus
153. all be responsible for all damages to persons or property that occur as a result of the Contractor s negligence and shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect the work workers the public and the property of others GC 26 RESPONSIBILITIES OF LAWA 26 01 26 02 26 03 LAWA will designate its representative whom the Contractor shall coordinate all operational requirements and activities concerning but not limited to rules and regulations safety enforcements notifications to stakeholders and airlines LAWA shall pay the reasonable cost of utilities electric gas etc used in the course of performing the Service Agreement activities LAWA will be the exclusive judge of the reasonableness of claimed utility charges LAWA shall reimburse the Contractor for approved work performed on the units that is required due to damage caused to the units by others The Contractor will be reimbursed in accordance with the agreed upon rate for such work GC 27 INTERFACE 27 01 27 02 The Contractor shall conduct all operations in a manner that will cause no interference with airplane traffic passenger flow or normal operation of the Airport In all operations the Contractor shall be governed by the regulations and rules of LAWA and shall cooperate fully with LAWA Contractor shall also comply with all applicable laws and regulations and shall hold all necessary consultations and conferences with personnel of any and all Cit
154. and programs or its failure to comply with them Contractor is responsible for obtaining copies of any and all approved O amp M manuals drawings updates and other documents required to perform all services to the referenced systems called for in this Service Agreement Contractor shall have hardcopy prints of all manuals drawings etc at all times and update as needed to reflect operation of new or modified systems Any document referenced in this Service Agreement shall become part of the Service Agreement documents SC 3 SUBMITTALS 3 01 Contractor shall submit the following documentation at the time specified during the term of the Service Agreement and in accordance with the following submittal deadlines Prepare all documents in the English language a Contractor s Safety Plan and Drug Policy Prior to start of any work b Problem Reports On a monthly basis c Maintenance Reports On a monthly basis d Invoices No later than 10 days from the first day of each following calendar month SC 4 TERM OF SERVICE AGREEMENT 4 01 The term of this Service Agreement shall be for the five year period commencing immediately upon expiration of the 1 year Warranty for each unit Page 1 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports SC 5 WORKING HOURS 5 01 Unless restricted elsewhere in the Service Agreement Documents or directed by LAWA in writing the normal workin
155. andrails handrail drive system and guides shall be so designed and installed that handrail cannot be thrown off or disengaged while running and special design attention shall be given to area where handrail passes from drive system to guides 3 Handrail rollers shall have sealed bearings rated at AFBMA L10 100 000 hours and have provision for retention of lubricant to ensure satisfactory lubrication and operation Additional lubrication shall not be required 4 Friction drive sheaves and idlers shall be designed and positioned so that lubricant cannot reach surface of handrail Marking and spotting of handrail by drive equipment shall not be permitted Provide sealed bearings rated at AFBMA L10 100 000 hours 5 Handrails shall be constructed of laminated steel wire mesh or steel cable reinforced flexible elastomer material vulcanized into an integral seamless smooth handrail resistant to environmental conditions A V shaped underside design shall be used for solid balustrade escalators Flat handrails are permitted for use for glass balustrade escalators which do not utilize newel sheaves Handrail color shall be black T Handrail guides shall be continuous on exposed portion of handrails constructed of 316 stainless steel which shall not subject to corrosion nor pitting and shall have a polished or specially coated permanent finish to minimize frictional wear to under surface of handrail On the unexposed HEAVY DUTY TRANSI
156. application and for not less than 24 hours after application unless manufacturer recommends a longer period Control and collect water and dust produced by grinding operations Protect adjacent construction from detrimental effects of grinding operations PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS NTMA Standards Comply with NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide and with written recommendations for terrazzo type indicated unless more stringent requirements are specified FloorScore Compliance Terrazzo floors shall comply with requirements of FloorScore Standard Low Emitting Materials Flooring system shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 3 Flooring Z gz 2 2 2 3 A Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO Portland Cement Terrazzo System Sand cushion 1 Underbed Comply with NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide for terrazzo system indicated for component proportions and mixing 2 Topping Comply with NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide for terrazzo system indicated for matrix and aggregate proportions and mixing a Terrazzo Topping Thickness As required b Formulated Mix Color and Pattern Ins
157. applications NOTE Partition Pilasters supporting adjacent partitions with accessible grab bars shall extend to the floor with a stainless steel shoe Floor to ceiling pilasters shall be located at all corners of toilet stall partition that are not supported by adjacent wall Locked partition doors shall be removable by lifting the door up and off the hinges with special tools Doors at unoccupied stalls shall be held partially open 30 degrees in a con sistent and uniform position and shall open into the stall except at accessible stalls where the doors shall swing out Coat hooks shall be installed inside of each compartment wall at centerline and 6 inches be low top of door except at accessible stalls where the maximum is 48 above finish floor Coat hooks shall bear at least 15 Ibs Coordinate with the structural specification for the steel member that support ceiling hung toilet compartments Indicate this steel support on the drawings TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 2 Public Rest Rooms 5 Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports END OF SECTION 10 21 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 1021 13 3 Public Rest Rooms h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 SUMMARY Section Includes 1 Corner guards ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data Include construction details material descriptions impact strength dimensions of ind
158. arting and running current Current settings or current operated relays Motor field resistance settings Timers Time delay settings including method and equipment needed to program microprocessor Electronic power supply voltages necessary for correct functioning of equipment and from where measured Skirt Step clearance settings Safety switch settings Warranty Submit a copy of the following written warranty for the vertical transportation work The Contractor will correct defects and non compliant work which develop or become known within one year from the date of acceptance by LAWA to the satisfaction of LAWA at no additional cost Make modifications adjustments improvements etc to meet the specified performance requirements No earlier than 1 month prior to the conclusion of the warranty period each elevator escalator and moving walk will be inspected jointly by LAWA and the Contractor All maintenance and warranty deficiencies requiring correction by the Contractor shall be mutually agreed to at this time A written report shall be provided by LAWA detailing the required actions VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 13 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports The warranty shall not deprive LAWA of other rights LAWA may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by
159. ate pattern as shown Tamp tile with wood block and rubber mallet to produce finish levels of tile matching adjacent tile surfaces Beating shall take place prior to mortar taking and initial set Exercise care to quickly remove spillage from faces of tile using water Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as tile units are set Prohibit foot and wheel traffic on tiled floors for period of time as recommended by the mortar manufacturer 3 Grout Installation Latex portland cement ANSI A108 10 E Stone Thresholds Install stone thresholds in one piece notched to fit neatly at door jambs set in same type of setting bed as abutting field tile in accordance with TCA Method TR611 TILING 09 30 00 8 Flooring Z gz 3 7 A 3 8 TILING Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports WALL TILE INSTALLATION Install in accordance with the mortar manufacturer s recommendations and requirements indicated below for ANSI setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of construction and grout ANSI installation methods and grout types Where recommendations and methods conflict the manufacturer s recommendations shall apply 1 Latex Portland Cement Mortar Installation using specified latex portland cement mortar material ANSI A108 5 2 Gypsum Wallboard Interior Latex Portland Cement Mortar Method TCA W243 place tiles maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints and true accurate pattern as shown
160. ate quietly and smoothly without bounce 2 Have a rated speed of 100 ft min 0 51 m s or the metric equivalent The no load to full load speed shall not vary more than _ 4 from the contract speed 3 Hours of operation shall be considered as twenty four 24 hours per day seven 7 days per week 4 Handrail speed shall be consistent with pallet speed B Structural Performance of Balustrades Per ASME A17 1 2004 Provide balustrades designed to resist the simultaneous application of a static lateral force of 40 lbf ft and a vertical load of 50 Ibf ft both applied at the top of the handrail stand C Environmental Requirements Moving walks shall be capable of operating with full specified performance capability while exposed to the design climatic and environmental conditions Climatic and environmental design conditions are available from the mechanical engineer MOVING WALKS 14 3200 1 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Qualifications Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General w Installer Qualifications Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General C Professional Engineer Qualifications Professional Engineer Qualifications Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General D Standards The following standards shall govern the moving walk work Where standards conflict the stan
161. aterials in closed metal containers Clean step treads pallets and comb plates on a monthly basis Regularly brush lint and dirt from the units and remove dirt excess lubricant and accumulated rubbish from pans pits and machine spaces Take necessary actions to prevent oil and grease from creating unsightly appearances on the equipment and or accumulating on pans in escalator and moving walk pits j Conduct weekly evaluations of equipment performance including smoothness of ride unusual vibration or noise condition of handrails Inspect comb plates at both ends of escalators for broken teeth and check for proper clearance between combs and step treads Inspect comb plates at both ends of moving walks for broken teeth and check for proper clearance between combs and pallets Check for broken step treads and check clearance between steps and skirt panel Check for broken pallets and check clearance between pallets and skirt panel Look for anything loose trim screws or bolts that could snag or damage clothing and luggage or cause injury Check condition of handrail brushes Proceed immediately to make or cause to be made replacements repairs and corrections found as a result of the weekly evaluations k Clean all of the escalator equipment Cleaning of the equipment shall occur at regular intervals sufficient in frequency to maintain a professional appearance and preserve the life of the equipment Report to LAWA the need for cleaning and
162. ation Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Remove welded in shipping spreaders installed at factory Restore exposed finish by grinding filling and dressing as required to make repaired area smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces Prior to installation and with installation spreaders in place adjust and securely brace stainless steel door frames for squareness alignment twist and plumb to the following tolerances 1 Squareness Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head 2 Alignment Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall 3 Twist Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines and perpendicular to plane of wall 4 Plumbness Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface mounted door hardware INSTALLATION General Install stainless steel doors and frames plumb rigid properly aligned and securely fastened in place comply with ANSI NAAMM HMMaA 866 and manufacturer s written instructions Stainless Steel Frames Install stainless steel frames of size and profile indicated 1 Set frames accurately in position plumbed aligned and braced securel
163. ation points shall be easily accessible and available L Annunciator 1 Escalators shall be provided at both ends with Adams Escalator Voice model 205 with customizable message provisions when indicated on the plans M Lock Cylinders 1 All locks and keys shall be as per Engineer approval and shall accommodate LAWA Standard cores 2 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall verify with the Engineer that the requirements for hardware have not been amended or superseded 3 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide the Engineer with length finish and camming requirements of each cylinder required PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall install complete and operating escalators in accordance with manufacturer s instruction and approved shop drawings B Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide all special tools to LAWA HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 33 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 3 02 FIELD TESTING A General After installation the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall inspect and test each escalator and related equipment to the Engineer and LAWA s satisfaction that operation of every part of the equipment complies with this specification and with applicable requirements of ASME ANSI A17 1 including sound le
164. ations Single riser Special Features Fire Control Panel Machine Room Monitor Load Weighing Device Communication System Security Features Handicap Features Standby Power Monitoring Features B A Machine Room Less Service Elevators Elevator Use Service C 3 Loading Contract Load in Pounds 5000 minimum Contract Speed in FPM 350 for travel distances of 20 0 or more 200 for travel distances of less than 20 0 Machine Location Overhead in hoistway Machine Type Gearless Type of Control AC variable voltage variable frequency Operation Simplex selective collective or Group automatic Platform Size 6 0 wide by 9 4 deep Clear Car Inside 5 8 wide by 8 4 deep Car and Hoistway Door Size 4 6 wide by 7 0 high Car and Hoistway Door Type Two speed side slide HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 10 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports P ted High speed h dut Car and Hoistway Door Operation le eee E SPE eee minimum opening speed 3 0 FPS Hoistway Entrance As specified Cab Enclosure As specified Car Operating Station Single Dual with front and rear entrances Direction Indicator Hall Hall Call Stations Single riser Fire Control Panel Machine Room Monitor Load Weighing Device Communication System Secu
165. ator Standby Power Provision a Standby power of normal voltage characteristics via normal electrical feeders to run one elevator at a time in each elevator group and or single elevator unit at full contract car speed and capacity Conductor from auxiliary form C dry contacts located in the standby power transfer switch to a designated elevator control panel in each elevator group and or single elevator unit Provide a time delay of 30 45 seconds for pre transfer signal in either direction Standby single phase power to group controller and each elevator controller for car lighting exhaust blower emergency signaling device intercom amplifier and hoist machine cooling fan Means for absorbing regenerated power during an overhauling load condition per NEC 620 91 Elevator s will employ IGBT drive presenting a non linear active load Standby power to hoist machine and control room ventilation or air conditioning Standby power to emergency communications device s Escalator Wellway and Pit VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 4 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks el r Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports m Clear plumb wellway with variations not to exceed 1 at any point Floor pockets and or structural beams for support of escalator truss at each end and at intermediate locations as shown on Architect s drawings Steel supports if used shall meet deflection requirements of
166. ave a factory primed finish for field painting baig 2 Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts without liner behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Dry Film Thickness Testing LAWA may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing 2 If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer s written recommendations Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer s written recommendations INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 4 Walls Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 3 5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A At end of each workday remove rubbish empty cans rags and other discarded materials from Project site as per LAWA direction B After completing paint application clean spattered surfaces Remove spattered paints by washing scraping or other methods Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces C Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning repairing replacing and refinishing as approved by LAWA and leave in an undamaged condition D At completion of construction activities of oth
167. be based upon elevators meeting requirements of Contract Documents and upon evidence of passing specified acceptance tests and inspections Final testing will be after elevators are connected to permanent power Test Reports Within five 5 days after completion of a test submit a test report stating type of test test requirements failures or problems and name of certifying Engineer and Title Safety device failure or defective equipment shall be identified with description of cause and corrective action taken Failures for any reasons shall be identified with cause s and corrective action taken HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 30 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ail Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports C 3 4 Re Inspection If any equipment is found to be damaged or defective or if the performance of the escalators does not conform to the requirements of the contract specifications or the Safety Code no approval or acceptance of escalators shall be issued until all defects have been corrected When the repairs and adjustments have been completed and the discrepancies corrected the Owner and Owner s representative shall be notified and the escalators will be re inspected Rejected escalators shall not be used until they have been re inspected and approved The certificate of inspection for operational use will be issued to LAWA by the enforcing inspection agency
168. ble for Design Consultant s review and all elements of work or a designated portion thereof are in place and a unit or group are deemed ready for service as intended T Documents required prior to final payment 1 Provide three sets of neatly bound written information necessary for proper maintenance and adjustment of equipment within 30 days following final acceptance of the project Final retention will be withheld until data is received accepted and approved by Engineer and reviewed by Design Consultant Include the following as minimums a Straight line wiring diagram of as installed circuits with index of location and function of components Provide one reproducible master set Mount one set wiring diagrams on panels racked or similarly protected in machine room Provide remaining set rolled and in a protective drawing tube Maintain machine room set with addition of all subsequent field changes These diagrams are LAWA s property b Lubricating instructions including recommended grade of lubricants c Parts catalogs for all replaceable parts including ordering forms and instructions d Four sets of neatly tagged keys for all switches and control features properly tagged and marked e Neatly bound instructions explaining all operating features including all apparatus in the car exterior escalator and moving walk switches and remote control panels f Neatly bound maintenance and adjustment instructions explaining areas
169. bound and indexed sets of the following VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 11 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports a Sequence of operation and or floor charts of the motion control and supervisory control panels and related operating equipment including individual and group microprocessors b Operating instructions and complete detailed adjustment and application data and instructions for all equipment components including controller microprocessor selectors motors drives valves switches etc Lubricating instructions including recommended grade of lubricants d Parts catalogs for all replaceable parts including ordering forms and instruction If a given component is made up of smaller parts the smaller parts shall also be clearly identified by number e Provide a summary of contract data for each type of equipment furnished including quantity and part number f Supplemental data required or requested by LAWA to facilitate equipment maintenance and adjustment 9 4 Provide all special tools including top level solid state diagnostic equipment which the Manufacturer and Installer supplies to his adjusters and service personnel for proper maintenance and adjustment of all equipment Special tools shall become the property of LAWA NOTE If solid state microprocessor or group supervisory diagnostic equipment and or tools are not available for sale Elevator
170. brication shall be provided HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 13 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports Wi AMAL T Machine AC gearless machine with permanent magnet synchronous motor direct current electromechanical disc brakes and integral traction drive sheave Machine to be mounted to the car guide rail or support beam mounted at the top of the hoistway Q Deflector Sheaves Provide machined and grooved sheave for diameter of ropes All bearings are to be shielded or sealed H Stop Switch An enclosed stop switch mounted in the pit of each elevator in accordance with the Code shall prevent operation of elevator when switch is activated Switch shall be of the type described in Rule 2 2 6 of the Code I Emergency Auxiliary Stop Switch An enclosed stop switch mounted in the over head machine area and or on the machine of each elevator in accordance with Rule 2 7 of the Code shall prevent operation of elevator when switch is activated Switch shall be of the type described in Rule 2 7 of the Code J Dead End Hitch Assemblies Provide dead end hitch assemblies in accordance with engineered loading requirements K Counterweight Counterweights shall consist of a steel frame welded or bolted together and necessary steel weight sections These weight sections shall be held securely in place within the frame A minimum of two 2 tie rods shall pas
171. cabinet within a 75 foot travel dis tance to all portions of the building on each floor Keep in mind that additional fire extin guishers and cabinets may be required as dictated by the Fire Department Field Inspector 1 2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated Include construction details material descriptions dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for fire protection cabinets 1 Fire Protection Cabinets Include roughing in dimensions details showing mounting methods relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction door hardware cabinet type trim style and panel style B Shop Drawings For fire protection cabinets Include plans elevations sections details and attachments to other work C Samples for Initial Selection For each type of fire protection cabinet indicated D Samples for Verification For each type of exposed finish required prepared on Samples of size indicated below 1 Size 6 by 6 inches square E Product Schedule For fire protection cabinets Coordinate final fire protection cabinet schedule with fire extinguisher schedule to ensure proper fit and function 1 3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Maintenance Data For fire protection cabinets to include in maintenance manuals FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 1 Z ES 1 4 A B C 1 5 A B Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports QUALIT
172. car frame and platform shall be free from warps buckles and squeaks and rattles Joints shall be lightproof Car Frame and Platform 1 Loading Classification and Requirements The elevator shall be designed for Class A C 3 freight elevator loading following the design data and formulas identified in the Code including but not limited to the car frame platform sills and guides 2 Car frame and platform shall be welded galvanized steel units designed and fabricated in accordance with applicable requirements herein and Rule 2 14 of the Code HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 20 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports We AMAL 3 Protect car platform with fire retardant material The platform shall be recessed as required to accept floor finish 4 Sub floor shall be suitably reinforced to support live loads of the elevator cab C Car Guides Car guides shall be designed for C3 loading Provide spring dampened roller guides or swivel type oil less slide guides with renewable inserts D Sills Car sills shall be extruded stainless steel sills supplied with grooves and trash slots for door guides and machine planed for minimum clearance Provide with matching sill extensions to face of front return s E Car Enclosures 1 General The enclosure shall be adequately reinforced and ventilated to meet Code requirements Provide sound deadening mastic to exte
173. cation to cushion top seams to resist peaking Provide water resistant plastic coated tape which will unwind without adhesive transfer E Seaming Tape Hot melt adhesive tape 6 wide recommended by the carpet mill as suitable for backing specified F Seaming Cement Water resistant and flame resistant carpet adhesive for sealing raw edges seaming reinforcing seams and patching Provide fast drying easy spreading carpet seaming adhesive having excellent aging characteristics recommended by the carpet manufacturer G Metal Edge Strips Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown of height required to protect exposed edge of carpet and of maximum lengths to minimize running joints H Carpet Edging Provide rubber composition carpet edging in single lengths wherever possible keeping the number of joints or splices to a minimum Provide in quantities and locations as job SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 4 Flooring Guide Specification A r A sa Los Angeles World Airports required based upon the recommended good practice of the industry include in every location where carpet terminates and other flooring continues Color to match adjacent carpet types Floor Sealer Type as recommended and manufactured by the carpet manufacturer for the applications indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PRE INSTALLATION MEETING A Prior to the installation meet at the project site to review the material selections substrate preparations insta
174. ccessible numbered terminal blocks and connected with lugs and pressure connectors Use no splices or similar connections in wiring except at terminal blocks control cabinets junction boxes and conduits Provide 10 spare conductors throughout b Elevator Traveling Cables All wiring shall be insulated with a moisture proof flame retardant outer covering Non traveling cable hoistway wiring shall be run in tubing conduit or electrical wireways Provide flexible traveling cables which are properly suspended to relieve stress on individual cables Provide six 6 pairs of 18 ga shielded wire in the traveling cables for telephone or other electronic equipment in the car Provide 10 spare conductors Provide four space pair of shielded communication wires Terminate them to barrier type terminal strip behind each elevator return panel at one end of cable and within a machine room security junction box Provide two RG 6 traveling coax cables for CCTV equipment in the car Provide two pair 14 gauge wires for CCTV power Prevent traveling cables from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or car items c Conduit and Fittings Galvanized steel conduit Minimum conduit size shall be 3 4 diameter unless larger size is required per NFPA 70 for use intended Fittings may be steel compression type unless otherwise permitted or required by NFPA 70 G Testing and Inspections Advise LAWA in advance of dates and times that tests and inspections are to be per
175. chanical Rooms Provide metal framing systems of base metal thickness and spacing capable of limiting lateral deflections to L 240 when subjected to a 15 psf uniform lateral load or the desing value induced by the mechanical system whichever is greater SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit product data for each product indicated Evaluation Reports Provide LARR identification numbers for Metal Studs Fasteners and Suspension Ceilings QUALITY ASSURANCE Fire Test Response Characteristics For non structural metal framing assemblies with fire resistance ratings provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1 Fire Resistance Rated Assemblies Indicated by design designations from UL s Fire Resistance Directory Sound Transmission Characteristics For non structural metal framing faced with gypsum wallboard materials and having STC ratings provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTME90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency STC Rated Assemblies Indicated by design designations from GA 600 Fire Resistance Design Manual NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 1 Walls Z gz 1 5 A w 1 7 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING
176. characteristics of their product and to recommend appropriate maintenance procedures prior to occupancy of the finished spaces E Warranties Submit special warranties specified in this Section 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Installer Qualifications Engage a carpet installer who has completed a minimum of three 3 projects over the last 10 years which were similar in material design and extent to that indicated for the project as determined by LAWA and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance 1 In the case where the Installer is actually a Dealer it is understood that the terms Installer Dealer Carpeting Contractor and Contractor shall be one and the same for purposes of this Contract He shall assume responsibility for all of the work including acquisition of the materials from the manufacturers herein specified B Mill Inspection The carpeting may be inspected to determine compliance with the Contract Documents with respect to manufacture materials pattern and colors Inspection may be made at the mill by a representative of LAWA at any time during the process of manufacture C Sample Installations Before installing carpet install sample installations for each type of carpet installation required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution Install sample installations to comply with the following requirements using materials indicated for the complete
177. chitect and Owner about door hardware and keying 1 Scheduling Responsibility Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules C Source Limitations Obtain each type of door hardware from a single manufacturer unless otherwise indicated D Regulatory Requirements Comply with the following 1 Provide hardware items complying with the applicable provisions for accessibility and usability by the disabled and handicapped in compliance with Americans with DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 2 Doors and Frames Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports Disabilities Act ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities ADAAG NFPA 101 Comply with applicable provisions for means of egress doors 3 Electrified Door Hardware Listed and classified by Underwriter s Laboratories Inc or by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose indicated 4 LADBS requirements E Fire Rated Door Assemblies Provide door hardware for assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by Underwriter s Laboratories Inc for fire ratings indicated based on testing according to NFPA 252 Provide only door hardware items that are identical to items tested by UL for the types and sizes of doors required In case of conflict between type of hardware specified and type required for accessibility or fire protection furnish type required by NFPA and UL Doors indicated in fire rat
178. chment to wallboard or studs longest lengths available in profiles indicated primed for finish painting sized for scheduled wallboard thickness shown 2 5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A General Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTMC475 and the recommendations of both the manufacturers of the wallboard products and joint treatment materials for each application indicated B Joint Tape 1 Interior Gypsum Wallboard over Metal Studs Paper 2 Tile Backing Panels As recommended by panel manufacturer C Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats 1 Prefilling At open joints and damaged surface areas use setting type taping compound Embedding and First Coat For embedding tape and first coat on joints flanges of trim accessories and fasteners use setting type taping compound 3 Second coat For filling over tape beads and fasteners Use setting type sandable topping compound 4 Third coat For finishing over tape beads and fasteners Use drying type all purpose compound 5 Skim Coat For final coat of Level 5 finish use drying type all purpose compound D Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels 1 Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board Use setting type taping and setting type sandable topping compounds 2 Cementitious Backer Units As recommended by manufacturer 2 6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A
179. coatings sealers oil grease existing floor covering adhesives and mastics All oil or grease not removed by scarification or blasting shall be removed by either detergent scrubbing with heavy duty cleaner degreaser low pressure water cleaning steam cleaning or chemical cleaning methods in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions All spalled or deteriorated slab surfaces shall be mechanically removed by scabbling or chipping hammers Acid etching is not acceptable NOTE Many of the existing sub floor areas of the existing Terminals are not level and require extensive floor prep All existing finishes such as but not limited to Fritztile are to be removed from the concrete slab 2 Apply moisture vapor barrier across the entire area to receive the epoxy terrazzo in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations 3 Repair or level damaged slab surfaces with epoxy fill mortar Latex fills or self leveling underlayments are not acceptable 4 Flexible Epoxy Membrane Crack Bridging Membrane Placement a Install flexible epoxy membrane at 40 mils thickness over the moisture vapor barrier and embed fabric reinforcement Follow the specific recommendations of the flooring manufacturer for detailing at terminations construction control joints construction joints building columns and base conditions Thoroughly mix flexible epoxy membrane and apply to prepared moisture vapor coated slab substrates according to manufact
180. commercial steel Type B free from scale pitting coil breaks surface blemishes buckles waves or other defects exposed matte dull finish suitable for exposed applications Inserts Bolts and Fasteners Galvanized steel 1 Expansion Bolts and Shields FS FF S 325 Group HI Type 1 or 2 2 Machine Screws FS FF S 92 carbon steel Type III cross recessed design I or II recess style 2C flat head Filler Sound deadening and heat retarding mineral fiber insulating material DOORS General Provide flush design doors 1 3 4 inches 44 mm thick of seamless hollow construction unless otherwise indicated Construct doors with sheets joined at their vertical HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 13 3 Doors and Frames s Guide Specification 4 Los Angeles World Ai sa Les Angeles Wo irports edges by continuous welding the full height of the door with no visible seams on their faces or vertical edges and all welds ground and finished flush 1 Visible joints or seams around glazed panel inserts are permitted For single acting swing doors bevel both vertical edges 1 8 inch in 2 inches 3 mm in 50 mm 3 For double acting swing doors round vertical edges with 2 1 8 inch 54 mm radius NOTE For the doors make provisions for the installation of electrical items specified elsewhere arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replace Provide all cutouts and reinforcements required for these steel doors to accept
181. connect switch shall be provided in the top and bottom escalator pits which will when used stop the escalator or prevent starting Deteriorated and Missing Roller Detector Provide a device for detecting deteriorated and or missing step and axle rollers on the left and right sides while the escalator is running with or without passengers or load The roller detector shall be integrated into the safety circuit The device shall be manually reset In addition a fault finding device diagnostic equipment shall be provided capable of producing indications of the following data 1 Date time and cause of all escalator stoppages and failures HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 19 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 2 A monitoring of drive motor temperature 3 Have a digital readout visible at the key start switch area E Operating Controls Emergency Stop Button 1 Provide vandal resistant device s manufactured by PTL or approved equal Operating switches shall comply with Paragraph 2 01 D 1 One 1 vandal resistant emergency stop button shall be located at each landing accessible on the exterior deck cover for solid balustrade escalators and mounted in the upper newel quadrant orin a pedestal for glass balustrade escalators F Balustrades Skirt Panels and Decking 1 Solid Balustrades for High Deck Escalators shall compl
182. construction as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency NOTE The use of powder actuated fasteners is by SPECIAL APPROVAL ONLY Prior to the use of these fasteners the Contractor shall develop and present to LAWA their procedures and protocol for using such equipment at LAX Wire Hangers Braces and Ties Zinc coated carbon steel wire ASTM A 641 A 641M Class 1 zinc coating soft temper 1 Size Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load ASTM C 635 Table 1 Direct Hung will be less than yield stress of wire but provide not less than 0 106 inch diameter wire Rod Hangers ASTM A 510 mild carbon steel 1 Diameter 1 4 inch 2 Protective Coating ASTM A 153 A 153M hot dip galvanized Seismic struts and seismic clips Carrying Channels Cold rolled commercial steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0 0538 inch a minimum 1 2 inch wide flange and in depth indicated Metal Edge Moldings and Trim Type and profile indicated or if not indicated manufacturer s standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated formed from sheet metal of same material finish and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 3 Ceiling Systems Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 2 3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS L Products
183. corresponding thickness with their related LARR number 2 4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A General Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer s written recommendations B Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints Nonsag paintable nonstaining latex sealant with a VOC content of 250 g L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates to which non structural metal framing attaches or abuts installed door frames and structural framing with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of assemblies specified in this Section Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 PREPARATION A Coordination with Sprayed Fire Resistive Materials 1 Before sprayed fire resistive materials are applied attach offset anchor plates or ceiling runners tracks to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed on fire resistive materials Where offset anchor plates are required provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches 600 mm o c 2 After spray
184. crete substrates with carpet manufacturer 1 Moisture Content Verify moisture content using a standard calcium chloride crystal test or a 1 square yard 0 84 sq m clear plastic test Perform testing at a frequency as recommended by the carpet manufacturer Perform testing at a frequency of not less than once every 1 000 square feet 93 sq m 2 Alkalinity Test Verify alkalinity of concrete substrates by drilling a 3 8 inch 9 5 mm diameter hole approximately 1 4 inch 6 35 mm deep remove all residue fill with distilled water allow water to stand 3 minutes and test with a calibrated electronic meter TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 4 Flooring oar Guide Specification A sa Los Angeles World Airports or Ph paper Perform testing at a frequency of not less than once every 1 000 square feet 93 sq m Alternative test procedures for moisture content and alkalinity may be acceptable subject to the carpet manufacturer s review and written acceptance C Concrete Subfloors Verify that concrete slabs comply with the following 1 Remove coatings including curing compounds existing floor covering adhesive residues and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap wax oil or silicone without using solvents Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by the carpet manufacturer 2 Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds sealers hardeners and other materials that may interfere with adhe
185. ct all repairs or replacement necessary to remedy defects at the convenience of and no cost to LAWA PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EPOXY TERRAZZO A Epoxy Terrazzo Material Products and Manufacturers The epoxy resin terrazzo specifications are based on Terroxy Resin System by Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies 1 The following terrazzo systems and manufacturers are capable of providing epoxy resin terrazzo flooring complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents a General Polymers Thin Set Epoxy Terrazzo 1100 Flooring System b Crossfield Products Corp Dex O Tex Division Dex O Tex Cheminert Terrazzo c Master Terrazzo Technologies LLC Morricite System Performance properties Compressive Strength ASTM D695 Water Absorption ASTM D570 Tensile Strength ASTM D638 Flexural Strength ASTM D790 Adhesion ACI 503R Hardness ASTM D2240 Impact Resistance MIL D 3134 Sec 4 7 3 Abrasion Resistance ASTM D4060 CS 17 Wheel Slip Resistance RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 3 The epoxy resin flooring system shall possess the following 10 000 psi 0 10 3 000 psi 4 500 psi 350 psi 100 concrete failure 65 85 Shore D Withstands 16 ft lbs no chipping crack ing spalling or loss of adhesion 70 90 milligrams lost Meets ADA Standards Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports Critical Radiant Flux ASTM D648 90 Thermal coeffic
186. ction A method of identifying deficiencies in the quality of services performed before the level of service becomes unacceptable A file of all inspections or tests conducted by the Contractor to include any corrective actions taken This file shall be subject to LAWA review at all times during the performance of Service Agreement The file shall be property of LAWA and shall be turned over to LAWA upon completion or termination of Service Agreement QC program shall be in compliance with Contractors LAWA approved Maintenance Control Program The Code required Maintenance Control Program shall be posted in each machine control room Codes and Ordinances 1 All the work covered by these specifications is to be done in full accord with the state and local Codes and ordinances as are in effect at the time of the execution of the contact and the ASME A17 1 2007 elevator safety orders All of the elevator escalator moving walk related requirements of the local Building Department are to be fulfilled by the Contractor except for inspection fees Page 9 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports The Contractor shall also provide maintenance and or repairs to comply with any violation of the Governing Agencies and recommendations of casualty companies on due notice from the City provided that such violations or recommendations did not exist prior to the date of the Agreement or after issuance b
187. curity Identification Display Area SIDA The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all tools and all necessary vehicles including but not limited to scissor lifts fork lift trucks golf carts etc that will be used under this Service Agreement There will be no additional costs to LAWA for these items and shall be included as part of Contractor s rates Before starting work the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act on the Contractor s behalf LAWA reserves the right to a Disapprove any candidate named as the Contractor s representative or alternate who fails to meet the provisions set forth herein b Remove without any right to work on the work site either the Contractor s representative or alternate who in the sole opinion of LAWA has demonstrated incompetence lack of ability or Page 6 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports 25 07 25 08 other unsuitability to perform supervision of the Work and that individual shall not without permission of LAWA be re employed on this Service Agreement If the Contractor s representative or alternate leaves the employment of the Contractor the Contractor will be required to replace the individual s within fifteen 15 days The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining at its own expense all necessary licenses and permits The Contractor sh
188. d E Install control joints in locations indicated and where directed by the Architect for visual effect or if not indicated or directed by the Architect provide control joints in accordance with ASTM C 840 which is as follows 1 Where a partition wall or ceiling traverses a construction joint expansion seismic or building control element in the base building structure 2 Where a wall or a partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 linear feet 9 100 mm 3 Control joints in interior ceilings with perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 50 feet 15 000 mm and total area between control joints does not exceed 2500 square feet 230 m 4 Control joints in interior ceilings without perimeter relief shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints do not exceed 30 linear feet 9 100 mm and total area between control joints does not exceed 900 square feet 84 m GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 8 Walls Z EL Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 5 A control joint or intermediate blocking shall be installed where ceiling framing members change direction 3 4 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A General Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints flanges of interior trim and aluminum trim accessories interior angles control joints penetrations fastener heads surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum b
189. d 2 A 10 B C 5 lb nominal capacity with monoammonium phosphate based dry chemical in enameled steel container 2 2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A Mounting Brackets Manufacturer s standard steel designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated with plated or black baked enamel finish 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following a J L Industries Inc a division of Activar Construction Products Group b Larsen s Manufacturing Company FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 4416 2 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports B c Potter Roemer LLC Identification Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style size spacing and location Locate as indicated by Architect 1 Identify bracket mounted fire extinguishers with the words FIRE EXTINGUISHER in red letter decals applied to mounting surface a Orientation Vertical PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging 1 Remove and replace damaged defective or undercharged fire extinguishers B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 INSTALLATION A General Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdic
190. d Airports w Coordinate installation of column covers with adjacent construction to ensure that wall assemblies flashings trim and joint sealants are protected against damage from the effects of weather age corrosion and other causes 1 10 WARRANTY A Manufacturer s Special Warranty on Laminated Glass Manufacturer s standard form in which laminated glass manufacturer agrees to replace laminated glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer s written instructions Defects include edge separation delamination materially obstructing vision through glass and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated glass standard 1 Warranty Period Five years from date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SHEET METAL A General Provide sheet metal without pitting seam marks roller marks stains discolorations or other imperfections where exposed to view on finished units B Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 240 A 240M or ASTM A 666 Type 304 stretcher leveled standard of flatness 2 2 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A Bent Laminated Glass ASTM C 1464 Kind BL and ASTM C 1172 Kind LA laminated annealed Condition A uncoated Type I transparent Quality Q3 with two plies of glass and polyvinyl but
191. d Airports 4 Mannington 5 Shaw C Fiber Content Nylon 6 6 D Pile Characteristics No Over Tufting E __ Dye Process Solution dye or injection dye is required F Density Greater than 7000 2 2 CARPET CUSHION A Product as recommended in writing by the carpet manufacturer for the application indicated and which will not void the specified warranties if required 2 3 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds Portland cement based formulation provided by or recommended by the following Do not use gypsum based compounds 1 Carpet manufacturer 2 Carpet cushion manufacturer B Carpet Adhesives Water resistant mildew resistant and nonstaining high solids low VOC emitting formulations that are specifically recommended by the carpet manufacturer as verified through compatibility and adhesion testing for the intended substrate and application and that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet C Tackless Carpet Stripping Stretch In Installations Water resistant plywood in minimum 1 inch 25 mm wide strips thickness to match cushion thickness with minimum 3 rows of prenailed angular pins protruding from the top designed to grip and hold stretched carpet at backing D Plastic Coated Fabric Tape Stretch In and Double Stick Broadloom Cushion Installations Woven fabric impregnated with plastic and coated with adhesive having high tack adhesion forming a secure bond for appli
192. d Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 9 CONTROLLER A General 1 The elevator control equipment shall contain diagnostic capabilities as required for the ease of complete maintenance The diagnostic system shall be an integral part of the controller and provide user friendly interaction between the service person and the controls All such systems shall be free from decaying circuits that must be periodically reprogrammed by the manufacturer Switch gear shall be mounted in cabinets and labeled terminal strips The Main controller shall be a non proprietary programmable automation controller PAC based on SCADA compliant Allen Bradley CompactLogic 1769 L32E or equal to control and monitor the status of the elevator The PAC shall be designed to communicate in TCP IP format over Ethernet or approved equal The controller shall store the last 99 faults accessible via laptop connection panel view or remote communications Provide a copy of all working programs on approved computer medium as well as a printed program listing The Controller shall have one dedicated serial port which supports RS 232 C signals It must be usable for programming purposes or for access to remote programmers via modems Provide Lift Net or equal ready serial port and signals Elevator monitoring system shall be building monitoring system compatible and capable of monitoring various elevator control systems 2
193. d Work 1 Size and Location Provide 250 square foot 23 23 sq m sample installations in locations as directed by LAWA Subdivide the sample installation with one continuous seam of the type specified 2 Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship 3 Obtain LAWA s approval of sample installations before starting work 4 Maintain sample installations during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work 5 Approved sample installations may become part of the completed Work if undamaged at time of Substantial Completion SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 2 Flooring a a Guide Specification 4 1 5 A w 1 6 1 7 1 8 Los Angeles World Airports DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver carpeting in original mill protective wrapping with mill register numbers and tags attached Deliver other materials in manufacturers unopened containers identified with name brand type grade class and other qualifying information Store materials in a dry location in such a manner as to prevent damage PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use Stack rolls horizontally no higher than two high on a flat surface Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until
194. d apply final coat of primer HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 8 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide We AANA Specification Les Angeles World Airports Enamel Finish Prime finish per above Unless specified prime finish only apply and bake three 3 additional coats of enamel in the selected solid color L Baked M Glass CPSC Laminated safety glass minimum 9 16 inch thick conforming to ANSI Z97 1 and 16 CFR Part 1201 2 3 SPECIAL FEATURES A General 1 Elevator size arrangement and capacity shall be justified via thorough analysis of passenger and material transport needs and shall comply with design criteria specified in this Section 3 7 1 and 3 7 2 Elevators shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of CCR Title 8 and the ASME A17 1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators hereinafter in this Section the Code Provide all material and equipment necessary for the complete execution of all elevator work as specified in this Section and as shown on the Contract Drawings Provide hoistway guards for protecting hoistway during construction In existing terminals hoistway protection shall include high solid panels surrounding each hoistway opening at each floor All electric equipment conduit fittings and wiring shall conform to the requirements of ANSI NFPA No 70 National Electric Code Provide concrete inserts and other similar anchoring devices for the i
195. d carpeting shall be rejected Use non staining cover material for protection Tape joints of protective covering 1 Plastic and polyethylene sheet protective coverings shall not be permitted 2 Remove and replace rejected carpeting with new carpeting At the completion of the work remove covering vacuum clean carpeting and remove soiling and stains if any to the satisfaction of LAWA END OF SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 6 Flooring a a Guide Specification 4 Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 68 16 SHEET CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes broadloom carpet 1 2 STANDARDS A Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following 1 The Carpet and Rug Institute The Carpet Specifiers Handbook 2 The Carpet and Rug Institute CRI 104 Commercial Carpet Installation Standard 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit product data specifications installation instructions for materials specified herein and other data as may be required to show compliance with the Contract Documents Include installation recommendations for each type of substrate required B Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings showing the following 1 Existing floor materials to be removed 2 Existing floor materials to remain 3 Columns doorways enclosing walls or partitions built in cabinets and locat
196. d person wants to enter authorized person wants to exit unauthorized person wants to enter unauthorized person wants to exit D Keying Schedule Submit keying schedule prepared by or under the supervision of supplier detailing Owner s final keying instructions for locks Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations E Warranties Submit special warranties specified in this Section Fire Rated Door Assembly Testing Submit a written record of each fire door assembly to LAWA and to the LADBS for future building inspections NOTE Perform a field survey of each opening prior to submitting shop drawings Verify the appropriateness of the assigned hardware group for the designated opening 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Installer Qualifications An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material design and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance B Supplier Qualifications Door hardware supplier who has completed a minimum of three 3 projects over the last 5 years which were similar in material design and extent to that indicated for the project and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor Ar
197. d shall be provided I Tracks The tracks shall be constructed of continuous structural steel sheet strip or plate throughout the truss incline and transition curves at the landings in order to restrain the lateral displacement of the pallets ensure the rollers are retained in their proper position on the track and to provide a smooth ride without discernible vibration MOVING WALKS 1432 00 10 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 1 Design and fabrication of tracks shall retain pallets rollers and running gear safely under load requirements and at the highest speed specified 2 Contractor shall assemble and secure sections of track together for easy removal and replacement of defective sections The system shall be adjustable and welding of the track sections is not acceptable 3 Design of the mechanical components shall provide for easy installation and removal without the dismantling of parts of the truss or building structure 4 Tracks shall be properly supported on trusses to provide correct alignment and smooth even operation of running gear The rolling surface of the track shall be a minimum thickness of 3 mm 5 The guiding system for the chains and rollers shall be fabricated from zinc plated or galvanized steel profiles with smooth and even running surfaces The guide profiles shall not be welded together at the joints J Pallet Driving Machines The driving mach
198. d surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping 2 9 STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES A Surface Preparation Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish B Polished Finishes Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches 1 Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece C Directional Satin Finish No 4 D When polishing is completed passivate and rinse surfaces Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 4 Wall Guards ES Guide Specification sa Los Angeles World Airports PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 A EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of decorative metal Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected INSTALLATION GENERAL Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure decorative metal to in place construction Perform cutting drilling and fitting required to install decorative metal Set products accurately in location alignment and elevation measured from established lines and levels Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints or where indicated uniform reveals Where cutting welding and grinding are requ
199. d to car calls only 14 VIP operation to send a car to any floor and remain there for a predetermined time reassigning all other calls to different cars automatically 15 Car to lobby feature to call any car to the main lobby Return car nonstop after answering preregistered car calls and park with doors open for an adjustable time period of 60 90 Ba SO 00 ON Oy ob 79 gt HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 26 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks We AMAL z 2 17 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 16 seconds Upon expiration of time the car shall automatically resume to normal operation Standby power operation and selection As a minimum the following reports shall be available from the CMS Oui E ptori Average wait time for each hall call in each direction of travel Number of hall calls registered per event or time period selected Emergency faults and events for the selected time period Number of hall calls answered per elevator Door dwell times Calculated car times including door open times door close time floor to floor time WIRING AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION Conduit and Wiring 1 Unless otherwise specified all electrical conductors in the pits and hoistways except traveling cable connections to the car shall be provided in rigid zinc coated steel conduit with steel outlet boxes except that a small amount of flexible conduit may be used where c
200. d without changing the speed of the motor by over 0 5 The motor controlling device shall be able to provide full power to a motor without using more than 0 5 more energy that an electrical mechanical motor starter 3 EQUIPMENT MANUFACURER ACCEPTANCE a The supplier shall show broad industry acceptance of the motor control device by documenting that all major moving walk service providers including Otis Elevator KONE Inc Schindler ThyssenKrupp and Mitsubishi Electric have experience installing such device on a moving walk 4 FUNCTIONS a The motor controlling device must include the following functions b Overload Current Protection c Over Voltage Protection d Under voltage Protection e Over Current f Under Current g Phase Loss h Reverse Direction i S C R Failure j Fault logging capability MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 14 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports k Remote monitoring capability 5 MOUNTING HARDWARE a The mounting hardware and enclosure shall be rated NEMA 1 for indoor installations and NEMA 4 for exterior installations rated and specifically designed for ease of installation in moving walk applications 6 CONTROL VOLATAGE CONNECTION a The motor controlling device shall not require an external dedicated power source to operate and shall operate based on existing line serving the moving walk 7 DISCRETE INPUTS AND OUTPUTS a The motor
201. dard with the more stringent requirements shall be applicable 1 Moving Walk Code In addition to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction comply with the latest edition of ASME A17 1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators ASME A17 2 Guide for Inspection of Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks and ASME A17 5 Requirements for Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment including supplements as published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Wherever Code is referred to in the moving walk specification the ASME A17 1 Code shall be implied 2 Electrical Code For electrical work included in the moving walk work comply with the National Electric Code NFPA 70 ASME A17 5 all applicable local codes and the authorities having jurisdiction Welding Comply with AWS standards Americans with Disabilities Act ADA Building Code of the City of Los Angeles and the following Gee a California Code of Regulations CCR Title 8 b City of Los Angeles Elevator Code E Electrical Devices and Equipment Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General F Manufacturer Provide all moving walks components from a single source Where equipment or operation varies from those described the manufacturer shall provide a complete description of those variations as required under Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL Article QUALITY ASSURANCE paragraph Contractor Statement
202. ded 3 Include applicable literature catalog material or technical brochures 4 Include material and equipment specifications sizes types dimensions weights rated capacities and performance curves 5 Include utility requirements for wiring piping and service connection data motor sizes complete with electrical characteristics HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 142100 1 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports C Shop Drawings 1 Six 6 copies of the layout and shop drawings shall be provided by the contractor for review within three weeks of notice to proceed 2 All drawings views and details shall be developed and presented in accordance with ANSI Y14 3 Multi and Sectional View Drawings 3 Drawings shall clearly reflect dimensional data for elevator hoistways including cross references to building column lines and finish elevations depicted in the Contract Drawings 4 Elevator layout shall be shown in three orthogonal views and shall include key dimensions support details power connection locations and power connection terminal points 5 Shop drawings Six 6 copies of the shop drawings shall be provided by the Installer Submit approval layout drawings to scale Drawings shall include but not be limited to the following a Car guide rails buffers and other components in hoistway b Maximum rail bracket spacing c Maximum load
203. ded by carpet tile manufacturer 2 Cut openings in carpet for electrical outlets piping and other penetrations Maintain close tolerances so that edges of carpet will be covered by plates and escutcheons 3 Extend carpet tile into toe spaces door reveals closets open bottomed obstructions removable flanges alcoves and similar openings TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 5 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports C z 3 4 Butt carpet tile tightly together to form seams without gaps or entrapped pile yarns and aligned with adjoining tiles Edge Strip Installation Install edge strip at every location where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic unless otherwise indicated Unless otherwise directed by the Architect of Record install in single lengths and secure in accordance with manufacturer s directions Traffic over adhesive installations shall be restricted until adhesive has properly cured in accordance with the adhesive manufacturers recommendations CLEANING AND PROTECTION Cleaning As the carpeting is installed remove and dispose of all trimmings excess pieces of carpeting and laying materials from each area as it is completed Vacuum carpeting with a commercial vacuum having a cylindrical brush or beater bar and high suction Remove adhesives stains and soil spots in accordance with the carpet manufacturer s recommendations Protection Protect carpeting against damage of every kind as damage
204. dent of the load The brake shall not cause the moving walk or ramp to come to an abrupt stop It shall be designed to meet ASME A17 1 Code for deceleration requirements without adjustment Design of brake shall provide ease of access for inspection 3 Controller Wire to identified terminal block studs Identifying symbols or letters identical to those on wiring diagrams permanently marked adjacent to each component on the controller Enclose all components in steel cabinet removable from machine room for ease of access to switches and wiring Provide mainline circuit breaker and means to protect against overload and single phasing Controller shall be labeled with rated load and speed braking torque manufacturer serial number and LAWA numbers Locate controller remove if available space is not sufficient in upper and lower ot a The moving walk control equipment shall contain diagnostic capabilities as required for the ease of complete maintenance The diagnostic system shall be an integral part of the controller and provide user friendly interaction between the service person and the controls All such systems shall be free from decaying circuits that must be periodically reprogrammed by the manufacturer 4 Switch gear shall be mounted in NEMA 4X cabinets with labeled terminal strips c The main controller shall use an Allen Bradley SLC5 03 Programmable Logic Controller PLC or approved equal to control and monitor the status of the moving wal
205. ding to NTMA s written recommendations as approved by LAWA 3 6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Terrazzo Cleaning 1 Remove grinding dust from installation and adjacent areas 2 Wash surfaces with cleaner immediately after final cleaning of terrazzo flooring according to NTMA s written recommendations and manufacturer s written instructions rinse surfaces with water and allow them to dry thoroughly B Sealing 1 Seal surfaces according to NTMA s written recommendations 2 Apply sealer according to sealer manufacturer s written instructions C Protection Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to Installer that ensure that terrazzo is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 09 66 13 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 096613 8 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 66 23 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 A SUMMARY This Section includes resinous matrix epoxy terrazzo PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Static Coefficient of Friction For terrazzo installed on walkway surfaces provide finished installation with the following values as determined by testing per ASTM C 1028 1 Level Surfaces Minimum 0 6 2 Step Treads Minimum 0 6 3 Ramp Surfaces Minimum 0 8 SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit product data for each material indicated Shop Drawings Submit
206. ditions where entry of water or dust may adversely affect bearing performance f Exposed moving drive elements shall be protected by sealed metal housings which shall provide continuous lubrication to components g Provide a low oil sensor to prohibit starting of the escalator on automatic operation with low oil in the gear case V belt and tooth belt drives shall not be considered acceptable If chain drives are used they shall be protected against dirt and water by sealed housings for exterior escalators or protective cover for interior escalators and shall have an automatic lubricating device and a means of taking up any slack in the chain Main drive bearings shall be rated for AFBMA L10 200 000 hours F Drip Pans Galvanized 3 mm steel watertight drip pans for the entire length and width of trusses shall be provided Drip pans shall be of sufficient strength to support a concentrated weight of five hundred 500 pounds at any place in the drip pan They shall also be sloped for proper drainage and collection of spent lubricants as well as any moisture or water which may enter the escalator They shall be constructed to prevent oil from leaking below the truss Oil water separators shall be provided on the exterior escalators Drip pans of sufficient size to collect and maintain within truss areas oil and grease drippings from step linkage and all forms of loose debris that may be deposited in drip pans from steps a
207. e and the Door Hardware Schedule 1 Door Hardware Sets Provide quantity item size finish or color indicated and named manufacturer s products 2 The hardware supplier shall review each hardware set and compare it with the door types details and sizes as shown and verify each hardware item for function hand backset and method of fastening through shop drawing submittals ITEM MANUFACTURER ACCEPTABLE SUB Hinges and Electric Hinges STN Stanley Hager Zero Select Key System SCH Schlage Owner s Standard Locks SCH Schlage Owner s Standard Exit Devices VON Von Duprin Owner s Standard Flush Bolts Dust Proof Strike IVE Ives Coordinator IVE Ives Closers LCN LCN Owner s Standard Push amp Pull Plates IVE _ Ives Rockwood Trimco Kickplates Moplates IVE Ives Rockwood Trimco Magnetic Catches ROC Rockwood Magnetic Holder RIX _ Rixson Or Equal Stops amp Holders IVE _ Ives Rockwood Trimco Power Supply VON Von Duprin Power Transfer VON Von Duprin Thresholds PEM Pemko Zero NGP Astragals Seals Bottoms PEM Pemko Zero NGP Silencers IVE Ives Decals VON Von Duprin Door Contacts GES General Electric Security Flair Electric Strike FAS Folger Adam Security Von Duprin Cyberlock Cylinder VID Videx Key System Bottom Rail Lock ARC Adams Rite Floor Stop amp Miscellaneous TRM Trimco Rockwood DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00
208. e SA as set forth in Line Item Number 2 of the Contractor s Schedule of Work and Prices shall be submitted for LAWA approval no less than 30 days prior to Contract Completion Date The SA Bonds shall be submitted to the City Attorney for approval as to form Optional Second 5 year SA No less than six 6 months prior to the conclusion of the 60 month SA the parties may mutually agree to extend the SA Extended SA for a single additional 60 month period at a cost no greater than 9 more than the amount of the initial SA Should the parties mutually agree a Faithful Performance Bond and a Payment Bond each for 100 of the contract price for the Extended SA shall be submitted for LAWA approval no less than one 1 month prior to the conclusion of the initial 60 month SA All Contract Provisions Appendices and Addenda as well as the Conditions of Exhibit A shall govern the SA and the Extended SA GUARANTEES A Notwithstanding the Specifications forming a part of this Contract any inspection or approval of the Work by LAWA or the existence of any patent or trade name the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier nevertheless unconditionally guarantees that the equipment furnished and installed hereunder shall be of the best quality shall be fully fit for the purpose for which it is intended and shall be of the heavy duty transit type in compliance with APTA guidelines and augmented per these contract documents LAWA INSTRUCTI
209. e Specification gz 3 The indication shall be locked automatically Reset shall be done by a separate switch installed in the controller The emergency stop shall not be locked 4 All terminals shall have identification markings and all cables shall be provided with cable markers 5 The controller shall be equipped with an AC induction motor reduced voltage starter installed in line between the standard type contactor and the drive motor The starter shall be solid state capable of starting motors smoothly and gradually reducing inrush current and mechanical shock upon start up Adjustable settings for accelerating time and starting torque shall be provided The starter shall also contain auxiliary contacts and a thermal overload relay for motor protection 6 Maintenance Receptacles Electric power receptacles shall be furnished and installed in the upper and lower pits Each receptacle shall be of the GFCI duplex type waterproof grounded and rated for one hundred and twenty volts at twenty amperes The receptacles in the pits shall be surface mounted on the walls not less than thirty inches from the floor 7 Relays shall be provided with visual indication that they are energized 8 Adjustable settings for accelerating time and starting torque shall be provided The starter shall also contain auxiliary contacts and a thermal overload relay for motor protection Monitoring System Interface Provide controller with serial data link th
210. e and component parts motors and chains 2 Controller and all related equipment including but not limited to relays solid state components resistors condensers transformers contacts leads overloads dash pots timing devices computer devices and mechanical and electrical driving equipment including all switches 3 Motors including but not limited to windings rotating elements and bearings 4 Handrails brush guards guide rollers and alignment devices 5 Stop switches and related components 6 Conductor cables and wiring VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 17 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 7 Truss steps step treads pallets wheels rollers axle bushings comb plates and tracks 8 All sprockets chains and bearings 9 Demarcation lighting 10 Safety switches 11 Step Demarcation 12 Repair and replacement coverage is intended to be full and complete and to include the cost of providing all escalator and moving walk replacement components including those not mentioned above h Maintain the efficiency safety and speeds of the equipment at all times Maintain the vertical transportation system monitoring system at all times i Housekeeping Provide and maintain industry standard parts cabinets for the orderly storage of replacement parts Keep the premises free of accumulation of waste material or rubbish Store combustible m
211. e combplate Comb Pallet Stop Device Per Reference Standard RS 18 on every new moving walk a comb pallet stop device shall be provided at the entrance to and the exit from a moving walk Any obstruction exerting a pressure of 60 pounds for pallets over 32 inches in width between the moving treadway and the comb pallet shall activate the comb pallet stop device to cause the opening of the power circuit to the moving walk or ramp driving machine motor and brake MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 16 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 10 11 12 13 Handrail Speed Monitoring Devices A handrail speed monitoring device shall be provided which will cause the immediate activation of the audible alarm required for the emergency stop buttons whenever the speed of either handrail deviates from the pallet speed by 15 or more The device shall cause electric power to be removed from the driving machine motor and brake if the speed deviation of 15 or more is continuous for more than 2 seconds Missing Pallet Switch This safety feature shall be provided to prevent the unit from running if a pallet is missing Combplate Lights Provide recessed light fixtures with flush lenses mounted in interior balustrade panels at each side of combplates designed to illuminate treadway at combplate Pallet Demarcation Lights Pallet demarcation lights shall be furnished at the entrance to and the
212. e from within elevator car Dust Cover Dust cover shall be reinforced as necessary to ensure a flat even surface throughout Dust cover shall extend at least the full width of door opening on each side and fastened to hanger housings Dust cover shall extend above entrance opening as indicated on Contract drawings Interlocks and Contacts 1 The doors at each hoistway entrance shall be equipped with approved hoistway door interlocks of the hoistway unit system type tested as required by the Code 2 Interlock shall prevent operation of the car away from a landing until doors are locked in the closed position Interlock shall prevent doors from opening at any landing from the corridor side unless car is at rest at that landing or is in the leveling zone and stopping at that landing 3 Hoistway door unlocking devices shall conform to the requirements of the Code and shall be provided to permit authorized persons to gain access to hoistway when car is away from landing Ferrules shall be supplied for all hoistway unlocking device keyholes to protect elevator hoistway doors 4 Provide an electric contact mounted on the car that will prevent the car from moving away from landing unless car doors are closed CAB ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS General 1 Elevator car and car components shall meet the applicable requirements of the Code Car control station s and position indicator s shall be per Contract drawings 2 Entire car assembly including
213. e maximum traction and will be finished in the same manner as the comb plates Shall be lightweight and removable for ease of access to machinery and maintenance areas must be fabricated in sections of a size and weight less than allowed by applicable codes Fastening system shall be an integral part of the floor plate design and shall not require special tools for removal E Drive Machinery HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 28 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ae 4 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Motor and drive mechanism shall be mounted within the truss envelope at the upper end Shafts shall be designed for ease of assembly or disassembly using square keyways of proper sizing Gear Box Requirements a Gear bearings shall be rated with an AFBMA L10 life of 200 000 hours and housed in an oil tight dust proof case provided with a sight glass or dipstick method of determining oil level in the case The case shall provide a convenient method of draining the oil b Lubricant compartment shall contain lubricant heaters for exterior installations unless synthetic lubricants subject to Engineer s approval are used C The assembly shall have no openings in order to minimize accumulation of dust and debris d Rotating parts shall be provided with a means for lubrication and retention of lubricants e Sealed bearings shall be used in those environmental con
214. e part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use Comply with requirement in ANSI A137 1 for labeling sealed tile packages Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water freezing foreign matter and other causes PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer s written instructions Maintain temperatures at 50 F or more in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer s instructions EXTRA MATERIALS Provide attic stock equal to the following for each type color pattern and size or fraction thereof of tile provided for the project Supply in manufacturer s unopened containers identified with name brand type grade class and all other qualifying information to a location where directed by LAWA 1 2 of amount installed but not less than one box PRODUCTS TILE PRODUCTS GENERAL ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard Provide Standard grade tile that complies with ANSI A137 1 Specifications for Ceramic Tile for types compositions and other characteris
215. e services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site samples may be taken at Project site Samples will be identified sealed and certified by testing agency PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates and conditions with Applicator present for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work B Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows 1 Concrete 12 percent 2 Masonry Clay and CMU 12 percent 3 Gypsum Board 12 percent 4 Plaster 12 percent INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 2 Walls Z ES 3 2 A w Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports PREPARATION Comply with manufacturer s written instructions and recommendations in MPI Manual applicable to substrates indicated Remove hardware covers plates and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item provide surface applied protection before surface preparation and painting 1 After completing painting operations use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed Remove surface applied protection if any Clean substrat
216. e throughout length of each piece with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates C On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates fill voids along top edge of metal base with manufacturer s recommended adhesive filler material 3 5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Unless otherwise indicated clean metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap rinsing with clean water and drying with soft cloths B Protect finishes of decorative metal from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by decorative metal fabricator Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion C Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units END OF SECTION 05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL 057000 6 Wall Guards Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports SECTION 05 75 30 13 COLUMN COVERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Column covers with metal and glass finish with LED Light Panel System NOTE LAWA has developed this specification standard for column covers in order to pro vide a unifying design for the public areas of the terminals while providing long term durabil ity and ease of maintenance 1 2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Con
217. e with paragraphs 1 thru 4 above b Detection of any approaching passenger shall occur sufficiently in advance of boarding to cause the escalator to attain full operation speed before a passenger walking at a typical speed of 270 fom 1 35 m s reaches the comb plate C Passenger detection means shall remain active at the egress landing to detect any passenger approaching against the direction of escalator travel and shall cause the escalator to accelerate to full rated speed and sound an alarm bell at the approaching landing before the passenger reaches the comb plate d Redundant sensors below each handrail return are provided O Passenger Detection Means 1 Escalators shall be provided with four sets of angled infrared photoelectric proximity detectors install per Paragraph N They shall be installed in the lower newel cladding at both ends of the escalator in the vicinity of the handrail entry points They shall be Telco Sensors LT transmitters and LR receivers Series 110 with stainless steel housings or approved equal Each escalator end shall be provided with 2 channel multiplexed photoelectric amplifiers Telco Sensors model PAB20 or approved equal 2 Means shall be provided to detect failure of the passenger detection means and shall cause the escalator to operate at full rated speed only 2 02 MATERIALS A Stainless Steel 1 Shapes and Bars ASTM A 276 type 316 A 554 for tubes 2 Plate Sheet and Strip HEAVY DUTY TRA
218. eceleration rate with no load over 5 consecutive stops in the down direction using test equipment designed to obtain this information 3 Skirt Step Index test b Contractor shall perform the following tests on each escalator under full load 1 Brake test The stopping distance in the down direction shall meet all requirements of ASME A17 1 2 Twenty Four Hour Test Each escalator shall be operated continuously for 24 hours after the acceptance test with no faults If any fault occurs that shuts the escalator down the fault shall be corrected Run additional 24 hour tests until all faults are corrected B Perform testing during times approved by LAWA Perform tests that are disruptive to normal building operations as determined by LAWA after normal building occupancy hours 1 2 Dy or A Supply all required labor material supervision material tools test weights and test instruments for all required tests inspections and reviews In all elevator test conditions obtain specified speed performance times floor accuracy without re leveling and ride quality In all escalator test conditions obtain specified speed and ride quality Label each device with calibration sticker indicating test results and date of test Provide permanently affixed escalator brake torque tag Affix mental safety buffer and governor test tags C Performance Guarantee Should these tests indicate defects or poor workmanship variance or nonc
219. eceptacles light fixtures disconnect switches and convenience outlets in remote controller room truss envelope and pits Complete detailed drawings and wiring diagram of escalator fault finding device and connection to annunciator panel As built drawings for final escalator installation controller and truss wiring Also provide As built drawings in electronic format in AutoCad 2008 or other electronic format required by LAWA l Certification 1 The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall be required to provide certification in writing and signed by an officer of the organization that LAWA of the escalator s shall be provided with copies of any and all information correspondence bulletins newsletters manuals techniques procedures drawings sketches and any other documents related to maintenance safety operations design changes modifications retrofits etc which relate to any part component equipment system subsystem or material and services applicable to the escalator provided All of the above referenced shall be provided as it pertains to the original installation and for a period of ten 10 years after final acceptance of the last escalator provided under any contract The referenced material shall be provided within thirty 30 days of publication or internal distribution by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier The material even if labeled PROPRIETARY shall be delivered to the Engine
220. ed and replaced if necessary No conduit or raceway shall be less than 3 4 trade size except that for small devices such as door switches interlocks etc 1 2 conduit may be used The total overall cross sectional area of the wires contained in any conduit shall not exceed 40 percent of the internal area of the conduit Conduits shall be neatly and systematically run All exposed conduit and boxes shall be supported by approved and substantial straps hangers or clamps to the structural steel reinforced concrete or other approved supports Riser conduits in hoistway shall be supported at each floor level HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 27 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports 8 All screws used for terminal connections of all wiring control room machine area hoistway and pit shall be provided with star washers of proper size and type B Conductors 1 No joints or splices shall be permitted in wiring except at outlets Tap connectors may be used in wire ways provided they meet all UL requirements 2 All wiring shall test free from short circuits or grounds Insulation resistance between individual external conductors and between conductors and ground shall be not less than one meg ohm 3 Provide all necessary conduit and wiring between all remote control rooms machine areas and hoistway C Traveling Cables 1 N O
221. ed equipment relative to Code requirements if car weight increased by more than 5 c Machine room heat emissions in B T U s d Adequacy of existing retained elevator machine beams and escalator supports Adequacy of existing car platform structure for intended loading Senate Bill 1886 Submittals Provide copies of all Code Authority Permit submittals to the Architect Submittal review shall not be construed as an indication that submittal is correct or suitable nor that the work represented by submittal complies with the Contract Documents Compliance with Contract Documents Code requirements dimensions fit and interface with other work is Provider s responsibility Acknowledge and or respond to review comments Promptly incorporate required changes due to inaccurate data or incomplete definition so that delivery and installation schedules are not affected Identify and cloud drawing revisions including Provider elective revisions on each re submittal Revision response time is not justification for equipment delivery or installation delay Perform review and evaluation of all aspects of its work prior to requesting Design Consultant s final review Work shall be considered ready for Consultant s final contract compliance review VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 10 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports when copies of Provider s test and review sheets are availa
222. ed fire resistive materials are applied remove them only to extent necessary for installation of the non structural metal framing and without reducing the fire resistive material thickness below that which is required to obtain fire resistance rating indicated Protect remaining fire resistive materials from damage 3 3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING GENERAL A General Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C754 ASTM C840 and the gypsum board manufacturers recommendations where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply B Install supplementary framing blocking backerplates and bracing at locations in gypsum board assemblies which are indicated to support fixtures equipment services heavy trim grab bars toilet accessories furnishings or similar construction Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer s written recommendations or if none available with United States Gypsum s Gypsum Construction Handbook NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 5 Walls Z gz 3 4 C Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement 1 Isolate ceiling assemblies where they abut or are penetrated by building structure Isolate partition framing and wall furring where it abuts structure except at floor Install slip type joints at head of assemblies that avoid axial loading of assembly and laterally support a
223. ed on Drawings DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 3 Wall Guards Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 2 Wall Bracket Cast stainless steel shape in dimensions and profiles indicated on Drawings 3 Finish Directional satin No 4 4 Accessories Anchors to connect bumper rail to other work 5 Mounting Surface mounted directly to wall B Surface Mounted Metal Corner Guards Fabricated from metal bars welded to two mounting brackets Interconnect corner guard components with full length full penetration welds Use welding method that is appropriate for metal and finish indicated and that develops full strength of members joined Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth flush and blended to match adjoining surfaces 1 Material Stainless steel Type 304 Bar 1 2 inch diameter stainless steel bar 3 Mounting Brackets Fabricated from one piece formed or extruded stainless steel with formed edges with 90 or 135 degree turn to match wall condition a Wing Size 1 1 2 inches high by 1 inch wide b Corner Radius 1 8 inch G Mounting Flat head countersunk screws through factory drilled mounting holes 2 7 METAL BASE A Form metal base from stainless steel sheet No 4 finish thickness as indicated on Drawings 2 8 FINISHES GENERAL A Comply with NAAMM s Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes B Protect mechanical finishes on expose
224. ed on testing according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Fire classification labels at all doors with fire ratings greater than 20 minutes shall indicate the temperature rise developed on the unexposed surface of the door after the first 30 minutes of fire exposure 1 Provide metal labels permanently fastened on each door which is within the size limitations established by the LADBS 2 Temperature Rise Rating Where indicated provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F 250 deg C maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure 3 Positive Pressure Rated Door Assemblies Where indicated provide positive pressure rated fire rated door assemblies Sizes and configurations as shown on the drawings Installed door assemblies shall be in accordance with door manufacturers certified assemblies a Test Pressure Test according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C After 5 minutes into the test neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches 1000 mm or less above the sill 4 Oversize Fire Rated Door Assemblies For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies provide certification by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire rated door assemblies except for size Fire Rated Window Assemblies Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and
225. ed partitions and walls shall be positive latching and self closing with smoke gaskets where required by applicable codes 1 Wherever exit device hardware is required on doors comply with UL 305 Furnish hardware to door manufacturer for installation at factory Provide supplementary label Fire Exit Hardware on each exit device to certify that panic hardware has been panic load tested with door F Keying Conference Conduct conference at Project site to comply with LAWA requirements Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including but not limited to the following 1 The degree of security required 2 Preliminary key system schematic diagram 3 LAWA Requirements for key control system 4 Address for delivery of keys to LAWA G Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site to comply with LAWA keying and security requirements Review methods and procedures related to electrified door hardware including but not limited to the following 1 Inspect and discuss electrical roughing in and other preparatory work performed by other trades Z Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware 3 Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials Installer s personnel equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays 4 Review required testing inspecting and certifying proced
226. ed steel framing installation standard to comply with maximum deflection and minimum loading requirements specified unless more stringent requirements are recommended by the gypsum board manufacturer 1 Space studs 16 inches 400 mm o c unless otherwise indicated Install steel studs so flanges point in the same direction and leading edge or end of each panel can be attached to open unsupported edges of stud flanges first Install backerplates for support of wall mounted items Curved Partitions 1 Cut top and bottom track runners through leg and web at 2 inch 50 mm intervals for arc length In cutting lengths of track allow for uncut straight lengths of not less than 12 inches 300 mm at ends of arcs 2 Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs 3 Support outside cut leg of track by clinching steel sheet strip 1 inch 25 mm high by thickness of track metal to inside of cut legs using metal lock fasteners 4 Begin and end each arc with a stud and space intermediate studs equally along arcs at stud spacing recommended in writing by gypsum board manufacturer for radii indicated NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 7 Walls x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports On straight lengths of not less than 2 studs at ends of arcs place studs 6 inches 150 mm o c T Frame door openings to comply with GA 600 and with gypsum board manufacturer s applicable writte
227. eement Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports SC 19 REPORTS 19 01 Unless specified elsewhere in the Service Agreement the following are minimum reports to be submitted to LAWA monthly 1 Completed PM tasks 2 Preventative Maintenance Inspection Sheets and Maintenance Logs 3 Emergency Service Call Log 4 All records of maintenance repair testing alteration callback etc required by this Agreement shall be kept in a computerized maintenance management system that can be accessed by City at any time during the Agreement Hard copies of documents shall be made available within 48 hours of City s request 5 Conduct monthly operational examinations and provide a written report thereof with a copy to the City SC 20 QUALITY CONTROL 20 01 The Contractor shall establish and maintain a complete QC program that is acceptable to LAWA and assures the requirements of Service Agreement are provided as specified The QC Program shall be implemented on Service Agreement start date A copy of the Contractor s QC Program shall be submitted to LAWA prior to start of work 20 02 The Contractor s QC Program shall include the following a An inspection system covering all the tasks and services to be provided by the Contractor It shall specify areas to be inspected on a scheduled or unscheduled basis the manner in which inspections are to be conducted and the individual who will do the inspe
228. ember throughout entire bend without buckling twisting cracking or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces Cut drill and punch metals cleanly and accurately Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1 32 inch unless otherwise indicated Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces Mill joints to a tight hairline fit Grind smooth and polish exposed metal edges and corners Provide necessary rebates lugs and brackets to assemble units and to attach to other work Cut reinforce drill and tap as needed to receive finish hardware screws and similar items unless otherwise indicated Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding Weld behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side Clean exposed welded joints of flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces 1 Where welding cannot be concealed behind finished surfaces finish joints to comply with NOMMA s Voluntary Joint Finish Standards for Type 1 Welds no evidence of a welded joint Provide castings that are sound and free of warp cracks blowholes or other defects that impair strength or appearance Grind wire brush sandblast and buff castings to remove seams gate marks casting flash and other casting marks DECORATIVE WALL PROTECTION Bumper Rail Assembly consisting of continuous metal bars and wall brackets designed to withstand impacts 1 Rail Stainless steel flat bar in dimensions and profiles indicat
229. eners Hoistway door hangers and door operator shall be as specified herein B Struts and Closer Support Angles Hoistway entrances adjacent to non load bearing walls gypsum dry wall gypsum block etc shall have hanger housing and door closers supported by steel angles of adequate size Angles shall be continuous between sill and building beams above and shall be bolted to the hanger support For load bearing walls masonry concrete block submit for approval Shop Drawings of the method to be used to support hanger housing and door closers on the wall HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 19 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks We AMAL Q 2 12 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Landing Sills Landing sills shall be designed for Class C 3 loading and shall conform to Section 2 11 of the Code and shall be extruded stainless steel sills supplied with grooves and trash slots for door guides and machine planed for minimum clearance Mount sills on combination of concrete grout and steel supports anchored to floor construction Hanger Supports and Cover Plates Hanger supports shall be T bolted to strut angles and closer support angles Hanger cover plates shall be nominal 0 078 inch thick stainless minimum and shall extend as indicated in the contact drawings Covers shall be made in sections for convenient access when servicing hangers Hanger sections above door openings shall be removabl
230. er Mockups Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation 1 Construct one mockup of each type of column cover 2 Approved mockups may not become part of the completed Work 3 All mockups shall be constructed at the jobsite Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site Column Cover installation shall commence only upon receiving written LAWA approval of the Mock Up DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver column covers wrapped in protective coverings and strapped together in suitable packs or in heavy duty cartons Remove protective coverings before they stain or bond to finished surfaces Store products on elevated platforms in a dry location PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements Verify actual locations of walls columns beams and other construction contiguous with column covers by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings COORDINATION Coordinate installation of anchorages for column covers Installation of anchors shall not damage the column reinforcement Furnish setting drawings templates and directions for installing anchorages including concrete inserts anchor bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 2 Column Covers Guide Specification ES Los Angeles Worl
231. er and as required for secure attachment to substrate Isolation and Expansion Joint Material Closed cell polyethylene foam nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas and non outgassing in unruptured state butyl rubber rubber minimum 1 2 inch 12 7 mm wide Portland Cement Terrazzo Cleaner Chemically neutral cleaner with pH factor between 7 and 10 that is biodegradable phosphate free and recommended by cleaner manufacturer for use on terrazzo type indicated Sealer Slip and stain resistant penetrating type sealer that is chemically neutral does not affect terrazzo color or physical properties is recommended by sealer manufacturer and complies with NTMA s Terrazzo Specifications and Design Guide for terrazzo type indicated 1 Surface Friction Not less than 0 6 according to ASTM D 2047 Acid Base Properties With pH factor between 7 and 10 3 Sealers shall have a VOC content of 200 g L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 5 Flooring ES x Guide Specification sa Los Angeles World Airports PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 A A EXAMINATION Examine substrates and areas with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions including levelness tolerances have been corrected P
232. er trades touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces 3 6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE Provide interior painting schedule indicating the type of prime coat intermediate coat and top coat for all substrates applicable to your project END OF SECTION 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 5 Walls Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 21 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes toilet compartments and screens as follows 1 Type Stainless steel 2 Compartment Style Ceiling hung with intermittent floor support 3 Screen Style Wall hung 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each product indicated B Shop Drawings Include plans elevations sections details of installation and attachments to other work and hardware NOTE These shop drawings shall accurately indicate existing field conditions Perform a dimensional field survey of as built conditions prior to submitting shop drawings C Samples For each exposed finish and for each color and pattern required D Maintenance manuals 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Regulatory Requirements Comply with applicable provisions in the U S Architectural amp Transportation Barriers Compliance Board s Americans with Disabilities Act ADA and Architectural Barriers Act and Architectural Barriers Act ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and the City of Los Angeles Building Code PART
233. er without prejudice or delay and at no additional cost HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 14 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 4 The entire manual shall be also provided in an electronic format on CD ROM that is acceptable to LAWA Quality Assurance Control Submittals 1 Design Data reflecting compliance with referenced Codes and Standards along with the custom requirements of this specification shall be submitted 2 Engineering Calculations Motor Sizing Calculations Truss Deflection Calculations Step Chain Tensile Stress Calculations including factor of safety Step Chain Pin Pressure Calculations Truss Support Point Reactions 92Qa0o oo 3 Test Reports a Step Fatigue Test certificates 4 Certificates a Welding certifications to AWS D1 1 b Step Chain Certificate of Breaking Strength Manufacturers Instructions and Field Reports Senate Bill 1886 Submittals Provide copies of all Code Authority permit submittals to LAWA 1 11 INSTALLATION CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE WARRANTY INTERIM SERVICE AGREEMENT AND SERVICE AGREEMENT A Warranty The Contractor shall warrant in writing that all equipment manufactured and installed under this Contract be free of defects in design materials and workmanship under normal use and service Warranty for a period of twelve 12 months Warranty Period from Milestone No 2
234. ering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following a Arden Architectural Specialties Inc b Balco Inc Construction Specialties Inc d Korogard Wall Protection Systems a division of RJF International Corporation 2 Material Stainless steel Type 304 a Thickness Minimum 0 0625 inch b Finish Directional satin No 4 Wing Size Nominal 3 1 2 by 3 1 2 inches Corner Radius 1 8 inch Mounting Adhesive P Oa END WALL GUARDS Surface Mounted Metal End Wall Guards Fabricated from one piece formed or extruded metal that covers entire end of wall with formed edges 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following a Arden Architectural Specialties Inc b Balco Inc c Construction Specialties Inc d Korogard Wall Protection Systems a division of RJF International Corporation 2 Material Stainless steel Type 304 a Thickness Minimum 0 0625 inch b Finish Directional satin No 4 33 Wing Size Nominal 3 1 2 by 3 1 2 inches 4 Corner Radius 1 8 inch 5 Mounting Adhesive FABRICATION Fabricate impact resistant wall protection units to comply with requirements indicated for design dimensions and member sizes including thicknesses of components Assemble components in factory to greatest extent p
235. ert NTMA color plate designation c Custom Mix Color and Pattern Match existing Materials 1 Portland Cement ASTM C 150 Type 1 a Color for Exposed Matrix As required by mix indicated 2 Water Potable Sand ASTM C 33 C 33M 4 Aggregates Comply with NTMA gradation standards for mix indicated and contain no deleterious or foreign matter a a Abrasion and Impact Resistance Less than 40 percent loss per ASTM C 131 b 24 Hour Absorption Rate Less than 0 75 percent c Dust Content Less than 1 0 percent by weight 5 Matrix Pigments Pure mineral or synthetic pigments alkali resistant durable under exposure to sunlight and compatible with terrazzo matrix 6 Bonding Agent Neat portland cement or epoxy or acrylic bonding agents formulated for use with topping indicated Ws Underbed Reinforcement Galvanized welded wire reinforcement wire 2 by 2 inches 51 by 51 mm by 0 062 inch 1 57 mm in diameter complying with ASTM A 185 A 185M and ASTM A 82 A 82M except for minimum wire size 8 Isolation Membrane Polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 2103 Type 13300 4 mils 0 1 mm thick or unperforated asphalt felt ASTM D 226 Type I No 15 STRIP MATERIALS Standard Divider Strips One piece flat type strips for grouting into sawed joints prepared in substrate Heavy Top Divider Strips One piece flat type strips for grouting into sawed joints prepared in substrate Heavy Top Angle Divider Strips One piece L ty
236. es 1 6 INSTALLATION CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE WARRANTY INTERIM SERVICE AGREEMENT AND SERVICE AGREEMENT A Warranty The Contractor shall warrant in writing that all equipment manufactured and installed under this Contract be free of defects in design materials and workmanship under normal use and service Warranty for a period of twelve 12 months Defects in design materials and workmanship shall be repaired or replaced with all materials and labor at no additional cost to LAWA Warranty Work Defects shall include but not be limited to noisy rough or substandard operation failures loose damaged and missing parts and fluid leaks B In addition to the Warranty 1 Contractor shall provide concurrently with each Warranty Period a 1 Year Preventative Maintenance PM service for all units 2 Beginning one year after the Contract Completion Date the Contractor shall provide a 5 Year Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance Service Agreement SA per Section 14 20 00 3 7 2 and Exhibit A for all units installed in this Contract 3k The 5 year SA period shall be executed in strict compliance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A Exhibit A Upon conclusion of the SA the parties HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 5 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports Q may mutually agree to
237. es of substances that could impair bond of paints including dust dirt oil grease and incompatible paints and encapsulants 1 Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated NOTE When planning either partial or full removal of existing coatings regulatory re strictions and procedures shall be followed Concrete Substrates Remove release agents curing compounds efflorescence and chalk Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer s written instructions Masonry Substrates Remove efflorescence and chalk Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer s written instructions Steel Substrates Remove rust loose mill scale and shop primer if any Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following SSPC SP 2 Hand Tool Cleaning SSPC SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning SSPC SP 7 NACE No 4 Brush off Blast Cleaning SSPC SP 11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal Po te Shop Primed Steel Substrates Clean field welds bolted connections and abraded areas of shop paint and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC PA 1 for touching up shop primed surfaces Galvanized Metal Substrates Remove
238. es to keep holes clear during installation L Plaster Guards and Removable Access Plates Provide 26 gauge 0 016 inch 0 4 mm thick plaster guards or dust cover boxes of same material as frame welded to frame at back of hardware cutouts to close off interior of openings and prevent mortar or other materials from obstructing hardware operation Provide removable access plates in the heads of frames to receive overhead concealed door closers HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 7 Doors and Frames s Guide Specification ga Los Angeles World Airports 2 5 2 6 2 7 STOPS AND MOLDINGS Provide continuous stops and moldings around glazed panels where indicated Form fixed stops and moldings integral with frame on the exterior non secured side of the frame Provide removable stops and moldings formed of 20 gauge 0 032 inch 0 8 mm thick steel sheets matching hollow metal frames Secure with countersunk oval head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 12 inches 300 mm o c Form corners with butted or mitered hairline joints Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glass or panel and type of installation indicated HOLLOW METAL FRAMES Provide hollow metal door frames to be used as both door buck and trim formed to profiles shown of minimum 16 gauge 0 053 inch 1 3 mm thick cold rolled steel 1 Frames shall be splined tabbed and miter fit knockdown type compatible with ad
239. escalator controller in the machine room space with protected lockable open disconnect switch Auxiliary disconnect as required for multiple drive units Telephone and or CATV Ethernet line to each individual escalator control panel in escalator machine space Supports conduit and wall blockouts for remote controller installations Fire alarm initiating devices in each escalator pit Provide alarm initiating signal wiring from connection point to escalator controller terminals Device to provide signal for general alarm and interruption of escalator operation Temporary power and illumination to install test and adjust escalator equipment Category 6 distance lt 300 feet or Fibre Optic distance gt 300 feet Ethernet connection and junction box in each escalator machine room space Conduit from the closest wellway of each escalator group or single escalator to the firefighters control room and or the control console Coordinate size number and location of conduits and junction boxes with escalator contractor Single phase copper power feeder to each lower end intermediate location and upper end escalator pit for under handrail lighting with individual protected lockable open disconnect switch located in machine room space VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 142000 5 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 7 Moving Walk Wellway and Pit a Clear plumb wellway wit
240. escalators shall not be used until they have been reinspected and approved END OF SECTION HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 35 TYPE ESCALATORS Guide Specification at 4 A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 14 32 00 MOVING WALKS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes moving walks 1 BMS components will be incorporated into the moving walk work Coordinate with the BMS component contractors to incorporate BMS components during the course of the Work B Single Subcontract Responsibilities Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General for the requirements of single subcontract responsibilities for moving walks 1 2 DEFINITIONS A Definitions in the latest version of ASME A17 1 apply to work of this Section B Defective Moving Walk Work Operation or control system failure including excessive malfunctions performances below specified ratings excessive wear unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes unsafe conditions the need for excessive maintenance abnormal noise or vibration and similar unusual unexpected and unsatisfactory conditions C Reference to a device or a part of the equipment applies to the number of devices or parts required to complete the installation 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Operational Requirements The moving walk systems shall 1 Be capable of operating under full load conditions at full contract speed in either direction and designed to oper
241. ess with minimum 1 2 inch 12 7 mm wide flange 3 4 inch 19 1 mm deep 2 Steel Studs ASTM C 645 0 0312 inch 0 79 mm minimum base metal thickness and minimum depth as required to suit deflection criteria 3 Hat Shaped Rigid Furring Channels ASTM C 645 7 8 inch 22 2 mm deep a Minimum Base Metal Thickness 0 0312 inch 0 79 mm 4 Resilient Furring Channels 1 2 inch 12 7 mm deep members designed to reduce sound transmission G Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings ASTM C 645 direct hung system composed of main beams and cross furring members that interlock 2 3 STEEL PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING A General Provide steel framing members sized and spaced as indicated but not less than that required to comply with ASTM C 754 under the maximum deflection conditions specified under Article Assembly Performance Requirements 1 In areas where top of partitions are dependent on ceiling system for lateral support coordinate design and installation to comply with the above deflection limitation 2 Steel Sheet Components Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with ASTM A 653 A 653M G40 Z120 hot dip galvanized zinc coating B Steel Studs and Runners ASTM C 645 in minimum depth indicated in partition type details 1 Minimum Base Metal Thickness a Typical As required to comply with deflection criteria b Partitions Supporting Wall Mounted Casework 16 gauge 0 053 inch 1 3 mm
242. et linkage and all forms of loose debris that may be deposited in the drip pans from the pallets in the turn around point at the terminal portions of the moving walks An access shall be provided to the drip pans at the lower landings of all moving walks for cleaning the drain catch basin The drip pans in the wellways shall be removable for cleaning or otherwise be accessible for easy cleaning D Balustrades Profile as indicated and arranged with moving handrails on guide rail that is supported by 12 mm thick clear tempered glass panels without mullions between panels with stainless steel deck covers skirts trim and accessories 1 Handrails a The handrail drive shall be of the traction type and provided with tension device The handrails shall receive their motion through gear or chain from the treadway chain drive mechanism to obtain the same ratio of speed and direction of travel as the moving pallets on the treadway b All handrail rollers shall be provided with sealed ball or roller bearings rated at L10 100 000 hours and have provision for retention of lubricant to ensure satisfactory lubrication and operation The color of handrails shall be black Cc Friction drive sheaves and idlers shall be designed and positioned so that lubricant cannot reach surface of handrail Marking and spotting of handrail by drive equipment shall not be permitted Provide sealed bearings rated at L10 100 000 hours d The handrails shall be constr
243. etal parts such as gear housings chain sprockets and return station half circles shall be painted with a rust inhibitive primer zinc chromate coat after preparation by sandblasting 3 Steel parts which are not specified to be galvanized shall be painted as follows a Primer coat two 2 mil dry film thickness minimum thickness b Second finish coat two 2 mil dry film thickness minimum thickness 4 Bright or uncoated axles shafts etc shall be protected by zinc chromate or chrome plating HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 25 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 5 6 Oil collector chutes and collection trays shall be fabricated of galvanized steel All shims shall be manufactured from stainless steel 2 04 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT A Tracks Steps Design and fabrication of tracks shall retain steps and running gear safely under load requirements and at the highest design speeds specified Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall assemble and secure sections of track together for easy removal and replacement of defective sections The system shall be adjustable and welding of the tracks is not acceptable Design of the mechanical components shall provide for easy installation and removal without the dismantling of parts of the structure Track joints shall be smooth and free of burs and sharp edge
244. ex Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A118 4 1 Prepackaged dry mortar mix combined with liquid latex additive F Polymer Modified Tile Grout ANSI A118 7 1 Polymer Type Dry redispersible form prepackaged with other dry ingredients 2 Colors As selected from manufacturers standards to match tile being grouted NOTE Epoxy grout shall be used in all public rest rooms Latex grout in public rest rooms is not allowed All grout joints shall be made as small as possible 2 4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A Sealants Silicone sanitary sealant B Tile Cleaner A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers 2 5 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers written instructions Add materials and liquid latex additives in accurate proportions Obtain and use type of mixing equipment mixer speeds mixing containers mixing time and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PREINSTALLATION MEETING A Prior to the installation of tile meet at the project site to review the material selections substrate preparations installation procedures coordination with other trades special details and conditi
245. exit from a moving walk They shall consist of a light fixture installed just below the track system where the pallet leaves or enters the comb plate This fixture shall be furnished with two independently operating green fluorescent lamps and shall be capable of lighting the entire width of the pallet The light shall be visible between the pallets The lamps shall be activated whenever the moving walk or ramp is in operation Safety Signs Worded and pictorial signage meeting the requirements of the ASME Code shall be provided at both the drive end and return end landings P Remote Monitoring Provide an interactive monitoring and diagnostic system tied to each individual elevator escalator and moving walk ready for connection to the new building management system BMS The BMS shall be centrally located in the BMS Control Room 1 Lift Net Integrated Display Systems Inc Q Energy Saving Feature Provide moving walk motors and controls designed for motors to run on partial windings at reduced power when not under full load PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A General Refer to Section 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 3 2 MOVING WALK SCHEDULE A Number Required B Unit Numbers C Location D Vertical Rise Slope E Length MOVING WALKS 1432 00 17 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports F Width 56 1420 m G Speed 100 feet minute 50 m s
246. extend the SA for an additional sixty 60 months via a renewable option Option The Contract Warranty PM Interim and SA services shall include all services necessary to maintain the equipment in proper working order for use at a major international airport including but not limited to 1 Tasks Inspection of completed installation and periodic testing to maintain elevators in completely operable like new condition Provide preventative maintenance on elevators for a minimum of four 4 hours each month Total On Site Time Provide monthly documentation of the same to LAWA Periodic lubrication of parts and equipment components as per OEM s recommendation Charts are to be provided for each elevator indicating when services are provided Perform work without removing elevators from service during peak traffic periods determined by LAWA as 7 00 a m to 10 30 p m daily Provide twenty 24 hour emergency service during the maintenance period consisting of a prompt response within 30 minutes to emergency request by telephone or otherwise from LAWA or designated representative if an elevator is inoperable or in case of injury entrapment or potential injury to persons Unlimited regular time callbacks are included with a required response time of one 1 hour Regular time will be Monday through Friday 8 00am to 4 30pm exclusive of holidays Overtime Premium time call backs originating from an operational error re
247. extend the useful life of the equipment Make all replacements using original manufacturer s parts or LAWA approved equals Repair Repairs which are the Responsibility of the Installer Make or cause to made all repairs stipulated herein made necessary due to normal wear and use of the escalators and moving walks Absorb all costs for labor materials expanses and supplies which occur as a result of the stated repair n Periodic Tests Perform periodic safety tests of the escalator and moving walk components as required by Code The periodic tests shall be conducted as indicated in the code Test results shall be witnessed as required and recorded on forms supplied by or acceptable to LAWA Provide certified copies of the completed test forms to LAWA Coordinate the periodic testing with LAWA 9 Escalator Moving Walk Extended Preventative Maintenance Agreement Quote monthly cost for a five year preventative maintenance agreement commencing upon completion of the warranty maintenance Price adjustment will be made at Agreement commencement date and thereafter as provided in the Agreement Use competent personnel acceptable to LAWA employed by and supervised by the escalator installer 10 Test Reports Submit test results to governing authorities and to LAWA Include computer generated events and results 11 Maintenance and Operating Instructions Submit six 6 sets of maintenance manuals Each maintenance manual shall include operatio
248. f 2 3 amps Use motors rated at the same nominal speed for all shades in the same room Total hanging weight of shade band shall not exceed 80 percent of the rated lifting capacity of the shade motor and tube assembly MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEMS Specifications and design of shade motors and motor control system are based on a motor logic control system that provides all of the following performance capabilities Motor logic control systems not in complete compliance with these performance criteria shall not be accepted as equal systems 1 Motor Control System a Provide power to each shade motor via individual 3 conductor line voltage circuits connecting each motor to the relay based motor logic controllers b Control system components shall provide appropriate spike and brown out over current protection 10 percent of line voltage for each of the four individual motor circuits and shall be rated by UL or ETL as a recognized component of this system and tested as an integrated system Cc Motor control system shall allow each group of four shade motors in any combination to be controlled by each of four local switch ports with up to fourteen possible sub group combinations via local 3 button wall switches and all at once via a master 3 button switch System shall allow for overlapping switch combinations from two or more local switches ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 6 Window Treatment sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specif
249. fect color or physical properties of terrazzo surface and which will provide an anti slip coefficient of friction of greater than 0 6 Joint Sealants Two Part Polyurethane Sealant Self Leveling refer to Section 079200 JOINT SEALANTS Channels to receive abrasive inserts at Precast Stair Nosings 16 gauge aluminum channel Abrasive Inserts One line composition strips filled with 100 or finer carborundum aluminum oxide or silicone carbide black mixed 4 parts to 1 with a binding material Reinforcing Anchors and Fasteners for Precast Units RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 7 Flooring sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 1 Reinforcing for Treads and Risers ASTM A615 grade as selected by fabricator Reinforcing adjacent to the exposed surface of panels is to be positioned and firmly held in place by hangers or other means without the use of form contact bar supports 2 Welded Wire Fabric for Treads and Risers ASTM A185 2 in x 2 in x 16 gage galvanized 3 Anchors and Fasteners All anchors clips shapes fasteners dowels cramps and accessories for erecting precast terrazzo units shall be galvanized steel devices of grade type size and number required to attach precast terrazzo to supporting stair substrates H Precast Portland Cement Terrazzo Base Tread and Riser Materials To be used when proposing Alternate 1 Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type I nonair entraining nonstaini
250. ference Standard RS 18 the right side position for starting the moving walk in the upward direction shall be marked start up and the left side position for starting the moving walks in the downward direction shall be marked start down The starting devices shall be protected by a locked transparent cover plate that can be opened by the starting key and clearly marked For Start Only Starting devices shall be located at the top and bottom of the moving walk or ramp on the right side facing newel Provide a manual reset switch adjacent to each control station at top and bottom landings N MOVING WALK POWER SAVING CONTROL 1 CERTIFICATIONS a The motor controlling device shall be certified to meet US elevator escalator moving walk code ASME A A17 5 and CSA B44 1 standard for industrial control equipment as well as CE for the European Standard 2 PERFORMANCE a The supplier shall provide documented proof that the motor controlling device has been tested on a moving walk by at least one electric utility in the United States of America and shown positive energy savings test results Furthermore the supplier shall provide documented proof that the electric utility approved the motor controlling device for an energy efficiency rebate if applicable b The motor controlling device shall continually monitor motor and be able correct energy requirement within 8ms and be able to respond to a 50 change in load within 1 secon
251. finished appearance Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures END OF SECTION 10 44 13 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 1044 13 5 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes portable hand carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers 1 2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated Include rating and classification material descriptions dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets B Product Schedule For fire extinguishers Coordinate final fire extinguisher schedule with fire protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function 1 3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A Warranty Sample of special warranty 1 4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Operation and Maintenance Data For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A NFPA Compliance Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers B Fire Extinguishers Listed and labeled for type rating and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable
252. flame spread rating of seventy six 76 to two hundred 200 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 Fire protection shall comply with requirements as defined in ANSI A17 1 and all applicable codes and regulations F Performance Requirements HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 6 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 1 Escalator rated Speed shall not exceed 100 feet per minute FPM Deviations in speed between no passenger load and full passenger loads shall not exceed 4 of the rated speed 2 Sound Level Escalators shall be designed to operate at or below a sixty five 65 decibels sound level measured five 5 feet above the escalator at any location with the escalator operating normally either free running or under load For multiple escalator installation the noise measurements shall be made with only one 1 escalator unit in operation but with the entire installation complete and in operating condition An ambient level not to exceed forty nine 49 decibels shall be maintained prior to units being turned on 3 Bearings shall be rated for an AFBMA L10 life as specified under fluctuating bearing load All bearings shall have basic dynamic load ratings G Labeling Requirements Every escalator shall be clearly marked with rated load and speed braking torque manufacture serial number and the designated LAWA identification 1
253. for each Group of units per Section 01310 and General Provisions Section 10 Defects in design materials and workmanship shall be repaired or replaced with all materials and labor at no additional cost to LAWA Warranty Work Defects shall include but not be limited to noisy rough or substandard operation failures loose damaged and missing parts and fluid leaks In addition to the Warranty 1 Contractor shall provide concurrently with each Warranty Period a 1 Year Preventative Maintenance PM service for all units 2 Immediately upon conclusion of each PM Period and continuing until one year after the Contract Completion Date the Contractor shall provide Interim Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance Service Interim for all units The Interim Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance Service Period shall continue until it is replaced by the 5 HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 15 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Year Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance Service Agreement and 3 Beginning one year after the Contract Completion Date the Contractor shall provide a 5 Year Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance Service Agreement SA per Exhibit A for all units installed in this Contract 4 The 5 year SA period shall be executed in strict compliance with all of t
254. for each elevator and pit divider screens Structural support at pit floor for buffer impact loads guide rail loads Waterproof pit Indirect waste drain or sump with flush grate and pump Locate sump pump outside of hoistway pit Protect open hoistways and entrances during construction per OSHA Regulations Protect car enclosure hoistway entrance assemblies and special metal finishes from damage Hoistway smoke relief venting or hoistway pressurization for smoke control Hoist machine ventilation heating and or cooling Maintain minimum temperature of 55 F maximum 90 F at the location of the hoist machine Seal fireproofing to prevent flaking Glass enclosed hoistways Laminated glass to meet the requirements of ANSI Z97 1 Interior ledges created by glass mullions not to exceed 4 Access ladders and platform to governor s if required 2 Elevator Control Room and Machinery Spaces a Enclosure with access Provide ships ladder or stair with guard railing Include similar access to overhead machinery space b Self closing and locking access door C Ventilation and heating Maintain minimum temperature of 55 F maximum 90 F Maintain maximum 80 relative humidity non condensing d Paint walls and ceiling e Class ABC fire extinguisher in each elevator controller space f Seal fireproofing to prevent flaking g Self closing and locking governor access door and access means h Fire sprinklers 3 Elevator E
255. formed 1 Regulatory Testing and Inspections Upon nominal completion of each elevator escalator and moving walk installation and before permitting use of the same either temporary or permanent perform tests as required and recommended by the Code and applicable law Verification that such tests have been completed all corrective work accomplished and installation approved for issuance of a permit or certificate to operate shall be required before acceptance of each unit a Before final acceptance the Contractor shall furnish permits or certificates by the Building Department or other City County or State departments having legal jurisdiction as required to allow the use of each unit All certificates shall be furnished to LAWA through the Contractor 2 Acceptance Testing Upon completion of each elevator escalator and moving walk installation and before final acceptance make a contract load test of each in the presence of the local authorities having jurisdiction with full maximum load or in accordance with local code requirements to determine whether the equipment as installed meets the speed capacity and all other requirements of the specifications H Manufacturer Labeling Names trademarks and other identifying symbols shall not be permitted on surfaces visible to the public VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 9 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Z ES _ Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airp
256. g hours for services performed while the units remain in service are 8 a m to 4 30 p m 7 days a week for the term of the Service Agreement Normal working hours for services requiring the units to be taken out of service are 10 30 p m to 6 30 a m 7 days a week for the term of the Service Agreement All units shall be returned to service and opened to the public by 6 30 a m following the maintenance or repair services Itis anticipated that 85 of the mandated PM hours will fall during this time period SC 6 SERVICE CALLS 6 01 6 02 The Contractor shall have staff to respond to and provide emergency services twenty four 24 hours a day seven 7 days a week The Contractor shall respond within 30 minutes when the emergency call includes equipment failure personal injury entrapment or potential for personal injury The Contractor shall also maintain an Emergency Service Call Log containing the following Name and telephone number of caller Description of problem and location within the Terminal where problem exists Time and date call was received Description of action taken to resolve the problem and time and date action was taken SC 7 WORK RESPONSE TIME 7 01 Response time for work requirements is dependent upon work priority and shall be in accordance with the standards noted below Any non compliance with the specified standards and requirements may result in the Contractor being issued a written not
257. glazing and type of installation indicated 6 Hardware Preparation Factory prepare stainless steel doors to receive templated mortised hardware include cutouts reinforcement mortising drilling and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 087100 Door Hardware a Reinforce doors to receive nontemplated mortised and surface mounted door hardware 7 Locate hardware as indicated or if not indicated according to HMMA 831 Recommended Hardware Locations for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 8 Tolerances Fabricate doors to tolerances indicated in ANSI NAAMM HMMaA 866 STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 7 Doors and Frames 5 Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports B Stainless Steel Frame Fabrication Fabricate stainless steel frames to be rigid and free of defects warp or buckle Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles with minimum radius for thickness of metal Where practical fit and assemble units in manufacturer s plant To ensure proper assembly at Project site clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment 1 Weld flush face joints continuously grind fill dress and make smooth flush and invisible Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations provide alignment plates or angles at each joint fabricated from same thickness metal as frames Mullions Rai
258. guard and GFCI convenience outlet in each pit and machine room space b Three phase mainline copper power feeder to terminals of each moving walk controller in the machine room space with protected lockable open disconnect switch Auxiliary disconnect as required for multiple drive units Telephone and or CATV Ethernet line to each individual moving walk control panel in moving walk machine space d Supports conduit and wall blockouts for remote controller installations e 10 footcandles minimum illumination escalator landings and along the entire escalator run f Fire alarm initiating devices in each moving walk pit Provide alarm initiating signal wiring from connection point to moving walk controller terminals Device to provide signal for general alarm and interruption of moving walk operation g Temporary power and illumination to install test and adjust moving walk equipment h Category 6 distance lt 300 feet or Fibre Optic distance gt 300 feet Ethernet connection and junction box in each moving walk machine room space Conduit from the closest wellway of each moving walk group or single moving walk to the firefighters control room and or the control console Coordinate size number and location of conduits and junction boxes with moving walk contractor VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 142000 6 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports j Single phase c
259. h variations not to exceed 1 at any point b Floor pockets and or structural beams for support of moving walk truss at each end and at intermediate locations as shown on drawings Steel supports if used shall meet deflection requirements of AISC Specifications for Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings Fire rated enclosure of moving walk truss including ends sides and bottom in ceiling plenum d Patching and finishing around moving walk landing plates after installation e Cladding and finishing of exposed truss surfaces f Waterproof pit Sump pit with flush grate and pump or indirect waste drain with oil separator for outdoor installations g Protect exposed exterior moving walks with weatherproof canopy entire length of truss per Code h Protect open wellways during construction per OSHA Regulations i Protect moving walk truss pallets landing plates balustrades handrails and special metal finishes from damage j Venting or other means to prevent accumulation of smoke and gas in moving walk truss as required by Local Building Code k Fire sprinklers per local Code requirement with protective guards l Finished flooring surrounding floor landing plates All patching of flooring including floor covering adjacent to the moving walks Any damage caused by the Contractor shall be replaced at no additional cost to LAWA 8 Moving Walk Electrical Service Conductors and Devices a Light with
260. hanging ambient conditions as well as any movement of the facility Escalators shall be of the heavy duty type for use in transit systems modified per these specifications to meet the requirements at the LAX facilities No wood or wood products shall be permitted in escalator systems Escalators shall be designed per the minimum indicated transition radii and number of flat steps based on vertical rise as per the contract drawings B Operational Requirements 1 Hours of operation shall be considered as twenty four 24 hours per day seven 7 days per week Direction of travel shall be considered as either direction and unit shall be reversible Speed of operation shall not exceed 100 feet per minute The no load to full load speed shall not exceed 4 of the rated speed C Structural Requirements 1 For the escalators to be provided Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide escalator truss mounting angles and intermediate truss supports with attachments sized as required to install escalators for lengths and vertical rise as indicated on contract drawings into existing well way structural support system without structural modification to the building unless required to accommodate increase in transition radius and or increase in flat steps it is assumed that all well ways will require modification to meet the dimensional requirements of the new escalators Loads shall be indicated on shop drawings and
261. have cladding attached to match the existing units they are replacing HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 7 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 4 Decking Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate with the Engineer and review any and all appropriate design drawings dealing with escalator decking No exposed fastenings are to be provided and decking shall consist of one piece widths and extend to the finish walls Drawings are to be submitted for approval 5 Floor finish at landing plates and newels Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate with LAWA and the Engineer 6 Lock and key requirements Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate with the Engineer and LAWA ds Pit Drainage Provide a means to prevent water from accumulating in the pit for exterior escalators C Site Conditions 1 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall design and fabricate escalators to fit within existing structures unless otherwise indicated in the contract documents or required to meet code required minimum of flat steps and transition radius specified in these contract documents 2 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall review site conditions and measure as built dimensions for escalator well way s prior to construction of equipment and delivery of equipment to the site 1 08 QUALITY AS
262. he terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A Exhibit A Upon conclusion of the SA the parties may mutually agree to extend the SA for an additional sixty 60 months via a renewable option Option C The Contract Warranty PM Interim and SA services shall include all services necessary to maintain the equipment in proper working order for use at a major international airport including but not limited to 1 Tasks a Inspection of completed installation and periodic testing to maintain escalators in completely operable like new condition b Provide preventative maintenance on escalators for a minimum of four 4 hours each two weeks Total On Site Time Provide monthly documentation of the same to LAWA c Periodic lubrication of parts and equipment components as per OEM s recommendation Charts are to be provided for each escalator indicating when services are provided d Perform work without removing escalators from service during peak traffic periods determined by LAWA as 7 00 a m to 10 30 p m daily e Provide twenty 24 hour emergency service during the maintenance period consisting of a prompt response within 30 minutes to emergency request by telephone or otherwise from LAWA or designated representative if an escalator is inoperable or in case of injury entrapment or potential injury to persons f Unlimited regular time callbacks are included with a required response time of one 1 hou
263. he insurance policy limits specified in this Section shall be reviewed for adequacy annually throughout the term of this Service Agreement by the Executive Director who may thereafter require Contractor to adjust the amount s of insurance coverage s to whatever amount s Executive Director deems to be adequate City reserves the right to have submitted to it upon request all pertinent information about the agent s and carrier s providing such insurance GC 5 CITY HELD HARMLESS 5 01 5 04 To the fullest extent permitted by law Contractor shall defend indemnify and hold harmless City and any and all of City s Boards officers agents employees assigns and successors in interest from and against any and all suits claims causes of action liability losses damages demands or expenses including but not limited to attorney s fees and costs of litigation claimed by anyone including Contractor and or Contractor s agents or employees by reason of injury to or death of any person s including Contractor and or Contractor s agents or employees or for damage to or destruction of any property including property of Contractor and or Contractor s agents or employees or for any and all other losses alleged to arise out of pertain to or relate to the Contractor s and or Sub Contractor s performance of the Service Agreement whether or not contributed to by any act or omission of City or of any of City s Boards officer
264. hedule shall neither be construed as a complete check nor shall it relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors deviations or omissions from the specified requirements to provide complete door hardware for the project 1 Organization Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening 2 Content Include the following information a Type style function size label hand and finish of each door hardware item b Manufacturer of each item c Fastenings and other pertinent information d Location of each door hardware set cross referenced to Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule e Explanation of abbreviations symbols and codes contained in schedule DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 1 Doors and Frames Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports f Mounting locations for door hardware Supply templates to door and frame manufacturer s to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cutouts for hardware Detail conditions requiring custom extended lip strikes or other special or custom conditions g Door and frame sizes and materials h Description of each electrified door hardware function including location sequence of operation and interface with other building control systems 1 Sequence of Operation Include description of component functions that occur in the following situations authorize
265. hedules and coordination requirements 1 5 COORDINATION A Coordinate size of fire protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated B Coordinate sizes and locations of AED cabinets with wall depths PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS A Cold Rolled Steel Sheet ASTM A 1008 A 1008M Commercial Steel CS Type B B Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 666 Type 304 C Tempered Float Glass ASTM C 1048 Kind KT Condition A Type I Quality q3 1 8 inch Class I clear 2 2 AED CABINET A Cabinet Type Suitable for mounting AED with emergency telephone and alarm match existing AED cabinets 1 Basis of Design Product Potter Roemer LLC Model HSSS7063 D LAWA modified as described herein or a comparable product by one of the following a J L Industries Inc a division of Activar Construction Products Group b Larsen s Manufacturing Company B Cabinet Construction Nonrated C Cabinet Interior Size 14 inches wide by 22 inches high by 6 inches deep as required to incorporate AED and specified features All cabinet components and equipment shall be accessible removable and replaceable with the cabinet door in a 90 degree position D Cabinet Material Stainless steel sheet E Recessed Cabinet Cabinet box recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit style of trim F Cabinet Trim Material Stainless steel sheet DEBRIBILLATOR CABINETS 10 43 13 2 Specialties Z ES 2 3
266. ht guide rail supports where floor heights exceed 16 0 Provide rail bracket supports as required to meet Code required bracket spacing and or Installer needs Building supports not to deflect in excess of 1 8 under normal conditions 1 4 under applicable seismic conditions d Continuous vertical car and counterweight guide rail support between floors shown on Contract documents full height of hoistway VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 2000 1 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz ji o pBg TET a s V Installation of guide rail bracket supports in concrete Inserts or embeds if used will be furnished under Division 14 Hoist machine supports including two 2 additional horizontal supports above the top terminal landing on the machine side of the hoistway Locate as required for selected providers equipment Wall blockouts and fire rated closure for control and signal fixture boxes which penetrate walls Cutting and patching walls and floors Concrete wall pockets and or structural steel beams for support of hoist machine rope sheaves and dead end hitch beams Support deflection shall not exceed 1 1666 of span under static load Erect front hoistway wall after elevator entrances are installed Grout floor up to hoistway sills and around hoistway entrances Lockable self closing fire rated pit door if pit depth exceeds 10 0 3 048 m Pit access ladder
267. iance with the ASME A17 2 1 2007 Inspectors Manual b Conduct monthly inspection and testing of the firefighters service Maintain test log in each machine control room Conduct semi annual testing of emergency and standby power operation c When testing is required during working See SC 18 hours CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the City and Code authorities as to minimize disruptions of service to the Airport City retains the right to have testing performed during non operating hours when possible d When required by Local Code Authority or LAWA s Representative assist in Routine and Periodic inspections and audits of equipment at no additional cost to City e Provide Routine and Periodic inspections of escalators and moving walks per ASME A17 1 Sections 8 6 8 and 8 11 4 Frequencies shall be as described in ASME A17 1 1996 Complete all repairs found to be necessary as a result of the above examinations inspections and tests Inspection and Approvals The Services shall be subject to inspection and approval by City or City s Representative and all applicable governmental authorities provided however in no event shall any such inspection and or approval by City or Representative of the City constitute an assumption of Contractor s duties and obligations or a waiver or release of liability or a release of any other obligations whatsoever of Contractor with respect to the Services performed by Contractor pursuant to this Agr
268. ication gz Multiple sub groups from different motor control components shall be capable of being combined to form groups operated by a single 3 button wall switch from either the master port or in series from a local switch port Each shade motor shall be accessible for control purposes from up to four local switches and one master switch Control system shall allow for automatic alignment of shade hem bars in stopped position at 25 percent 50 percent and 75 percent of opening heights and up to three user defined intermediate stopping positions in addition to all up all down regardless of shade height for a total of five positions Control system shall allow shades to be stopped at any point in the opening height noting that shades may not be in alignment at these non defined positions Control system shall have two standard operating modes Normal mode allowing the shades to be stopped anywhere in the window s opening height and uniform mode allowing the shades to only be stopped at the predefined intermediate stop positions Both modes shall allow for all up all down positioning Control system components shall allow for interface with both audiovisual system components and building fire and life safety system via a dry contact terminal block Control system components shall allow for interface with external analog input control devices such as solar activated controllers 24 hour timers and similar items via a dry contact
269. ication shop Defer only final touchup cleaning and polishing until after installation B Finishing Materials Products shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing Of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and examine and complete work as required including removal of packing and backpriming before installation B Quality Standard Install woodwork to comply with AWI Standards C Install woodwork level plumb true and straight to a tolerance of 1 8 inch in 96 inches Shim as required with concealed shims INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 5 Millwork Z ES D m Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates Secure with countersunk concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation Use finishing screws for exposed fastening countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated Standing and Running Trim Install with minimum number of joints possible using full length pieces from maximum length of lumber available to greatest extent possible Fill gaps if any between top of base and
270. ient of linear expansion 25 x 10 in in degree F ASTM D696 w Moisture Vapor Barrier One of the following 1 Barrier Primer Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies 2 FasTop MVT or AquArmorS General Polymers C Flexible Epoxy Membrane Crack Bridging Membrane 100 solids for crack preparation followed by full coverage application 1 Products One of the following a Isocrack Membrane Terrazzo and Marble T amp M Supply Companies b 3556 EPO FLEX Flexible Epoxy Membrane General Polymers 2 System Performance The flexible epoxy membrane shall possess the following properties Tensile Strength ASTM D412 1 000 1 300 psi Elongation at Break ASTM D412 130 145 Adhesion ACI 503R 350 psi 100 concrete failure Hardness ASTM D2240 23 Shore D Thermal Cycling ASTM C884 24 hours No Cracking 21C to 25C Flammability Self extinguishing over concrete VOC zero The epoxy elastomer must be free of solvent external plasticizers coal tar known carcino gens rubber compounds or nitrile butadienes D Fabric Reinforcing Fiberglass of type and manufacture recommended and acceptable to the matrix manufacturer 1 FS38 4 4 Fiberglass Scrim General Polymers E Aggregates Natural sound crushed stone chips mother of pearl glass plastic and metal filings with colors selected and graded to match Architect s samples but with maximum size within limits of workability for terrazzo thickness indicated RESINO
271. ification by LAWA Emergency Work The Contractor shall have available personnel to take action at the emergency location within thirty 30 minutes following notification by LAWA or other designated official a Emergency Work is defined as any mechanical electrical or controls issue that cannot be resolved within ten 10 minutes or any mechanical problem in which the vertical transportation device is not usable by LAWA It also includes breakdown stoppage or loss of critical system or equipment which if not repaired could endanger life safety or health of personnel or might result in the damage to LAWA property or any condition that they may exist which LAWA determines requires immediate response SC 8 NOT USED Page 2 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports SC 9 OPERATION OF VEHICLES 9 01 9 02 Contractor s ability to park at Terminals is controlled by LAWA LAWA shall permit the Contractor and its personnel during the effective period of Service Agreement to purchase parking pass cards to park motor vehicles used by it exclusively in its operations hereunder in the designated parking lots The Contractor shall comply with such existing rules regulations and procedures as are now in force and such reasonable future rules regulations and procedures as may hereafter be adopted by the LAWA for the safety and convenience of persons who park automotive vehicles in any parking area at
272. ifty percent 50 or more of the voting shares of Contractor NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED Page 4 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports GC 19 WAIVER 19 01 The waiver by City of any breach of any term covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same term covenant or condition GC 20 NOT USED GC 21 NOT USED GC 22 TERMINATION 22 01 22 02 22 03 22 04 If at any time City for any reason decides to terminate the Service Agreement or any part thereof City may 1 require Contractor to terminate the performance of all or a portion of its services and or 2 terminate this Service Agreement or any part thereof upon giving Contractor a thirty 30 day written notice prior to the effective date of such termination which date shall be specified in such notice In the event this Service Agreement or any portion hereof is terminated by the City City shall pay Contractor as set forth in Section GC 22 03 the amount due to the Contractor for Basic Services as set forth in the Service Agreement City shall not be liable for the cost of work performed or expenses incurred subsequent to the date specified by City in the thirty 30 day written notice to terminate and in no event shall any payments
273. illumination to install test and adjust elevator equipment Category 6 distance lt 300 feet or Fibre Optic distance gt 300 feet Ethernet connection and junction box in each elevator machine room space Firefighters telephone jack and announcement speaker in car with connection to individual elevator control panels in the controller space and elevator control panel in firefighters control room Conduit from the closest hoistway of each elevator group or single elevator to the firefighters control room and or main control console Coordinate size number and location of conduits and junction boxes with Elevator Contractor Means to automatically disconnect power to affected elevator drive unit and controller prior to activation of the controller space fire sprinkler system and or hoistway fire sprinkler system Manual shut off means shall be located outside bounds of the controller space When sprinklers are provided in the hoistway all electrical equipment located less than 4 0 above the pit floor shall be identified for use in wet locations Exception seismic protection devices Single phase power feeders to main control console and firefighters control panel Single phase power feeder to elevator intercom amplifier in the elevator controller space Single phase power feeders to controller s for CCTV with lockable open disconnecting means 10 footcandles illumination level in elevator lobbies of elevator threshold Elev
274. imensioned Bolt torque settings including thread lubricant specifications for all field critical connections and adjustments shall be clearly indicated on the layout drawings Bolt torques shown shall include but not be limited to the following a End support leveling set screws jack bolts b Intermediate support leveling set screws jack bolts as required C Truss split connection systems as required for multiple section trusses Submit detail drawings including sizes tolerances materials and part numbers for the following systems and or components a Escalator truss structure b Step and step chain guidance track system and supports Escalator drive machine assembly including drive chains and or gear transmission details d Escalator service brake assembly including brake torque data and curves e Emergency and main shaft brake systems including brake torque data and curves f Step chain assembly including pitch link plates pins bushings and rollers g Step assembly including axle s step tread step riser frames and rollers h Handrail system including drive cross section of profile guides and tensioning devices i Escalator supports including end supports intermediate supports fixed supports and slip supports as required HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 11 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 10 11 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports
275. ines or blend into finish Finishes Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches 1 Directional Satin Finish No 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 EXAMINATION Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Prepare recesses for recessed fire protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 4413 4 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 3 3 A w INSTALLATION General Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights at heights acceptable to the Los Angeles Fire Department Fire Protection Cabinets Fasten cabinets to structure square and plumb ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films if any as fire protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer s written installation instructions Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding Verify that integral locking devices operate properly On completion of fire protection cabinet installation clean interior and exterior surfaces as recommended by manufacturer Touch up marred finishes or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory
276. ines shall be of the electric motor driven worm gear type especially designed for moving walk service provided with precision cut and matched ground steel worms and worm gears ball thrust bearings and roller shaft bearings and driven by single speed motors Run gearing in oil bath in an oil tight housing with appropriate shaft seals Mount the driving machine within and to the truss and connect the main drive shaft to the pallet drive sprocket assembly with a gear and chain driven by the driving machine Design driving motor and motor switch gear to provide a smooth start and prevent undue strain on drive components The motor shall be of sufficient size to operate the moving walk at full rated capacity per Code without exceeding the rated horsepower The motor shall be AC polyphase induction type continuous rated with a temperature rise not exceeding those in the NEMA and IEEE Standards 1 A reservoir with a low oil signal to the controller and a minimum capacity of two and one half 21 2 gallons shall be provided 2 Reservoir level indications shall be provided where lubricants are contained within housings supply tanks and larger filler cups 3 Provide a sight glass or dipstick method of determining oil level in the case The case shall provide a convenient method of draining the oil 4 The sprockets shall be precision machined to distribute the load evenly on the sprocket teeth and on the chain rollers and shall be designed for s
277. ing 1 BHMA 600 USP Primed for painting 2 BHMA 626 US26D Satin chromium plated 3 BHMA 630 US32D Satin stainless steel PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION A Hardware for fire door assemblies shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 80 Hardware for smoke and draft control door assemblies shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105 Install hardware for non labeled and non smoke and draft door assemblies in accordance with BHMA A156 115 for steel doors and frames BHMA A156 115 W series for wood doors and hardware manufacturers installation instructions for doors and frames fabricated from other than steel or wood DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 11 Doors and Frames Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 All modifications to fire doors and frame for electric and mortised hardware shall be made by the respective door and frame manufacturers w Smoke Seals at S Labeled Door Assemblies Provide and install smoke seals at S labeled doors in accordance with door manufacturers instructions 3 2 INSTALLATION A Mounting Heights Mount door hardware units at the following heights unless specifically indicated on the drawings or required to comply with LADBS regulations 1 Locate levers key cylinders t turn pieces touchbars and other operable portions of latching hardware between 30 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor per CBC Section 1133B 2 5 1 ds Where new hardware is to be installed near
278. initial 60 month SA All Contract Provisions Appendices and Addenda as well as the Conditions of Section 14 20 00 3 7 2 and Exhibit A shall govern the SA and the Extended SA GUARANTEES Notwithstanding the Specifications forming a part of this Contract any inspection or approval of the Work or the existence of any patent or trade name the Installer nevertheless unconditionally guarantees that the equipment furnished and installed hereunder shall be of the best quality shall be fully fit for the purpose for which it is intended and shall be of the heavy duty transit type in compliance with APTA guidelines unless augmented per these contract documents LAWA INSTRUCTION DEMONSTRATION AND COORDINATION The manufacturer shall provide eight 8 hours of onsite demonstration and instructions to LAWA and existing service personnel upon completion of the elevator installation Instructions are to include safety procedures proper operation of all equipment and routine maintenance procedures All instructions and demonstrations are to be video recorded and remain the property of LAWA Check operation of the elevators with LAWA s personnel or designated representative present not more than one month before end of warranty period Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 2 2 A GENERAL Installer shall furnish and install elevators that shall comply with the following requirement
279. installation Epoxy Part A and B and aggregate mixes This premix process shall occur in a clean and neat factory or laboratory environment Quantities should be carefully measured on certified calibrated scales and mixing shall follow laboratory best practices The resulting premixed ingredients shall then be packaged in clean clearly labeled hard sided containers in ratios whereby labor staff can combine in the field with no need to calcu late or measure LAWA or its authorized third party inspectors shall have continuous and unabated access to witness inspect the factory laboratory premix and packaging processes ACCESSORIES Divider and Stop Strips White alloy zinc 1 8 in thick x depth as indicated for terrazzo topping Angle or T types Verify compatibility of divider and stop strips with resin supplier prior to ordering 1 Control Joint Strips Laminations of 16 gage zinc back to back strips infilled with Flexible Epoxy Membrane pigmented to match resin color of epoxy terrazzo Cleaner A neutral chemical cleaner specially compounded for cleaning terrazzo of the types indicated as recommended by the manufacturer of the cleaner with the following minimum characteristics 1 Ph factor between 7 and 10 2 Biodegradable and phosphate free 3 Free form crystallizing salts or water soluble alkaline salts Floor Sealer Waterbased colorless stain resistant penetrating sealer with Ph factor between 7 and 10 that does not af
280. instructions for maintenance of each type of terrazzo Warranty Submit sample copies of the mvt warranty to verify compliance with specification Submit executed copies of epoxy terrazzo warranty as specified herein QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications Engage an experienced Installer who is a current NTMA member in good standing and who has completed a minimum of 3 terrazzo installations similar in material and extent to that indicated for Project as determined by LAWA over the last 5 years and that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance NOTE A letter from the NTMA dated within 30 days of the bid stating same must be submitted with the bid Any active investigations of contractor s work must be noted in this letter Standard Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the NTMA Terrazzo Information Guide Specification Sample Installations 1 Following acceptance of samples provide sample installations of the following where directed by the LAWA a Floors Cast a typical module minimum 10 x 10 ft of interior flooring including divider strips 2 Sample installations shall be complete with all bedding jointing and sealants as shown in accordance with the final shop drawings Sample installations shall be reviewed by the Architect for acceptance of terrazzo assemblies including join
281. ions for maximum loads imposed on trusses requiring load transfer to building structural framing individual weight of principal components and their dead and live load reactions at points of support electrical characteristics and connection requirements and any other information requested by the Architect a Structural Calculations Submit for information only copies of structural calculations indicating load assumptions Calculations shall be signed and sealed by the qualified Professional Engineer responsible for their preparation Pallet linkage details for material configuration arrangement and lubrication requirements Drive motor controller safety devices and switches including brakes Complete layout of electrical system including motor control panel disconnect switches panelboards truss lighting light fixtures and light switches receptacles and safety surveillance and control devices Complete single line wiring diagrams of all circuits in the moving walk systems Show component location within each system terminals with numbers connection between components conductor identification interface connections with remote surveillance and control system include an explanation of basic operation a Provide a record set of drawings with all changes made during the installation of the work At the completion of the job submit to the Owner for the Owner s use a complete set of AS INSTALLED plans and wiring diagrams E
282. ions where cutouts are required in carpet 4 Dye lots pattern types repeats locations pile direction and starting points per floor 5 Seam locations types and methods 6 Type of installation 7 Type color and location of insets and borders 8 Type color and location of edge transition and other accessory strips 9 Show details of cutouts 10 Type of cushion 11 Include on shop drawings dimensions which verify field conditions 12 Transition and other accessory strips 13 Transition details to other flooring materials C Samples Submit samples showing full range of color texture and pattern variations expected Prepare samples from same material to be used for the Work Label each Sample with manufacturer s name material description color pattern and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules Submit the following 1 Carpet 24 inch 600 mm square Samples of each carpet required 2 Exposed Edge Stripping and Accessory 12 inch 300 mm long Samples 3 Carpet Cushion 6 inch 150 mm square Sample SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 1 Flooring Guide Specification A r A sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Mitered Carpet Border Seam 12 inch 300 mm square Sample Show carpet pattern alignment D Maintenance Data Submit copies of instructions for care cleaning maintenance and repair of carpeting 1 Each carpet manufacturer shall meet with the authorized LAWA personnel to review the
283. irected Remove protective coverings and clean exposed surfaces after completion Welding shall comply with AWS D1 1 Identify field welds with welder s identification stamp FIELD TESTING HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 29 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Les Angeles World Airports A General After installation the Installer shall inspect and test each elevator and related equipment to Owner s satisfaction that operation of every part of the equipment complies with this specification and with applicable requirements of ANSI A17 1 including sound level criteria specified herein Elevator will be inspected in accordance with the following 1 Installer shall notify Owner seven 7 days prior to each scheduled test Installer shall perform testing in the presence of the Owner s representative This test is in addition to those performed by The City of Los Angeles Elevator Inspector Installer shall notify the appropriate local authorities having jurisdiction a minimum of seven 7 days in advance of final acceptance tests Installer shall provide all instruments materials and labor required for tests specified herein B Acceptance Testing 1 Inspect and test the elevator and related equipment to the Owner s satisfaction that operation of every part of equipment complies with applicable requirements of ASME ANSI A17 1 and local codes Notification
284. ired for proper shop fitting and jointing of decorative metal restore finishes to eliminate evidence of such corrective work Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations followed by complete refinishing or provide new units as required Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation Remove protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work yet to be performed at same location 1 Retain protective coverings intact remove coverings simultaneously from similarly finished items to preclude nonuniform oxidation and discoloration DECORATIVE WALL PROTECTION INSTALLATION General Install decorative wall protection units level plumb and true to line without distortions Do not use materials with chips cracks voids stains or other defects that might be visible in the finished Work 1 Install decorative wall protection units in locations and at mounting heights indicated on Drawings 2 Provide mounting hardware anchors and other accessories required for a complete installation DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 5 Wall Guards Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 3 4 METAL BASE INSTALLATION A Install metal base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned B Tightly adhere metal base to substrat
285. irements for wiring piping and service connection data motor sizes complete with electrical characteristics HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 10 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports C Shop Drawings 1 Seven 7 copies of the layout and shop drawings shall be provided by the contractor for review within thirty 80 days of notice to proceed California PE sealed civil surveys demonstrating that the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier has confirmed the dimensional requirements of the new escalators to be installed including but not limited to vertical rise locations from columns well way lengths and widths pit depths and location of intermediate supports shall be provided All drawings views and details shall be developed and presented in accordance with ANSI Y14 3 Multi and Sectional View Drawings Drawings shall clearly reflect dimensional data for escalator well ways including cross references to building column lines and finish elevations depicted in the Contract Drawings Escalator layout shall be shown in three orthogonal views and shall include key dimensions support details power connection locations and power connection terminal points General layout shall include a cross section taken through the escalator between the escalator work points Step nosing radii at the upper and lower transitions shall be clearly d
286. is Section negotiation compromise and settlement of any action the City shall retain discretion in and control of the litigation negotiation compromise settlement and appeals there from as required by the Los Angeles City Charter particularly Article II Sections 271 272 and 273 thereof Survival of Indemnities The provisions of this GC 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement GC 6 STANDARD OF CARE 6 01 Contractor s professional services rendered in the performance of this Service Agreement shall conform to the highest professional standards for said designated professional fields in the State of California Page 3 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports GC 7 NOT USED GC 8 CONTRACT BONDS 8 01 8 02 All provisions of Vertical Transportation General Provisions Section 14 20 00 shall apply The Faithful Performance Bond and the Payment Bond shall each be for one hundred percent 100 of the Service Agreement price The Contractor shall submit both the Faithful Performance Bond and Payment Bond no less than thirty days prior to the expiration of the Warranty Period with receipt and approval by LAWA and the City Attorney a condition of Final Acceptance of the Procurement and Installation Contract Both bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect until the Service Agreement term is complete and until all claims for materials and labor a
287. ith the escalator operating normally either free running or under load For multiple escalator installations the noise measurements at each group shall be made with only the one 1 escalator unit under evaluation in operation Ambient noise level shall not exceed forty nine 49 decibels 3 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall perform the following tests on each escalator under full load a Each escalator shall have a full field load as specified in 2 01 B brake test performed on it The stopping distance in the down direction shall meet all requirements of ASME A17 1 HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 34 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports AMAA b Forty hour test the escalator shall operate continuously for 40 consecutive hours after the acceptance test with no faults If any fault occurs that shuts the escalator down the fault must be corrected and a new 24 hour test will begin 4 Re Inspection If any equipment is found to be damaged or defective or if the performance of the escalators does not conform to the requirements of the contract specifications or the Safety Code no approval or acceptance of escalators shall be issued until all defects have been corrected When the repairs and adjustments have been completed and the discrepancies corrected the Engineer shall be notified and the escalators will be reinspected Rejected
288. ive on site upon arrival at the building and again on completion of the required work Furnish a copy of the work ticket containing a complete description of the work performed to the County s representative Maintain a preventative maintenance checklist in the machine room to itemize individual component parts as determined by the original equipment manufacturer which require weekly monthly quarterly or yearly inspection Include on the checklist the building name elevator escalator serial numbers examination or service frequency examination hours individual elevator escalator components examined or serviced Maintain an inventory at all times and available for immediate delivery and installation a sufficient supply of emergency parts for repair of each unit Provide materials or parts to be used which are genuine original manufacturer s renewal parts Regularly and systematically examine inspect properly adjust clean lubricate and if conditions warrant repair or replace all mechanical structural and electrical elevator and escalator moving walk equipment components including but not limited to the following 1 Controller selector dispatching equipment solid state drive units and all related equipment including but not limited to relays solid state components resistors condensers transformers contacts leads overloads dash pots timing devices computer devices selectors components cables VERTICAL TRANSPORTATI
289. ividual components and profiles and finishes for each impact resistant wall protection unit QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations Obtain corner guards from single source from single manufacturer DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Store impact resistant wall protection units in original undamaged packages and containers inside well ventilated area protected from weather moisture soiling extreme temperatures and humidity PROJECT CONDITIONS Environmental Limitations Do not deliver or install impact resistant wall protection units until building is enclosed and weatherproof wet work is complete and dry and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature at 70 deg F for not less than 72 hours before beginning installation and for the remainder of the construction period PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A B MATERIALS Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 240 A 240M Adhesive As recommended by impact resistant plastic wall protection manufacturer and with a VOC content of 70 g L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 1 Walls h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 2 A 2 3 2 4 CORNER GUARDS Surface Mounted Metal Corner Guards Fabricated from one piece formed or extruded metal with formed edges with 90 or 135 degree turn to match wall condition 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers off
290. jacent construction conditions 2 Accurately machine file and fit exposed connections with hairline joints 3 Typical Anchorage Frames shall be provided with concealed mechanical compression anchors at top of each jamb and each jamb shall be prepared and provided with provision for anchorage at floor line of jamb return face 4 Miter and anchorage type subject to acceptance of Architect Mortise reinforce drill and tap frames for mortise type hardware Provide internal reinforcement for surface type hardware which is to be field drilled and tapped per requirements hereinbefore specified for welded frames and including silencers Locate hardware in frames to match location specified and in accordance with the hardware schedule and templates FABRICATION Fabricate doors and frames rigid neat in appearance and free of defects warp wave and buckle Accurately form metal to sizes and profiles indicated Accurately machine file and fit exposed connections with hairline joints Weld exposed joints continuously grind fill dress and make smooth flush and invisible Exposed Fasteners Provide countersunk flat heads for exposed screws and bolts unless otherwise indicated Hardware Preparation Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware including cutouts reinforcement mortising drilling and tapping according to final hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier Secure reinforcement by spot welding Comply wi
291. ject site before installing 1 Furnish the same lots batches etc within the same contiguous areas of the site i e corridors on the same floors common rooms which adjoin each other etc INSTALLATION GENERAL ANSI Tile Installation Standards Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile that apply to types of setting and grouting materials TCA Installation Guidelines TCA s Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated Terminate work neatly at obstructions edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments Accurately form intersections and returns Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim finish or built in items for Straight aligned joints Fit tile closely to electrical outlets piping fixtures and other penetrations so plates collars or covers overlap tile Jointing Pattern Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor base walls and trim are same size Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area beginning at thresholds Adjust to minimize tile cutting Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated 1 For tile mounted in sheets
292. k The PLC shall be designed to communicate over Ethernet or approved equal The PLC racks shall provide space for two future single slot modules e The PLC in the remote control panel shall also have hardware and firmware provisions to communicate with interactive operator interface monitor f The PLC shall store the last 99 faults accessible via laptop connection panel view or remote communications g Provide a copy of all working programs on approved computer medium as well as a printed program listing h The Programmable Controller shall have one dedicated serial port which supports RS 232 C signals It shall be accessible in ladder logic and provide support for Point to Point and Life Net Slave SCADA communication protocol systems Alternatively it must be usable for programming purposes or for access to remote programmers via modems i The main control switchgear of an moving walk shall contain at least the following devices 1 Lockable main switch thermal and magnetic motor protection starter hour counter auxiliary contactors phase failure device phase sequence monitor and ground fault monitor 2 The controller cabinet shall contain a permanently mounted fault indicator board with indicator lights Fault data shall also be displayed in the newel Each group of safety devices shall be connected to one signal lamp MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 12 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guid
293. k in this Service Agreement GC 31 PAYMENT 31 01 31 02 31 03 It is agreed that regardless of any other provision of this Service Agreement unless amended the total amount to be paid to Contractor by City shall not exceed the amount indicated in the Contractor s proposal Each month during the term of this Service Agreement Contractor shall submit a Request For Payment for 1 60 of the amount specified in 31 01 Each Request For Payment shall contain documentation acceptable to LAWA that include applicable employee and subcontractor time sheets identification of the scope of work completed billing by job classifications and the applicable approved billing rates Each Request For Payment shall also contain a cumulative total of all monthly billings and balances Subject to the provisions of this Service Agreement LAWA shall pay Contractor based on Contractor s monthly payment requests Payment will be withheld for any Work not completed in the billing period GC 32 NOT USED GC 33 CONTRACTOR STAFFING 33 01 If LAWA at its sole discretion is dissatisfied with the performance of any of Contractor s personnel including personnel of Contractor s sub Contractors assigned to the Work and so notifies Contractor in writing Contractor shall replace the person s to whom objection has been made within five 5 working days of the written notice City in exercising its rights may also in its sole discretion direct Contr
294. king panels abut other types of panels in the same plane shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces 2 Cementitious Backer Unit Application ANSI A108 11 at showers and where otherwise indicated Install gypsum panels with face side out Do not install imperfect damaged or damp panels Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1 16 inch 1 5 mm of open space between panels Do not force into place Locate edge and end joints over supports except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back blocking is provided behind end joints Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open unsupported edges of stud flanges first Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces above ceilings etc except in chases braced internally 1 Fit gypsum panels around ducts pipes and conduits Where partitions intersect open exterior and interior wall kickers and other structural members projecting below underside of floor roof slabs and decks cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by the wall kickers and other structural members allow 1 4 to 3 8 inch 6 4 to 9 5 mm wide joints to install sealant 2
295. l No 4 FABRICATION Fire Protection Cabinets Provide manufacturer s standard box tub with trim frame door and hardware to suit cabinet type trim style and door style indicated 1 Weld joints and grind smooth 2 Provide factory drilled mounting holes 3 Prepare doors and frames to receive locks FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 10 44 13 3 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports w Q 2 4 2 5 4 Install door locks at factory Cabinet Doors Fabricate doors according to manufacturer s standards from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected Cabinet Trim Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered welded and ground smooth GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS Comply with NAAMM s Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly Appearance of Finished Work Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES Surface Preparation Remove tool and die marks and stretch l
296. l Joints Metric applicable edition 15 ASTM A 500 Standard Specification for Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes applicable edition 16 ASTM A 501 Standard Specification for Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing applicable edition 17 ASTM A 653 A 653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process applicable edition 18 ASTM A 666 Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet Strip Plate and Flat Bar applicable edition 19 ASTM B 138 B 138M Standard Specification for Manganese Bronze Rod Bar and Shapes applicable edition 20 ASTM B 209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate applicable edition 21 ASTM B 209M Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate Metric applicable edition 22 ASTM B 221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars Rods Wire Profiles and Tubes applicable edition 23 ASTM B 221M Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars Rods Wire Profiles and Tubes Metric applicable edition 24 ASTM C 1048 Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass Kind HS Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass applicable edition 25 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel applicable edition 2
297. l adjustment of sills and doors until the car is operable in the shaft Set sills flush with finished floor surface at landings Reduce clearances between hoistway entrance sill and car sill to minimum safe workable dimension at each landing Hanger supports shall be erected in perfect alignment with edges of the sills sill grooves and head jambs to insure smooth operation of the doors Guide grooves in the thresholds shall be cleaned and free of debris VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 21 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks We AAA 3 4 3 5 Q Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Elevator Guide Rails Erect guide rails plumb and parallel and secure guide rail joints without gaps and file any irregularities to a smooth surface Fasten guide rail brackets to concrete structures with proper inserts and insert bolts through bolts or adhesive anchors Fasten guide rail brackets to structural steel with through bolts and attach guide rails to brackets with throughbolts or steel clips Compensate for expansion and contraction movement of guide rails Balance cars to equalize pressure of roller guide shoes on rails Escalators Set escalators true to line and level or to indicated slope properly supported and anchored to building structure Use established benchmarks lines and levels to ensure dimensional coordination of the Work Machine Room and Machine Space Equipment Install machine room and machine space
298. l remain the sole property of LAWA The system shall be returned to LAWA in the same or better condition as it was delivered to the Contractor with the exception of reasonable wear and tear GC 23 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 23 01 The Contractor shall conduct the operations in a manner that avoids injury or damage to adjacent property and improvements If damaged or removed due to the Contractor s operations they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible When ordered by LAWA the Contractor shall provide and install suitable safeguards to protect any object from injury or damage GC 24 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 24 01 24 02 All provisions of the Contract Documents shall apply The Contractor shall be liable for any damage caused to such premises The Contractor shall restore areas used for operations or for storage and all areas adjacent to the construction to their original condition GC 25 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 25 01 25 02 25 03 25 04 25 05 25 06 All provisions of the General Provisions shall apply The Contractor s employees shall be restricted to immediate work areas at the Site and shall not go beyond work limits or access routes except as otherwise approved by LAWA All employees must have a LAWA security badge with a Customs Seal and insurance as required for unescorted access to the Airport s Se
299. lated to the performance requirements of the equipment shall be borne by the Contractor All other services as required by Section 14 20 00 3 7 2 and Exhibit A 1 7 EXTENDED PREVENTATIVE AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENT A The Contractor shall perform the SA including all tasks listed herein and in Exhibit A for a period of sixty 60 months from the date of Elevator Warranty expiration or one year after the Contract Completion Date whichever is later A Faithful Performance Bond and a Payment Bond SA Bonds each for 100 percent of the contract price for the SA shall be submitted for LAWA approval no less than 30 days prior to Contract Completion Date The SA Bonds shall be submitted to the City Attorney for approval as to form HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 142100 6 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks We AMAL 1 8 1 9 w Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Optional Second 5 year SA No less than six 6 months prior to the conclusion of the 60 month SA the parties may mutually agree to extend the SA Extended SA for a single additional 60 month period at a cost no greater than 9percent more than the amount of the initial SA Should the parties mutually agree a Faithful Performance Bond and a Payment Bond each for 100 percent of the contract price for the Extended SA shall be submitted for LAWA approval no less than one 1 month prior to the conclusion of the
300. lating V slotted valves fully hydraulic with a high strength cast iron cylinder and solid forged steel arms bore diameter of 1 1 2 inches 38 1 mm pinion shaft diameter of 5 8 inches 15 87 mm adjustable back check cushion and built in stop feature where scheduled hold open arms where scheduled delayed action where scheduled arm finish to match closer cover finish scheduled Provide metal covers of clean line design with plated or primed for paint finish as scheduled and that require removal in order to make adjustments to closer 1 Full rack and pinion type cylinder with removable non ferrous cover and cast iron body Double heat treated pinion shaft single piece forged piston chrome silicon steel spring ISO 2000 certified Units stamped with date of manufacture code Independent lab tested 10 000 000 cycles Non sized non handed and adjustable Place closer inside building stairs and rooms Plates brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware Adjustable to open with not more than 5 0lbs pressure to open at exterior doors and 5 0lbs at interior doors As allowed per California Building Code Section 1133B 2 5 local authority may increase the allowable pressure for fire doors to achieve positive latching but not to exceed I5Ibs 7 Separate adjusting valves for closing speed latching speed and backcheck fourth valve for delayed action
301. latory Agencies 1 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits and perform such tests as may be required for acceptance and approval of moving walks by jurisdictional agencies Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall notify the proper inspectors to witness required testing E Factory Visit 1 The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide for the costs of up to three of LAWA s representatives including the Engineer to visit the factory where the escalators are being manufactured per contract for each unit type The escalator shall be tested and inspected with its own designated controller The Engineer and LAWA shall observe the testing of the controller operation and the testing of the safety devices in the escalator The balustrade and handrails do not need to be assembled for these tests The escalator shall otherwise be fully assembled and capable of operating with all steps installed at either a 30 degree angle or horizontal in the factory whichever is feasible HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 9 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 3 The Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall not ship the escalators without the approval of the Engineer and LAWA after the conclusion of the factory visit 1 09 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Packing
302. ld Airports 3 Any additional costs not associated with this Service Agreement must be approved in advance by LAWA i Replacement of Materials 1 If it is necessary for the Contractor to replace any materials parts or components under this Service Agreement and LAWA is responsible for the cost the Contractor shall first submit to LAWA for approval the name of the item identifying number and quantity required name of the proposed supplier and the proposed cost and the amount that the Contractor intends to bill LAWA LAWA s written approval is required before the purchase of any parts components or material shall commence unless if in the Contractor s opinion it is needed to keep the Units in operation or is required to comply with any LAWA city or national safety requirements Cost submittal shall be provided within 24 hours of equipment shutdown j Testing Required By Applicable Codes and Agreement Documents 1 Page 8 of 10 The Contractor shall act as the City s agent for conducting or assisting in the conducting of all Authority Having Jurisdiction and Consultant tests and inspections required for vertical transportation equipment as part of this Agreement Testing hours shall be at the sole cost and expense of Contractor i Periodic tests a Contractor shall perform periodic tests as required by the ASME A17 1 2007 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators at intervals dictated by ASME A17 1 1996 including compl
303. lectrical Service Conductors and Devices a Lighting and GFCI convenience outlets in pit controller space and overhead machinery spaces Provide one additional non GFCI convenience outlet in pit for sump pump b Three phase mainline copper power feeder to terminals of each elevator controller in the controller space with protected lockable open disconnecting means VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 2 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports Cc Single phase copper power feeder to each elevator controller for car lighting and exhaust blower with individual protected lockable open disconnecting means located in the controller space VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 3 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz n Emergency telephone line to each individual elevator control panel in elevator controller space Fire alarm initiating devices in each elevator lobby for each group of elevators or single elevator and each controller space to initiate firefighters return feature Device at top of hoistway if sprinklered Provide alarm initiating signal wiring from hoistway or controller space connection point to elevator controller terminals Device in machine room and at top of hoistway to provide signal for general alarm and discrete signal for Phase II firefighters operation Temporary power and
304. lks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports 28 04 28 05 28 06 28 07 as limiting in any manner Contractor s obligation to undertake any action which may be necessary or required to establish and maintain safe working conditions at the facility Contactor shall maintain accurate accident and injury reports and shall furnish LAWA a monthly summary of injuries and man hours lost due to injuries as well as a statement of total man hours worked Material usage by the Contractor shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label The Contractor shall notify LAWA if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions Worker Protection In all cases involving exposure of personnel to toxic hazardous materials and or elements the City of Los Angeles Personnel Occupational Safety Office shall have field review authority over the Contractor s operations GC 29 ADVERTISING 29 01 29 02 No use of information related to the Work is permitted without the written approval of LAWA All signage logos placards displays etc are subject to written approval by LAWA GC 30 AUDITS AND RECORDS 30 01 LAWA shall have access to all records and documents of the Contractor directly relating to labor and materials used for the performance of the wor
305. llation procedures coordination with other trades special details and conditions standard of workmanship and other pertinent topics related to the Work The meeting shall include the LAWA the Architect of Record the Contractor the installer material manufacturer s representatives and representatives of other trades or subcontractors affected by the installation 3 2 PREPARATION A Coordinate the installation of carpet so as not to delay the occupancy of the site or interfere with the completion of construction B Examine the substrates adjoining construction and the conditions under which the Work is to be installed Verify recommended limits for moisture content and alkalinity of concrete substrates with carpet manufacturer 1 Moisture Content Verify moisture content using a standard calcium chloride crystal test or a square yard 0 84 sq m clear plastic test Perform testing at a frequency of not less than once every 1 000 square feet 93 sq m 2 Alkalinity Test Verify alkalinity of concrete substrates by drilling a 3 8 inch 9 5 mm diameter hole approximately 1 4 inch 6 35 mm deep remove all residue fill with distilled water allow water to stand 3 minutes and test with a calibrated electronic meter or Ph paper Perform testing at a frequency of not less than once every 1 000 square feet 93 sq m 3 Alternative test procedures for moisture content and alkalinity may be acceptable subject to the carpet manufacturer
306. ls shall be provided with pallet level devices shall be located at the each end of the moving walk or ramp These devices shall detect downward displacement of 1 8 or greater at the trailing edge of the pallet at either side of the pallet When activated the device shall cause the moving walk or ramp to stop prior to the pallet entering the combplate The device shall cause power to be removed from the driving machine motor and brake Handrail Inlet Safety Devices A handrail inlet safety device shall be provided at the handrail inlet in the newel The electrical switch of this device shall be designed to cut off the current and bring the moving walk to rest should either an object become caught between the handrail and the handrail guard or an object approaches the area between the handrail and handrail guard Comb Pallet Impact Devices Per Reference Standard RS 18 two independent safety devices one at the side of the comb plate and the other at the center of the front edge of the comb plate shall be provided at the drive end and return end comb plate which will cause the opening of the power circuit to the moving walk or ramp drive machine motor and brake if either a a horizontal force in the direction of travel is applied exceeding 112 lbf at either side or exceeding 225 lbf at the center of the front edge of the comb plate or b b a resultant vertical force in upward direction is applied exceeding 150 Ibf at the center of the front of th
307. ls and Transom Bars Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding according to joint designs in HMMA 820 a Provide false head member to receive lower ceiling where frames extend to finish ceilings of different heights Provide countersunk flat or oval head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated Floor Anchors Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor Jamb Anchors Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows a Masonry Type Locate anchors not more than 18 inches 457 mm from top and bottom of frame Space anchors not more than 32 inches 813 mm o c and as follows 1 Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches 1524 mm in height 2 Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches 1524 to 2286 mm in height 3 Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches 2286 to 2438 mm in height 4 Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches 610 mm or fraction thereof more than 96 inches 2438 mm in height b Stud Wall Type Locate anchors not more than 18 inches 457 mm from top and bottom of frame Space anchors not more than 32 inches 813 mm o c and as follows 1 Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches 1524 mm in height 2 Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches 1524 to 2286 mm in height 3 Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches
308. m ASTM B211 or ASTM B221 Alloy 6061 T6 F Flooring as specified G Plastic Laminate ASTM E84 Class A and NEMA LD3 1 Fire Rated Grade GP 50 Type 7 0 050 plus or minus 005 thick color and texture as follows 1 Exposed Surfaces Color and texture selected by Architect 2 Concealed Surfaces Provider s standard color and finish H Fire Retardant Treated Particle Board Panels Minimum 3 4 inch thick backup for natural finished wood and plastic laminate veneered panels edged and faced as shown provided with suitable anti warp backing meet ASTM E84 Class I rating with a flame spread rating of 25 or less registered with Local Authorities for elevator finish materials I Natural Finish Wood Veneer Standard thickness 1 40 inch thoroughly dried conforming to ASME HPMA HP 1983 Premium Grade Place veneer tapeless spliced with grain running in direction shown belt and polish sanded book matched Species and finish designated and approved by Architect J Paint Clean exposed metal parts and assemblies of oil grease scale and other foreign matter and factory paint one shop coat of standard rust resistant primer After erection provide one finish coat of industrial enamel paint Galvanized metal need not be painted K Prime Finish Clean all metal surfaces receiving a baked enamel paint finish of oil grease and scale Apply one coat of rust resistant primer followed by a filler coat over uneven surfaces Sand smooth an
309. m tall or second hinge from door bottom for doors greater than 90 inches 2286 mm top or bottom electric hinge locations shall not be permitted E Mullions and Transom Bars for Sidelights Transoms and Borrowed Light Frames Provide closed or tubular mullions and transom bars where indicated Fasten mullions and transom bars at crossings and to jambs by butt welding Reinforce joints between frame members with concealed clip angles or sleeves of same metal and thickness as frame F Jamb Anchors Locate jamb anchors above hinges and directly opposite on strike jamb as required to secure frames to adjacent construction At metal stud partitions locate the additional jamb anchor below the top hinge 1 Masonry Construction Adjustable corrugated or perforated anchors to suit frame size formed of same material and gauge thickness as frame at non rated frames use friction fit T shaped anchors at rated frames use anchors consisting of spot welded strap and adjustable anchor with leg not less than 2 inches 50 mm wide by 10 inches 250 mm long Furnish at least the number of anchors per jamb according to the following frame heights a Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches 1500 mm in height b Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches 1500 to 2250 mm in height c Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches 2250 to 2400 mm in height d One additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches 600 mm or fraction thereof more than 96 inches
310. m indicated B Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board ASTM C 630 C 630M or ASTM C1396 C1396M 1 Core 5 8 inch 15 9 mm C Cementitious Backer Units ANSI A118 9 in thickness indicated 1 Thickness 1 2 inch 12 7 mm NOTE For adhesive applied ceramic tile in rest rooms use cementitious back units as a sub strate When using water resistant gypsum backing board at tile applications the metal studs shall be spaced at 16 inches on center When using water resistant backing board on ceilings spacing of supports shall be 12 inches on center 2 4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A Interior Steel Trim Accessories ASTM C 1047 formed metal sheet steel zinc coated by hot dipped process Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig 1 designations in ASTM C1047 1 Cornerbead Use at outside corners GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 3 Walls Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 2 LC Bead with both face and back flanges to receive joint compound use at exposed panel edges 3 U Bead with face and back flanges face flange formed to be left without application of joint compound Use where indicated 4 Curved Edge Cornerbead With notched or flexible flanges use at curved openings 5 Expansion Control Joint One piece control joint formed with V shaped slot with removable strip covering slot opening Use where indicated B Aluminum Trim Accessories Extruded aluminum trim with 1 4 inch 6 35 mm diameter holes in fins for atta
311. make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work 09 30 00 5 Flooring Z ES 7 3 5 3 6 TILING Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Movement Expansion Joints Locate sealant filled expansion joints where recommended by the manufacturers of mortar and tile materials but not less than the requirements of TCA EJ171 and as accepted by the Architect of Record Form movement joints and other sealant filled joints during installation of setting materials mortar beds and tile Do not saw cut joints after installing tiles 1 Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates 2 Prepare joints and apply sealants NOTE All control joints to be carried to the surface WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108 13 and waterproofing manufacturer s written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate 1 Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION Thinset Tile over Concrete Slabs Typical Install in accordance with the mortar manufacturer s recommendations and requirements indicated below for ANSI setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction and grout ANSI installation methods and grou
312. manual handset When operated the escalator shall run in the direction selected at a speed of not more than 25 of rated speed This speed shall be maintained when steps are removed for servicing Escalator operation shall be continuous so long as an up or down button on the handset is being pressed The handset shall have a ten 10 foot retractable cord with a plug connector When plugged into receptacle there shall be no means of operating or running the escalator except by HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 23 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports the service handset Receptacles shall be located in both the upper and lower pits Receptacles for exterior escalators shall be NEMA 4 rated This system must be sized for full operation of the motor at all speeds N Sleep Mode Operation shall comply with the following 1 The acceleration and deceleration rates of the escalators shall not exceed 1 0 ft sec 0 3 m s The rated speed is not exceeded The minimum speed of escalators shall not be less than 10 ft min 0 5 m s 4 The speed of the escalator shall not automatically vary during inspection operation mode 5 Passenger detection means shall be provided at both landings of the escalator such that a Detection of any approaching passenger shall cause the escalator to accelerate to or maintain the full escalator speed in complianc
313. mb plate Segments each kind 17 Pallets Rollers and Flanges 7 Pallets Axel Sets 1 Matched Pair Pallets Chains Longest Unit 2 Sets Gear Box Gaskets and Shims 1 Automatic Lubrication Reservoir 2 Sets Skirt and Emergency Switches 2 3 Motor Starters each size LH Electric Interlocks each size RH Electric Interlocks each size Circuit Breakers each size PNNe Reverse Phase Relays Transformers Pallets Chain Oilers Handrail Inlet Brushes Handrail Tension Rollers Sets Start Contacts each size Stop Switches NNN RR MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 5 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 1 6 JOB CONDITIONS A General Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General Section 14 21 00 and Exhibit A 1 7 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A General Refer to Section 14 20 00 Vertical Transportation General and 14 31 00 Escalators PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Comply with requirements in Section 14 20 00 3 7 2 Vertical Transportation General 2 2 MATERIALS A Structural Steel 1 Rolled Steel Sections Shapes and Rods ASTM A36 Tubing a Cold Formed ASTM A500 b Hot Formed ASTM A501 3 Sheet Steel ASTM A446 grade B zinc coated B Stainless Steel 1 Sheet Plate and Strip ASTM A 666 or ASTM A240 Type 304 2 Shapes and Bars ASTM A276 Type 304 3 Finish No 4 satin finish Brush marks shall run parallel with the
314. mes according to HMMA 820 2 Sidelight Transom and Borrowed Light Frames Saw mitered and full continuously welded 3 Door Frames for Openings 48 Inches 1219 mm Wide or Less Fabricate from 0 078 inch 1 98 mm 0 109 inch 2 78 mm thick stainless steel sheet 4 Door Frames for Openings More Than 48 Inches 1219 mm Wide Fabricate from 0 109 inch 2 78 mm thick stainless steel sheet 5 Borrowed Light Frames Fabricate from 0 078 inch 1 98 mm thick stainless steel sheet 6 Sidelight and Transom Frames Fabricate from stainless steel sheet of same thickness as adjacent door frame Ts Glazing and Panel Stops Formed integral with stainless steel frames minimum 5 8 inch 16 mm high unless otherwise indicated 8 Loose Stops for Glazed Lites and Panels 0 038 inch 0 95 mm thick stainless steel 9 Hardware Reinforcement Fabricate according to ANSI NAAMM HMMA 866 with reinforcing plates from stainless steel 10 Head Reinforcement 0 109 inch 2 78 mm thick stainless steel channel or angle stiffener for openings widths more than 48 inches 1219 mm 11 Jamb Anchors a Masonry Type Adjustable strap and stirrup or T shaped anchors to suit frame size not less than 0 062 inch 1 59 mm_ thick stainless steel with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches 50 mm wide by 10 inches 250 mm long or wire anchors not less than 0 156 inch 4 0 mm thick STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11
315. mooth operation Shafts shall be designed for ease of assembly or disassembly 6 Main drive bearings shall be rated for L10 200 000 hours m K Sprocket Assemblies 1 Attach the main sprocket assembly rigidly to the truss at both sides to ensure and maintain proper alignment 2 Mount the take up sprocket assembly on rollers operating on tracks rigidly attached to the truss at both sides to automatically maintain proper tension on the pallet chains by means of weights or compression springs 3 Provide roller type main drive shaft bearings 4 Design chain sprockets to accurately distribute the load evenly on the sprocket teeth and chain rollers L Brake MOVING WALKS 14 3200 11 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 1 Provide each moving walk with a permanent magnet ceramic brake located on the high speed shaft which when activated shall stop the moving walk or ramp in the event of a normal stop control activation of stop button activation of any safety device o upon loss of power 2 Provide a load compensating brake system capable of automatically stopping a moving walk or ramp quickly but gradually and able to hold the moving walk or ramp stationary under full load whenever the power is interrupted The brake shall be fail safe and electrically released When a stop is initiated the system shall maintain a relatively constant deceleration indepen
316. move soiling and stains if any to the satisfaction of LAWA SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 7 Flooring Guide Specification wa A sa Los Angeles World Airports END OF SECTION 09 68 16 SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 8 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 1 4 SUMMARY Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product Include preparation requirements and application instructions Samples for Initial Selection For each type of topcoat product Product List For each product indicated EXTRA MATERIALS Furnish extra materials from the same production run as the material applied QUALITY ASSURANCE Mockups Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution 1 LAWA will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system a Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces Provide to LAWA samples of at least 100 sq ft b Other Items LAWA may designate items or areas required 2 Final LAWA approval of paint selections will be based on mockups 3 Subject to compliance with requirements approved mockups may become part of
317. n 1 Cast metal parts such as gear housings chain sprockets shall be painted with a rust inhibitive primer coat after preparation by sandblasting 2 Steel parts which are not specified to be galvanized shall be painted as follows a Primer coat two 2 mil dry film thickness minimum thickness b Second finish coat two 2 mil dry film thickness minimum thickness 3 Bright or uncoated axles shafts etc Shall be protected by zinc chromate or chrome plating 4 Oil drip pans shall be fabricated of factory primed carbon steel COMPONENTS General Provide moving walks complying with requirements Each moving walk shall be a self contained unit consisting of trusses center supports tracks pallet drive units pallets pallet chains comb plates handrails driving machine controller safety device balustrades and all other parts required to provide a complete operating moving walk or ramp Trusses The moving walk trusses shall be fabricated of welded structural steel components and be designed and constructed so as to safely carry the passenger capacity load and machinery components including the weight of the balustrade A drive machine shall be located in the terminal end truss pit at one end of the wellway and the reversing station shall be located in the terminal end truss pit at the opposite end of the wellway Provide a machinery space covered with removable landing plates all within the outline of the trusses in the termi
318. n Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 Samples shall be clearly labeled to reflect a Project Name b Contract Number c Description of Sample E Maintenance Control Programs within sixty 60 days after notice to proceed and prior to installation Installer shall submit detailed equipment specific interim and revenue service Maintenance Control Programs showing functions to be performed and their scheduled frequency F Operating and Maintenance manuals Prior to installation Installer shall submit six 6 complete sets of Operation and Maintenance manuals for approval After LAWA approval and prior to the beginning of acceptance testing six 6 sets of the approved manuals shall be provided by the Installer Provide all material on CD ROM in a format approved by LAWA The manuals shall include the following 1 D O A GN 11 12 13 Complete table of contents Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of equipment including complete illustrated exploded views of all assemblies and a complete illustrated exploded view for identifying all system parts Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts part numbers current cost and warehouse location If product source is another vendor Installer shall include name and address of other vendor Sample copies of a preventive maintenance chart Descriptions of safety devices Safety rules tests and procedures including testing of all systems and subsy
319. n a All parts other than sealed items requiring lubrication shall be designed for an automatic or remote lubricating system The system shall operate only when escalator is running and the amount of lubrication shall be fully adjustable A reservoir with a low oil signal to the controller and a minimum capacity of six 6 liters shall be provided b System shall be positive acting located in escalator pit HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 32 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports C Reservoir level indications shall be provided where lubricants are contained within housings supply tanks and larger filler cups 2 Miscellaneous Lubrication a Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall furnish and mount near the lubricating system in the escalator pit a framed lubrication chart for each escalator The chart shall show the location of each lubrication point type of lubricant to be used and the frequency of lubrication b Bearings 1 Sealed bearings shall be used where possible 2 Bearings requiring manual lubrication shall be furnished with fittings to accommodate the use of a pressure gun for lubrication Contractor shall furnish appropriate pressure gun to LAWA 3 Self lubricating bearings or material other than ball or roller type bearings may be used where practical 3 Manual Lubrication a Location of manual lubric
320. n and maintenance instructions parts listing with sources indicated recommended parts inventory listing emergency instructions for elevators escalators and moving walks Include diagnostic and repair information for disassembly inspection gaging torque requirements reassembly testing and other related information Detailed lubrication and cleaning schedule indicating weekly monthly quarterly semiannual and annual lubrication and a description of each lubrication point lubrication type and specification Provide exploded view drawings to facilitate repair and maintenance functions Assemble manuals for component parts into a single binder In addition provide the following for escalators and moving walks a Procedures for adjusting brake handrail tension handrail chain drive tension step and pallet chain tension track system and mechanical components including pictorials b Instructions for removing floor plate replacing comb segments and removing and installing steps and pallets 12 Maintenance Log Upon completion of the installation submit and provide 1 copy of the following in each machine room a Maintenance log and Maintenance Control Program for each unit indicating the various items requiring examination the procedure to be followed the frequency of the examination and place to record compliance with the recommended procedure The log shall cover a period of at least 1 year VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 1
321. n recommendations unless otherwise indicated Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames install runner track section for cripple studs at head and secure to jamb studs 1 Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated Install one additional stud no more than 6 inches 150 mm from jamb studs at single doors greater than 48 inches 1200 mm and at all pairs of doors 2 Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud Provide runner track and typical studs above door openings with studs spaced not more than 24 inches 600 mm o c 3 At all welded frames with fixed anchor clips secure stud reinforcing to jamb anchor clips with not less than two self tapping screws per clip 4 Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above I Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads J Isolation Strip Attachment Where partitions abut exterior wall window mullions and partition filler panels are not indicated adhesively attach isolation strips to window mullions Center isolation strips on mullion to form a continuous sound resistant and lightproof recessed joint seal for the entire length of the interface between the partition studs and trim members and the vertical window mullions 3 6 CLEANING AND PROTE
322. n unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency 2 4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A Laminating Adhesive Adhesive recommended by metal fabricator that will fully bond metal to metal and that will prevent telegraphing and oil canning and is compatible with substrate and noncombustible after curing 1 Contact Adhesive VOC content of not more than 80 g L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 2 Wall Guards Z ES 2 5 2 6 A Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports FABRICATION GENERAL Assemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces Form decorative metal to required shapes and sizes true to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces Finish exposed surfaces to smooth sharp well defined lines and arris Form bent metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work Form simple and compound curves in bars by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required maintain cross section of m
323. nal end truss pits The trusses shall have a factor of safety in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Code The trusses shall come in sections in sizes that can be installed without disturbing the building structure as detailed 1 The center supports of each walkway shall be constructed using stanchions typically spaced 36 apart Each stanchion shall be designed to carry a portion of the weight of the passenger load pallets and track system and balustrades The center supports shall rest on and be firmly secured to supporting framing members provided in the wellway structure Center supports shall be ample strength to rigidly maintain the alignment of moving parts All center supports including bolts angles shims and bearing pads shall be provided and installed for a complete installation 2 Provide isolation designed of rubber and steel at all moving walk support locations MOVING WALKS 14 3200 7 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports C Oil Drip Pan Provide factory primed 3mm thick steel drip pans under full width and length of moving walks to collect and hold oil and grease drippings from lubricated components Design and fabricate drip pan to sustain a load of 250 Ibf 1 1 KN on a 1 0 sq ft 0 9 sq m area at any location 1 Drip pans shall be of a sufficient size to collect and maintain within the truss area all oil water and grease droppings from the pall
324. nd components and all interior parts is required Make necessary arrangements with LAWA in order to minimize any inconvenience 8 Annual tests and confirmations that the Controllers and control systems are functioning properly for each Unit 9 Reporting Detailed monthly records of tasks performed including names of individuals performing the tasks date and time performed and other pertinent data Contractor is required to conform to the requirements of LAWA s maintenance system 10 Five year full load full speed tests of buffers governors and safeties 11 Five year pressure tests on hydraulic elevators 12 Monthly Testing of Phase I and Phase II Firefighter s Service b Routine Maintenance Activities such as routine inspections and tests designed to identify any unusual or abnormal equipment condition c Preventative Maintenance PM Activities required to keep the Units operating at the prescribed levels of safety efficiency and reliability as defined in the O amp M Manuals and installation specifications which are performed on a regular basis at specified intervals Preventative measures shall also include cleaning the surrounding area as required to keep Units free from any trash dirt and or debris d Non Scheduled Maintenance Any corrective measure or repair necessitated by an inspection a failure or unusual circumstances adversely affecting the normal equipment operation Non scheduled maintenance may be
325. nd adhesion testing for the intended substrate and application and that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet Carpet Edging Provide rubber composition carpet edging in single lengths wherever possible keeping the number of joints or splices to a minimum Provide in quantities and locations as job required based upon the recommended good practice of the industry include in every location where carpet terminates and other flooring continues Color to match adjacent carpet types Floor Sealer Type as recommended and manufactured by the carpet tile manufacturer for the applications indicated EXECUTION PRE INSTALLATION MEETING Prior to the installation meet at the project site to review the material selections substrate preparations installation procedures coordination with other trades special details and conditions standard of workmanship and other pertinent topics related to the Work The meeting shall include LAWA the Architect of Record the Contractor the installer material manufacturer s representatives and representatives of other trades or subcontractors affected by the installation PREPARATION Coordinate the installation of carpet so as not to delay the occupancy of the site or interfere with the completion of construction Examine the substrates adjoining construction and the conditions under which the Work is to be installed Verify recommended limits for moisture content and alkalinity of con
326. nd ceiling construction involved Provide fasteners at all corners and ends of runner tracks 1 Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls install foam gasket isolation strip between studs and wall Installation Tolerance Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1 8 inch 3 mm from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings and at partial height partitions Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board 1 Cut studs 1 2 inch 13 mm short of full height to provide perimeter relief For fire resistance rated and STC rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid structure surfaces to obtain ratings install framing around structural and other members extending below floor roof slabs and decks as needed to support gypsum board closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure 3 Terminate partition framing at suspended ceilings where indicated 4 Terminate partial height partition framing as indicated Install steel studs and furring in sizes and at spacing indicated but not less than that required by the referenc
327. nd location of edge transition and other accessory strips 10 Pile direction 11 Transition and other accessory strips 12 Transition details to other flooring materials COS Ne Samples Submit samples showing full range of color texture and pattern variations expected Prepare samples from same material to be used for the Work Label each Sample with manufacturer s name material description color pattern and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules Submit the following 1 Carpet Tile Full size Samples 2 Exposed Edge Stripping and Accessory 12 inch 300 mm long Samples Maintenance Data Submit copies of instructions for care cleaning maintenance and repair of carpeting TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 1 Flooring Z ES 1 5 mi Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 Each carpet manufacturer shall meet with the authorized LAWA personnel to review the characteristics of his product and to recommend appropriate maintenance procedures prior to occupancy of the finished spaces Warranty Submit special warranties specified in this Section QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications Engage a carpet installer who has completed a minimum of three 3 projects over the last 10 years which were similar in material design and extent to that indicated for the project as determined by the LAWA and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance 1
328. ng eight year warranty ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 3 Window Treatment Los Angeles World Airports EZ Guide Specification PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A ROLLER SHADES Basis of Design Product Subject to compliance with requirements provide products indicated in Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following 1 MechoShade Systems Inc MechoShade as basis of design performance and warranties or equal Shade Band Material The selection of density and color of sunscreen shadecloth shall be based on the relationship with the specified glass in accordance with the specific project requirements for reducing heat loads and glare Fabric Width As per manufacturer s standard Pattern As per manufacturer s standard Colors As per manufacturer s standard Material Openness Factor As per manufacturer s recommendation for specified glass type and applicable conditions 5 Bottom Hem Fabric wrapped and electronically sealed at ends Sewn hems and open hem pockets are not acceptable Eri Rollers Extruded aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band material without sagging designed to be easily removable from support brackets Provide for positive mechanical attachment of shade band to roller tube shade band shall be made removable replaceable with a snap on snap off spline mounting without ha
329. ng at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C 1 Oversize Fire Rated Door Assemblies For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies provide certification by a qualified testing agency that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire rated door assemblies except for size 2 Temperature Rise Limit At vertical exit enclosures and exit passageways provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F 250 deg C above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire test exposure Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies At corridors smoke barriers and smoke partitions provide assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105 1 Air Leakage Rate Maximum air leakage of0 3 cfm sq ft 3 cu m per minute sq m at the tested pressure differential of 0 3 inch wg 75 Pa of water Fire Rated Borrowed Light Frame Assemblies Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire protection ratings indicated based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9 Label each individual glazed lite Install in compliance with NFPA 80 Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at Project site DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver doors and frames palletized wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and Project site storage Do not use nonvented plastic
330. ng force design LBR type where scheduled B Overhead Stops Stainless steel 100 series Non plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps Field changeable hold open friction and stop only functions C Door Stops Provide stops to protect walls casework or other hardware 1 Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets provide wall type with appropriate fasteners Where wall type cannot be used provide floor type If neither can be used provide over head type 2 Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening Consult with Owner for furniture loca tions Minimum 90 stop 95 deadstop Note degree of opening in submittal D Seals Finished to match adjacent frame color Resilient seal material polypropylene nylon brush or solid high grade neoprene UL label applied to seals on rated doors Substitute products certify that the products equal or exceed specified material s thickness and durability Proposed substitutions submit for approval Solid neoprene MIL Spec R6855 CL HI Grade 40 Non corroding fasteners at in swinging exterior doors 3 Fire rated Doors Resilient Seals UL10C UBC Standard 7 2 compliant Coordinate with selected door manufacturers and selected frame manufacturers requirements Where rigid housed resilient seals are scheduled in this section and the selected door manufacturer only requires an adhesive mounted resilient seal furnish rigid housed seal at minimum or both the
331. ng white and gray as required to match Architect s epoxy terrazzo samples Obtain cement from a single source for all work of one color 2 Sand ASTM C33 for fine aggregates as required to match Architect s epoxy terrazzo samples 3 Water Fresh clean and potable 4 Aggregates Glass Plastic and Shell Materials As required to match Architect s epoxy terrazzo samples 5 Pigments Pure mineral pigments resistant to alkalies nonfading and weatherproof colors as required to match Architect s epoxy terrazzo samples NOTE LAWA is currently using Tesco crystal sealer 2 applied with a diamond pad for existing terrazzo installations 2 4 PRECAST UNIT FABRICATION A Precast Terrazzo Bases Fabricate precast terrazzo bases from epoxy terrazzo materials to the sizes shapes and profiles shown and from the terrazzo mix es indicated 1 2 The minimum thickness of the precast terrazzo base shall be 2 Forms Construct forms of non staining metal fiberglass reinforced polyester plywood or other acceptable material Fabricate and reinforce forms for close control of dimensions and details Construct forms tightly to prevent leakage of mixes Form joints will not be permitted on faces exposed to view in the finished work Mixing and Placing Mix terrazzo mixes to distribute fine and coarse aggregate evenly throughout Place terrazzo so as to prevent segregation in the forms RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23
332. nimum dry film thickness ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 5 Window Treatment Z gz m 2 4 2 5 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Colors of Metal and Plastic Components Exposed to View As selected by Architect from manufacturer s full range unless otherwise indicated MOTORIZED SHADE HARDWARE AND SHADE BRACKETS Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1 8 inch 3 18 mm thick plated steel or heavier thicker as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade Provide shade hardware system that allows for field adjustment of motor or replacement of any operable hardware component without requiring removal of brackets regardless of mounting position inside or outside mount Provide shade hardware system that allows for operation of multiple shade bands offset by a maximum of 8 45 degrees from the motor axis between shade bands 4 22 5 degrees on each side of the radial line by a single shade motor multi banded shade subject to manufacturer s design criteria SHADE MOTOR DRIVE SYSTEM Shade Motors Tubular asynchronous non synchronous motors with built in reversible capacitor operating at 110v AC 60hz single phase temperature Class A thermally protected totally enclosed maintenance free with line voltage power supply equipped with locking disconnect plug assembly furnished with each motor Conceal motors inside shade roller tube Maximum current draw for each shade motor o
333. ning of such receipt without reservation therein shall preclude any subsequent claim by the Contractor that any such items were received from LAWA in a damaged condition and with shortages If at any time after acceptance of any such item from LAWA any such item is damaged lost stolen or destroyed such item shall be repaired or replaced at the expense of the Contractor Upon completion of the 5 year Service Agreement Contractor shall at its expense return all surplus and unused materials and parts to LAWA SC 13 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIES 13 01 The Contractor shall furnish all incidental supplies materials tools and equipment necessary for the performance of the work in the Service Agreement unless otherwise specified The costs for these incidentals shall be inclusive of this Service Agreement SC 14 FACILITIES USED BY THE CONTRACTOR 14 01 Limited facilities such as storage and workshop space may be furnished by LAWA The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable for the facilities made available to it to include security loss or damage thereto This responsibility includes the observance of safety security and sanitary directives Facilities built or installed by Contractor must be removed at termination of the Service Agreement unless the Contractor and LAWA agree to their presence The Contractor may not use any LAWA facilities other than those specifically provided In case of break ins the Contractor shall notify Airpor
334. nless otherwise directed by the Architect of Record install in single lengths and secure in accordance with manufacturer s directions 5 Traffic over adhesive installations shall be restricted until adhesive has properly cured in accordance with the adhesive manufacturers recommendations Stair Carpeting Comply with the manufacturer s instructions specified industry standards and recommendations and as follows 1 Glue Down Installation Tightly secure carpet to treads and risers using carpet adhesive Stairs with a return nosing shall be cut and installed with the tread and risers being separate pieces CLEANING AND PROTECTION Cleaning As the carpeting is installed remove and dispose of all trimmings excess pieces of carpeting and laying materials from each area as it is completed Vacuum carpeting with a commercial vacuum having a cylindrical brush or beater bar and high suction Remove adhesives stains and soil spots in accordance with the carpet manufacturer s recommendations Protection Protect carpeting against damage of every kind as damaged carpeting shall be rejected Use non staining cover material for protection Tape joints of protective covering 1 Plastic and polyethylene sheet protective coverings shall not be permitted over glue down installations 2 Remove and replace rejected carpeting with new carpeting At the completion of the work and when directed by LAWA remove covering vacuum clean carpeting and re
335. nstallation of guide rails machinery and other elevator components Epoxy ceiling anchors or epoxy side wall anchors shall not be permitted Clearance around equipment located in each elevator control room and machine area shall comply with the applicable provisions of ANSI NFPA No 70 National Electrical Code 2 4 SUMMARY OF FEATURES A Machine Room Less Passenger Elevators Elevator Use Passenger C 3 Loading Contract Load in Pounds 4000 minimum Contract Speed in FPM 350 for travel distances of 20 0 or more 200 for travel distances of less than 20 0 Machine Location Overhead in hoistway Machine Type Gearless Type of Control AC variable voltage variable frequency Operation Simplex selective collective or Group automatic HEAVY DUTY 14 2100 9 TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Les Angeles World Airports Platform Size 8 0 wide by 6 2 deep Clear Car Inside 7 8 wide by 5 5 deep Car and Hoistway Door Size 4 0 wide by 7 0 high Car and Hoistway Door Type Single speed side slide center opening Car and Hoistway Door Operation Power operated High speed heavy duty minimum opening speed 3 0 FPS Hoistway Entrance As specified Cab Enclosure As specified Car Operating Station Dual Direction Indicator Hall Hall Call St
336. nstalled expansion anchors Countersink anchors and fill and make smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces 5 In Place Gypsum Board Partitions Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb Countersink anchors and fill and make smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces 6 Ceiling Struts Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to supporting construction above unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction above Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members 7 Grouted Frames Solidly fill space between frames and substrate with grout Take precautions including bracing frames to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces 8 Installation Tolerances Adjust stainless steel frames for squareness alignment twist and plumb to the following tolerances a Squareness Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head b Alignment Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall c Twist Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines and perpendicular to plane of wall d Plumbness Plus or minus 1 16 inch 1 6 mm measured at jambs at floor
337. ntractor shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by Contractor If the City so desires a qualified Elevator Consultant reasonably acceptable to both parties may be retained by City to mediate any disputes h Labor Laws 1 2 Page 10 of 10 The Contractor performing work under this Agreement shall comply with applicable provisions of all federal state and local labor laws and Union Labor Agreements Contractor hereby indemnifies and saves City and or City s Representative from and against any and all costs liabilities and actions arising out of the violation or alleged violation of or the non compliance with or alleged non compliance with any Labor Laws and or Union Labor Agreements Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks
338. ntributing with any other insurance held by City s Department of Airports where liability arises out of or results from the acts or omissions of Contractor its agents employees officers invitees assigns or any person or entity acting for or on behalf of Contractor Such policies may provide for reasonable deductibles and or retentions acceptable to the Executive Director based upon the nature of Contractor s operations and the type of insurance involved City shall have no liability for any premiums charged for such coverage s The inclusion of City its Department of Airports its Board and all of its officers employees and agents and their agents and assigns as additional insureds is not intended to and shall not make them or any of them a partner or joint venturer of Contractor in its operations at the Airport In the event Contractor fails to furnish City evidence of insurance or to maintain the insurance as required under this Section City upon ten 10 days prior written notice to Contractor of its intention to do so shall have the right to secure the required insurance at the cost and expense of Contractor and Contractor agrees to promptly reimburse City for the cost thereof plus fifteen percent 15 for administrative overhead At least thirty 30 days prior to the expiration date of any of the above policies documentation showing that the insurance coverage has been renewed or extended shall be filed with the
339. nuals Services shall strictly comply with all services necessary to maintain the equipment in proper working order for use at a major international airport and in coordination with LAWA The Contractor shall be responsible to provide employ Senior Supervising Maintenance Technicians that are licensed elevator mechanics The Contractor must also possess a valid C 11 Contractor s License The Contractor shall be responsible for all labor personnel and employee costs The Contractor shall be capable of operation maintenance trouble shooting updating and repairing the equipment computer systems and software The Contractor shall be responsible for the procurement of all tools and equipment required to perform preventative maintenance and repair functions Any tools that are required to perform specific maintenance tasks on OEM supplied equipment will be supplied by the OEM as part of the equipment supply and installation The Contractor shall be responsible for all contracted goods and services The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate and cooperate in all respects with LAWA the user airline and or their representatives in the performance of the Contractor s work EPRM and non scheduled maintenance tasks shall be coordinated with and scheduled in concurrence with LAWA The Contractor shall be required to submit a preventative maintenance schedule to LAWA for review Page 5 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h
340. oard surfaces for decoration and levels of gypsum board finish indicated Produce surfaces free of tool marks and ridges ready for decoration of type indicated Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces B Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas C Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape D Cementitious Backer Units Finish according to manufacturer s written instructions E Gypsum Board Finish Levels Finish panels to levels indicated below according to ASTM C 840 for locations indicated 1 Level 1 Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas concealed areas and where indicated unless a higher level of finish is required for fire resistance rated assemblies and sound rated assemblies 2 Level 2 Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape fasteners and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated 3 Level 4 Embed tape and apply separate first fill and finish coats of joint compound to tape fasteners and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated 4 Level 5 Embed tape and apply separate first fill and finish coats of joint compound to tape fasteners and trim flanges and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface where wallboard is indicated to receive wall coverings semi gloss and high gloss paints and Italian plaster 3 5 CLEA
341. ocation Vertical surfaces unless otherwise indicated 2 Type X a Thickness 5 8 inch 15 9 mm b Long Edges Tapered Cc Location Where required for fire resistance rated assembly GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 2 Walls Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports NOTE On the drawings indicate the locations for each type of gypsum board and tile backing units using the same terminology as in these specifications On the drawings place UL or LARR numbers for all fire rated gypsum and cementitious backer unit assemblies Q Flexible Gypsum Wallboard for Curved Surfaces ASTM C 36 or ASTM C1396 C1396M manufactured to bend to fit tight radii and to be more flexible than standard regular type panels of the same thickness 1 Thickness 1 4 inch 6 4 mm 2 Long Edges Tapered 3 Location Apply in double layer at curved assemblies D Sag Resistant Gypsum Wallboard for Interior Ceilings ASTM C36 or ASTM C1396 C1396M manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular type gypsum board 1 Thickness 1 2 inch 12 7 mm 2 Long Edges Tapered 3 Location Ceiling surfaces NOTE Use Impact Resistant Gypsum Board in areas susceptible to high abuse and the use of alternative materials is not feasible Use a minimum of 20 gauge metal framing as support 2 3 TILE BACKING PANELS A Panel Size Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support syste
342. ocations required for secure attachment of support fasteners 1 For impact resistant wall protection units attached with adhesive or foam tape verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates including compatibility with existing finishes or primers Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Complete finishing operations including painting before installing impact resistant wall protection system components Before installation clean substrate to remove dust debris and loose particles INSTALLATION General Install impact resistant wall protection units level plumb and true to line without distortions Do not use materials with chips cracks voids stains or other defects that might be visible in the finished Work 1 Install impact resistant wall protection units in locations indicated WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 3 Walls h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 Provide full height units Do not splice 3 4 CLEANING A Immediately after completion of installation clean corner guards B Remove excess adhesive using methods and materials recommended in writing by manufacturer END OF SECTION 10 26 00 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 4 Walls Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 SUMMARY Section Includes 1 P
343. of two hundred and fifty 250 pounds applied in an upward direction at the tip of any one 1 tooth F Pallet Treads One piece unpainted die cast aluminum with demarcation grooves at front and rear of tread surface The pallet treads shall be cleat type designed to insure a secure foothold and comfortable tread surface the cleats shall be fabricated to meet code requirements 1 Cleats shall be so spaced that the ends are flush with the side of the pallet treads The tread surface shall be adjacent to adjustable skirt guards on each side of the pallet tread and the overall width of the pallet tread shall be machined to accurate limits to maintain a minimum clearance between the skirt guards and the pallet tread Pallet treads and their various attachments shall permit removal of pallet treads without disturbing balustrades or dismantling any part of the chains The design shall permit the running of the drive without pallet treads for convenience in cleaning and inspection Pallet Rollers Pallet rollers shall have polyurethane tires on a sealed hub and bearing and be manufactured for quiet operation Bearings shall be of the ball or roller type be factory sealed Rollers shall not require any additional lubrication and must be rated for severe heavy duty service Rollers shall be mounted so as to prevent tilting and rocking of the pallet treads Pallet treads shall be constructed so as to be driven by chain linkages MOVING WALKS
344. olor grade type and variety of granular materials from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties Mockups Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 2 Flooring Z gz 1 8 1 9 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 Build mockups for terrazzo including accessories a Size Minimum 100 sq ft 9 sq m of typical poured in place flooring condition for each color and pattern in locations directed by LAWA 2 Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless LAWA specifically approves such deviations in writing DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to Project site in supplier s original wrappings and containers labeled with source s or manufacturer s name material or product brand name and lot number if any Store materials in their original undamaged packages and containers inside a well ventilated area protected from weather moisture soiling extreme temperatures and humidity FIELD CONDITIONS Weather Limitations Proceed with terrazzo installation only when forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to NTMA s written recommendations Close spaces to traffic during terrazzo
345. om decaying circuits that must be periodically reprogrammed by the manufacturer Controllers for exterior escalators shall be mounted in NEMA 4X cabinets with labeled terminal strips NEMA 2 cabinets with labeled terminal strips shall be provided for interior units The main controller shall be a non proprietary programmable automation controller PAC based on a SCADA compliant Allen Bradley CompactLogix 1769 L32E or equal to control and monitor the status of the escalator The PAC shall be designed to communicate in TCP IP format over an Ethernet or approved equal The PAC racks shall provide space for two 2 future single slot modules The PAC shall store the last 99 faults accessible via laptop connection panel view or remote communications Provide a copy of all working programs on approved computer medium as well as a printed program listing HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 22 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 7 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports The Programmable Controller shall have one dedicated serial port which supports RS 232 C signals It shall be accessible in ladder logic and provide support for Point to Point and Slave SCADA communication protocol systems Alternatively it must be usable for programming purposes or for access to remote programmers via modems Controller shall include soft start system to manage escalator drive startup Soft s
346. ompletion END OF SECTION 05 75 30 13 COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 7 Column Covers Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes interior woodwork for the following applications 1 Wood cabinets 2 Plastic laminate cabinets 3 Solid surfacing material countertops NOTE The Architect of Record shall prepare and sign a letter addressed to LAWA certi fying that the installed millwork either stand alone or combined with any equipment that is integrated into the millwork or sitting on top of the millwork is in compliance with ADA Standards 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For the following 1 Cabinet hardware and accessories 2 Handrail brackets 3 Finishing materials and processes B Shop Drawings Include location of each item plans and elevations large scale details attachment devices and other components C Samples 1 Lumber and panel products for transparent finish for each species and cut finished on one side and one edge 2 Lumber and panel products with shop applied opaque finish for each finish system and color with exposed surface finished 3 Plastic laminate clad panel products for each type color pattern and surface finish 4 Thermoset decorative overlay surfaced panel products for each type color pattern and surface finish 5 Solid surfacing materials 1 3 QUALITY A
347. ompliance with the requirements of the specified codes and or ordinances or variance or noncompliance with the requirements of these specifications the following work and or repairs shall be completed at no expense to LAWA 1 Replace all equipment that does not meet Code or specification requirements Perform all work and furnish all materials and equipment necessary to complete the specified operation and or performance Perform all retesting required by the governing Code Authority and LAWA to verify the specified operation and or performance VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 23 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 3 6 DEMONSTRATE INSTRUCT A Instruct LAWA personnel in proper use operations and daily maintenance of elevators escalators and moving walks Review emergency provisions including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation and other building emergencies Train LAWA personnel in procedures to follow in identifying sources of operational failures or malfunctions Confer with LAWA on requirements for a complete vertical transportation maintenance program B Make a final check of each type of vertical transportation equipment with LAWA personnel present and before date of acceptance by LAWA Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly 3 7 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION SCHEDULES END OF SECTION
348. on 1 Finishes For each type of exposed finish required prepared on Samples of not less than 3 by 5 inches 75 by 125 mm 2 Doors Include section of vertical edge top and bottom construction core construction glazing and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement 3 Frames Show profile corner joint floor and wall anchors and silencers Include separate section showing fixed hollow metal panels and glazing if applicable D Schedule Provide a schedule of stainless steel hollow metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings Coordinate with a door hardware schedule STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1119 1 Doors and Frames Z ES 1 3 A w 1 4 1 5 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Oversize Construction Certification For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies Product Test Reports Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for each type of stainless steel hollow metal door and frame assembly QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations Obtain stainless steel hollow metal work from single source from single manufacturer Fire Rated Door Assemblies Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency for fire protection ratings indicated based on testi
349. onduit is not subject to moisture or embedded in concrete Terminal boxes and other similar items shall be of approved construction thoroughly reinforced and in no case less than number 12 USSG All electrical boxes exceeding 150 cubic inches shall be supported independently of the conduits The rigid conduit shall conform to the specifications here in before specified All raceway shall be threaded rigid steel conduit Flexible heavy duty service cord type SO may be used between fixed car wiring and switches on car doors for door reversal devices All conduit terminating in steel cabinets junction boxes wire ways switch boxes outlet boxes and similar locations shall have approved insulation bushings If the bushings are constructed completely of insulation material a steel locknut shall be installed under the bushing At ends of conduits not terminating in steel cabinets or boxes the conductors shall be protected by terminal fittings having an insulated opening for the conductors Conduit fittings and connections using set screws or indentations as a means of attachment are not permitted Connect motors and other components subject to movement or vibration to the conduit systems with flexible conduit The Contractor shall furnish all materials and completely wire all parts of the electrical equipment of the elevators including electrical devices on hatch doors The conduits shall be of such size that the wires or cables can be readily install
350. ons standard of workmanship and other pertinent topics related to the Work The meeting shall include LAWA the Architect of Record the Contractor tile installer tile and setting material manufacturer s representatives and representatives of other trades or subcontractors affected by the installation TILING 09 30 00 4 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 3 2 A 3 3 3 4 TILING EXAMINATION Examine substrates areas and conditions where tile will be installed with Installer present 1 Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm dry clean free of oil waxy films and curing compounds Grind concrete substrates to remove existing floor adhesive and mortar residues films sealing and curing compounds if they are determined to be present on the substrate 2 Verify that installation of grounds anchors recessed frames electrical and mechanical units of work and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile 3 Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations if not coordinated adjust joint locations in consultation with the Architect of Record Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Remove paint coatings including curing compounds and other substances that are incompatible with tile setting materials Blending Color blend tiles at Pro
351. oor assemblies HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 1 Doors and Frames Z ES m E Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Oversize Construction Certification For door assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies submit certification of a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that each door and frame assembly has been constructed to comply with design materials and construction equivalent to requirements for labeled construction QUALITY ASSURANCE Hollow Metal Door and Frame Standard Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following publications by Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association HMMA Div of National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAAMM unless more stringent requirements are indicated in the Contract Documents 1 HMMA Hollow Metal Manual 2 HMMA 861 Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Manufacturer Qualifications A firm experienced in manufacturing hollow metal doors and frames similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in service performance as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units Fire Rated Door Assemblies Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire protection ratings indicated bas
352. oors Fabricate doors according to manufacturer s standards from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected Cabinet Trim Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered welded and ground smooth GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS Comply with NAAMM s Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly Appearance of Finished Work Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast STAINLESS STEEL FINISHES Surface Preparation Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish Finishes Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches 1 Directional Satin Finish No 4 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 EXAMINATION Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Prepare recesses for recessed fire protection cabinets as required by type
353. op or bottom electric hinge locations shall not be permitted Interior Hollow Metal Doors 1 Typical Interior Doors Flush design with 18 gauge 0 042 inch 1 06 mm thick cold rolled stretcher leveled steel face sheets and other metal components from hot or cold rolled steel sheets 2 Extra Heavy Use Doors Flush design with 14 gauge 0 067 inch 1 7 mm thick cold rolled stretcher leveled steel face sheets and other metal components from hot or cold rolled steel sheets Provide only where indicated FRAMES Fabricate hollow metal frames formed to profiles indicated with full 5 8 inch 16 mm stops and of the following minimum thicknesses 1 For interior use form frames from cold rolled steel sheet of the following thicknesses a Openings up to and Including 48 Inches 1200 mm Wide 16 gauge 0 053 inch 1 3 mm b Openings More Than 48 Inches 1200 mm Wide 14 gauge 0 067 inch 1 7 mm NOTE For the frames make provisions for installation of electrical items specified else where arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replace Provide all cutouts and rein forcements required for steel frames to accept security system components Provide welded sheet metal boxes with metal conduit or raceway to permit wiring from electric hinge to other electric door hardware Provide frames either saw mitered and full continuously profile welded or machine mitered and full continuously profile welded on
354. opper power feeder to each lower end intermediate location and upper end moving walk pit for under handrail lighting with individual protected lockable open disconnect switch located in machine room space 1 2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A Manufacturer Qualifications Award the fabrication of the vertical transportation work to one of the following firms who are specialized in the fabrication of vertical transportation equipment and who have successfully produced work similar in design and extent to that required for the project 1 Schindler Elevator Corporation 2 Otis Elevator Company 3 KONE Inc 4 Substitutions Other manufacturer s products may be incorporated into the Work if approved by LAWA B Installer Qualifications Engage the vertical transportation manufacturer or an experienced Installer approved by the vertical transportation manufacturer who has completed not less than 3 elevator escalator and moving walk installations similar in material design and extent to that indicated for this Project as determined by LAWA for a period of 5 years and with a record of successful in service performance and who is acceptable to LAWA C Contractor s Statement The Contractor shall furnish a statement giving a complete description of all parts wherein the vertical transportation systems that he proposes to furnish do not comply with these specifications or are in conflict with the Contract Documents Failure to furnish such a statemen
355. or assembly Indicate relevant waterproofing details on the drawings The waterproofing membrane shall extend up the wall a minimum of 3 feet behind all wall hung plumbing fixtures and 12 inches high at all walls without plumbing fixtures in accordance with LAWA Rest Room Design Guidelines SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS Manufacturers 1 Custom Building Products 2 LATICRETE International Inc Dk MAPEI Corporation Source Limitations For each tile installation obtain compatible formulations of setting and grouting materials containing latex or latex additives from a single manufacturer Portland Cement Mortar Thickset Installation Materials ANSI A108 1A and as specified below 1 Reinforcing Wire Fabric Galvanized flat welded wire fabric 2 x 2 x 0 062 inch 50 8 x 50 8 mm x 1 57 mm diameter comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size 09 30 00 3 Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 2 Latex Additive Manufacturer s standard styrene butadiene rubber water emulsion serving as replacement for all gaging water of type specifically recommended by latex additive manufacturer for use with field mixed portland cement and aggregate mortar bed D Latex Portland Cement Mortar Thin Set ANSI A118 4 consisting of the following 1 Prepackaged dry mortar mix combined with liquid latex additive 2 For wall applications provide nonsagging mortar E Medium Bed Lat
356. or janitorial services for all items not covered by the Contract 1 Lubricate all moving parts of the equipment requiring lubrication Apply lubricants at intervals recommended by the equipment manufacturer Provide lubrication more frequently if dictated through use of the equipment Utilize lubricants suitable for the purpose intended that meet or exceed the minimum requirements specified by the manufacturer of the equipment to which the lubricant is applied Remove and properly dispose of used and oily wiping materials from the building on the same day that they are used m Adjust the equipment as necessary in accordance with the check list and when the operation of the equipment varies from its normal or originally designed performance standards Utilize qualified individuals properly equipped with tools and instruments employed by the installer for adjustments Parts or assemblies which have worn or otherwise deteriorated beyond normal adjustment limits shall be replaced as provided for under the following paragraphs titled Replace and Repair VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 18 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 1 Replace Replace items during the course of scheduled preventative maintenance when such replacement will prevent an unscheduled equipment shutdown and or ensure the continued safe normal operation of the equipment or which otherwise will
357. or hardware to suit opening conditions and to provide proper door operation 1 6 WARRANTY A Special Warranty Written warranty executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period Failures include but are not limited to the following 1 Faulty operation of door hardware 2 Deterioration of metals metal finishes and other materials beyond normal use B Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Locks Five years from date of Substantial Completion C Warranty Period for Manual Closers Ten years from date of Substantial Completion D Warranty Period for Concealed Floor Closers Five years from date of Substantial Completion E Warranty Period for Exit Devices Five years from date of Substantial Completion F Warranty Period for Other Hardware Two years from date of Substantial Completion G Warranty for Mortised Mechanical Lock and Latchsets Ten years from date of Substantial Completion H Warranty for Heavy Duty Cylindrical Mechanical Lock and Latchsets Seven years from date of Substantial Completion DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 4 Doors and Frames sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A General Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section door hardware sets are keyed to each scheduled door in the door and frame schedul
358. or particle board in configuration indicated to confirm podium configuration coordination and integration of all equipment including but not limited to computers ticket spitters monitors and dynamic signage displays NOTE Whenever practical the millwork is to be designed with integral cable raceways with future expansion in mind Within this millwork discretely locate any access panels that are to be provided for ease of cable and wiring maintenance Such millwork installa tions will require coordination with electrical and communication disciplines Underlying floor mounted electrical outlets are to be fully recessed with cover plates and smoothly aligned with the adjacent floor finishes b Aesthetic Mock Up Fabricated from specified and indicated materials incorporate all requested modifications from the Functional Mock Up Z Construct all mock ups at jobsite 3 Approved mock ups may not become part of the completed work F Conduct pre installation conference at the jobsite 1 4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Environmental Limitations Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed wet work is complete and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 2 Millwork Guide Specification tt S A sa Los Angeles World Airports humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period PART 2 PRODUCTS
359. orages including sleeves concrete inserts anchor DECORATIVE METAL 05 70 00 1 Wall Guards h Ss sa Los Angeles World Airports f Guide Specification bolts and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 METALS GENERAL A Metal Surfaces General Provide materials with smooth flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated Provide materials without seam marks roller marks rolled trade names stains discolorations or blemishes 2 2 STAINLESS STEEL A Castings ASTM A 743 A 743M Grade CF 8 or CF 20 B Sheet Strip Plate and Flat Bar ASTM A 666 Type 304 2 3 FASTENERS A Fastener Materials Unless otherwise indicated provide the following 1 Stainless Steel Items Type 304 stainless steel fasteners B Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction Unless otherwise indicated select fasteners of type grade and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring indicated items to other types of construction indicated C Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting components and for attaching decorative metal items to other work unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable 1 Provide Phillips flat head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated D Anchors General Anchors capable of sustaining without failure a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed i
360. ore than 250 g L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 Fasteners Fabricated from same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal unless otherwise indicated Do not use metals that are incompatible with materials joined 1 Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting column covers items and for attaching them to other work unless otherwise indicated Nonstructural Anchors Provide metal expansion sleeve anchors of type size and material necessary for type of load and installation indicated as recommended by manufacturer unless otherwise indicated Anchor Materials for Interior Locations Carbon steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 ASTM F 1941M Class Fe Zn 5 unless otherwise indicated Isolation Coating Manufacturer s standard bituminous paint FABRICATION GENERAL Shop Assembly Preassemble column covers items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation Coordinate dimensions and attachment methods of column covers items with those of adjoining construction to produce integrated assemblies with closely fitting joints and with edges and surfaces aligned unless otherwise indicated COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 4 Column Covers Z ES C z 2 6 2 7 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Ai
361. ority to coincidental car and hall calls in hall call assignment Accomplish car direction reversal without closing and reopening doors Use easily reprogrammable system software Design basic algorithm to optimize service based on equalizing system response to registered hall calls and equalizing passenger trip time to shortest possible time Serve floors below main floor in a manner which logically minimizes delay in passing or stopping at main floor in both directions of travel Provide manual means to force a stop at the main floor when passing to or from lower levels Required Features 1 Dispatch Protection Backup dispatching shall function in the same manner as the primary dispatching 2 Delayed Car Removal Automatically remove delayed car from group operation 3 Position Sensing Update car position when passing or stopping at each landing 4 Hall Pushbutton Failure Provide multiple power sources and separate fusing for pushbutton risers 5 Communication link Provide serial or duplicate communication link for all group and individual car computers C Independent Service Provide controls to remove elevator from normal operation and provide control of the elevator from car buttons only Car shall travel at contract speed and shall not respond to corridor calls D Car Top Operation Provide per Code requirements HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 17 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks
362. ork Order results in an increase in the time required for or in Contractor s cost properly allocable to the performance of services pursuant to this Service Agreement and 2 Contractor asserts a claim for such adjustment within thirty 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage provided however that City may investigate any facts relating to such claim If a Stop Work Order is not canceled and the services covered by such order are terminated for the convenience of City the reasonable costs resulting from said Stop Work Order shall be allowed Page 5 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i A sa Les Angeles World Airports 22 05 22 06 It is understood and agreed that should City decide that any portion of Service Agreement and or Contractor s services shall be suspended or terminated this Service Agreement shall continue to apply to that portion or those portions not suspended or terminated and that such suspension or termination of a portion of Service Agreement or services shall in no way make void or invalid this Service Agreement At the termination of this Service Agreement the Contractor shall deliver to LAWA all records and documentation including but not limited to manuals operations manuals service records drawings computer programs including applicable software source codes procedures and records which the Contractor has used to maintain the equipment All such records and documents shal
363. ors are open at the fire egress floor per elevator in car fire service jewel per elevator space for fireman s phone jack a cabinet containing fire service keys engraved instructions for fire service operation and emergency power selector switches and status indicators Machine Room Monitors Provide a monitor in each machine room capable of displaying status position and critical items for trouble shooting the equipment COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Telephone System Provide automatic dial Hands Free telephone station located in the car station A button shall suitably identify activation of auto dialer for the visually impaired Speaker shall be mounted without faceplate or visible fasteners and located either behind the control station or within the telephone box Communication shall be capable of being heard from any location within the car enclosure 1 Provide a telephone symbol minimum 2 high and raised 1 32 with Braille indications adjacent to a separate activation button mounted on the control panel 2 Provide engraved emergency instructions above the activation button Instructions shall read To use emergency telephone press button below Dialing will occur automatically 3 Provide a visual indication approximately 3 4 in diameter or a jewel that illuminates once a call has been received by the master station Instructions under the visual indicator or within the lighted jewel shall read Assistance is on the way
364. orts Obtain and pay for permits fees licenses and inspections necessary to complete the vertical transportation installations SUBMITTALS Submit shop drawings and required material samples for review in accordance with Section SPECIAL CONDITIONS Submittals Include certification or other data verifying compliance with required characteristics Indicate by transmittal form that copy of each has been distributed to the installer 1 Scaled Fully Dimensioned Layout Plan of pit hoistway wellway and machine room indicating equipment arrangement elevation section of hoistway and wellway details of car enclosures hoistway entrances car hall signal fixtures and seismic attachments 2 Design Information Indicate equipment lists reactions and design information on layouts 3 Power Confirmation Information Design for existing conditions for Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Provide complete power data submittals including heat emission data 4 Fixtures Cuts samples or shop drawings 5 Finish Material Submit 3 x 12 samples of actual finished material for review of color pattern and texture Compliance with other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Provider Include if requested signal fixtures lights graphics Braille plates and detail of mounting provisions 6 Design Information Provide calculations verifying the following a Adequacy of existing electrical provisions b Adequacy of retain
365. ossible to minimize field assembly Disassemble only as necessary for shipping and handling WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 10 26 00 2 Walls We AMAL Q PART3 3 1 A 3 2 3 3 Los Angeles World Airports Fabricate components with tight seams and joints with exposed edges rolled Provide surfaces free of wrinkles chips dents uneven coloration and other imperfections Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush smooth and rigid hairline joints METAL FINISHES Comply with NAAMM s Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes 1 Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish 2 Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish free of cross scratches 3 Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece 4 When polishing is completed passivate and rinse surfaces Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates and wall areas with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work Examine walls to which impact resistant wall protection will be attached for blocking grounds and other solid backing that have been installed in the l
366. otify the proper inspectors to witness required testing D Factory Visit 1 The Installer shall provide for the costs of up to three of LAWA s representatives to visit the factory where the elevators are being manufactured per contract per unit type 2 Installer shall not ship the elevator without the approval of LAWA s representative after the conclusion of the factory visit HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 2100 4 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Les Angeles World Airports 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Packing Shipping Packing Shipping Handling and Unloading 1 Accept equipment materials and other Products on site in factory containers bundles and shipping skids B Delivery and Acceptance at Site 1 Deliver material in original packages containers skid loads or bundles bearing brand names and identification of source of manufacture or supply 2 Inspect deliveries for damage C Storage and Protection 1 Store materials inside under cover and in a dry location 2 Protect from weather direct sunlight surface damage corrosion and construction traffic and activity 3 Installer shall make necessary provisions to protect systems from damage deterioration and environmental conditions during installations and until elevator systems are fully operative D Handling 1 Handle material to prevent damage to edges ends surfaces and finish
367. ovided as it pertains to the original installation and for a period of ten 10 years after final acceptance of the last elevators provided under any contract 3 The referenced material shall be provided within thirty 30 days of publication or internal distribution by the elevator manufacturer The material even if labeled PROPRIETARY shall be delivered without prejudice or delay and at no additional cost 4 Provide all material on CD ROM in a format approved by the Owner H MSDS and product data sheets Shall be submitted with an index listing each product along with the application method of the product approximate quantity of product per elevator and the component the product is applied to or associated with The Installer shall allow 6 six weeks for review of MSDS I Senate Bill 1886 Submittals Provide copies of all Code Authority permit submittals 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Regulatory agencies elevator design materials construction clearances workmanship and tests shall conform to the requirements of the codes and regulations listed in B Welding Welding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of AWS or CWB Welders shall produce evidence of current certification by AWS or CWB C Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1 Installer shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits and perform such tests as may be required for acceptance and approval of elevators by jurisdictional agencies 2 Installer shall n
368. pe angle strips with anchoring device and in depth required for topping thickness indicated PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 13 4 Flooring Z ES 2 4 D m T Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Control Joint Strips Separate double L type angles positioned back to back that match material and color of divider strips and in depth required for topping thickness indicated Expansion Joint Strips Brass with removable zip strip top for installing sealant minimum 1 2 inch 12 7 mm wide Accessory Strips Match divider strip width material and color unless otherwise indicated Use the following types of accessory strips as required to provide a complete installation 1 Base bead strips for exposed top edge of terrazzo base 2 Edge bead strips for exposed edges of terrazzo 3 Nosings for terrazzo stair treads and landings MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES Strip Adhesive Recommended by manufacturer for this use 1 Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 70 g L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59 Subpart D EPA Method 24 2 Adhesives shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers Anchoring Devices 1 Strips Provide mechanical anchoring devices or adhesives for strip materials as recommended by manufactur
369. pliance with LAWA selection criteria and requirements 2 2 GENERAL C Acoustical Panel Standard Comply with ASTM E 1264 1 Recycled Content Provide acoustical panels with recycled content such that post consumer recycled content plus one half of pre consumer recycled content constitutes a minimum of 70Insert number percent by weight D Low Emitting Materials Acoustical tile ceilings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services Standard Practice for the ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 2 Ceiling Systems Z gz Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small Scale Environmental Chambers Metal Suspension System Standard Comply with ASTM C 635 I Recycled Content Provide products made from steel sheet with average recycled content such that post consumer recycled content plus one half of pre consumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent Attachment Devices Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635 Table 1 Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated 1 Power Actuated Fasteners in Concrete Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated fabricated from corrosion resistant materials with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain without failure a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling
370. pplication one 1 on each side of pallet The chains shall be made of high grade heat treated flat steel links with hardened pins and accurate rollers designed to accurately engage the drive sprockets to insure smooth operation Each pair of pallet chains shall be a matched set 2 Provisions shall be made to prevent sagging or buckling of the linkages to prevent the pallets from coming in physical contact with one another and to maintain a constant distance between the pallet axles Automatic tensioning devices shall be provided to maintain tension under load and to compensate for wear 3 A means for individual fine adjustment of tension for each linkage shall be provided 4 Pallet chains shall be constructed to permit removal of segments as may be required for replacement purposes 5 Support rollers shall be spaced to distribute load and to guide linkage throughout run Rollers shall be constructed of polyurethane material with diameter sufficient to provide reliability maintainability smoothness of motion and to operate within noise level requirements specified Rollers shall be affixed in a manner that ensures positive roller retention but allows for replacement 6 Pallet chain and chain pins shall have a minimal diameter of at least five eighths 5 8 of an inch and have a tensile strength suitable for the application The chains shall have a factor of safety of not less than six 6 T A test certificate for the chain breaking loa
371. quire no additional lubrication and be mounted outside the chain link Wheels shall be affixed to permit rapid replacement Each pair of step chains shall be a matched set within manufacturing tolerances Only precision roller fishplate chains of high grade heat treated steel shall be used as step chains The pins axles bushing and rollers shall be hardened and ground Step chain and chain pins shall have a minimum diameter of at least five eighths 5 8 of an inch In addition the diameter will be of a size so that surface pressure at engaging points will not exceed 30N mm 3 450 psi This is to be based on the step loads as follows a 1000mm wide step 145Kg 320 Ibs per step on the incline b 800mm side step 116Kg 256 Ibs per step on the incline The safety factor shall be 6 A test certificate for the chain breaking load shall be provided A shielding device shall be provided to protect chain track guides and rollers against water dirt and debris D Floor Plates Shall have type 316 stainless steel frames at floor openings designed to be supported on truss heads Shall be designed to cover entire area of upper and lower landings Shall be reinforced as necessary to be rigid and able to withstand a live load of two hundred and fifty 250 pounds per square foot with minimal deflection Shall be extruded aluminum in a ribbed pattern transverse to the escalator axis Ribs shall be designed to provid
372. r type step chains one 1 on each side of step Step chains shall be of heat treated steel construction supported at intervals by linkage wheels A means to prevent steps from coming into physical contact with each other and to prevent chains from sagging or buckling shall be provided A means to maintain constant distance between step axles shall be provided An automatic tensioning device to maintain tension under load and to compensate for wear shall be provided The device shall be located within the truss at the lower end A means for individual fine adjustment of tension for each linkage shall be provided Step chains shall be constructed to permit removal of segments as may be required for replacement purposes at a minimum of every 6 axle section Each escalator shall have at least two one axle sections HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 27 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 8 11 12 13 14 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Support wheels spaced to distribute load and to guide linkage throughout run shall be provided Rollers shall be constructed of polyurethane material with diameter sufficient to provide reliability maintainability smoothness of motion and to operate within noise level requirements specified The chain rollers shall have polyurethane tires on metallic hubs sealed bearings a diameter of not less than four 4 inches must re
373. r Do not install electrical outlets back to back on opposing sides of partitions R Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer s written recommendations 1 Space screws a maximum of 12 inches 304 8 mm o c for vertical applications Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches 203 2 mm o c 3 Install fasteners not less than 3 8 inch 9 5 mm from ends or edges of wallboard sheets spacing fasteners opposite each other on adjacent ends or edges 4 Begin fastening from center of wallboard and proceed toward edges and corners 5 Apply pressure on surface of wallboard adjacent to fasteners being driven to ensure that wallboard will be secured tightly to supporting members a Drive fastener with shank perpendicular to face of board b Drive screws with a power screwdriver as recommended by wallboard manufacturer Set heads of screws slightly below surface of paper without cutting paper 3 3 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A General Fasten trim accessories according to manufacturer s written instructions for type length and spacing of fasteners B Install corner beads at external corners C Install interior trim accessories where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed or semiexposed Provide interior trim accessories with face flange formed to receive joint compound D Install aluminum trim accessories where indicate
374. r Regular time will be Monday through Friday 8 00am to 4 30pm exclusive of holidays Overtime Premium time call backs originating from an operational error related to the performance requirements of the equipment shall be borne by the Contractor g Annual clean down of the escalators drip pans pits pallets and all interior parts is required Make necessary arrangements with LAWA in order to minimize any inconvenience h All other services as required by Exhibit A 2 Reporting Detailed monthly records of tasks performed including names of individuals performing the tasks date and time performed and other pertinent data in conformance with Exhibit A HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 16 TYPE ESCALATORS Wy AMAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports D Contractor s performance of the Tasks and Reporting as defined in Section 1 11 C shall conform to the highest professional standards for said activities in the State of California EXTENDED PREVENTATIVE AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENT A The Contractor shall perform the SA including all tasks listed herein and in Exhibit A for a period of sixty 60 months from the date of Group 10 Escalator Warranty expiration or one year after the Contract Completion Date whichever is later A Faithful Performance Bond and a Payment Bond SA Bonds each for 100 of the contract price for th
375. r shall train LAWA s maintenance personnel to adjust operate and maintain roller shade systems 3 3 ADJUSTING A Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly easily safely and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range 3 4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A Clean roller shade surfaces after installation according to manufacturer s written instructions B Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure that roller shades are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion C Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired in a manner approved by LAWA before time of Substantial Completion 3 5 DEMONSTRATION A Engage a factory authorized service representative to train LAWA s maintenance personnel to adjust operate and maintain roller shades END OF SECTION 12 24 13 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413 8 Window Treatment Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 14 20 00 VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes vertical transportation for the entire project The vertical transportation work includes but is not limited to the following All elevator work All escalator work All moving walk work Anchors embedments shims fasteners inserts hoisting equipment fall protection prevention tie offs expansion devices accessories support br
376. r which vertical transportation work is to be installed Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Verify dimensions of supporting structure from the working drawings and shop drawings so that the vertical transportation work will be accurately fabricated and fitted to the structure The Contractor shall satisfy himself by review of the working drawings that the clearances and the alignments are proper for the installation of his equipment Coordinate vertical transportation work with the work of other trades and provide items to be placed during the installation of other work at the proper time so as to avoid delays in the overall work Place such items including inserts and anchors accurately in relation to the final location of vertical transportation components Use Contractor s bench marks INSTALLATION General Install component parts of the vertical transportation work in accordance with referenced standards and the manufacturers printed instructions and recommendations unless otherwise shown or specified Keep work areas orderly and free from debris during progress of the work Remove all loose materials and filings resulting from this work from wellway and hoistway surfaces Elevator Hoistway Entrances Coordinate the installation of hoistway entrances with the installation of elevator guide rails for accurate alignment of entrances with cars Wherever possible delay the fina
377. re paid and shall otherwise comply with Section 3248 of the Civil Code Should any bond become insufficient the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from The Engineer and or Director of Maintenance The mutually agreed optional second 5 year Extended Preventative and Routine Maintenance EPRM Service Agreement period shall maintain all bond requirements set forth herein GC 9 NOT USED GC 10 10 01 10 02 GC 11 GC 12 GC 13 GC 14 GC 15 GC 16 GC 17 GC 18 ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER PROHIBITED Contractor shall not in any manner directly or indirectly by operation of law or otherwise hypothecate assign transfer or encumber this Service Agreement or any portion thereof or any interest therein in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the Executive Director The names of Subcontractors or others whom Contractor intends to employ to perform services as part of the Work shall be submitted to Executive Director for prior approval For purposes of this Service Agreement the terms transfer and assign shall include but not be limited to the following i if Contractor is a partnership or limited liability company the transfer of fifty percent 50 or more of the partnership interest or membership or the dissolution of the Contractor and ii if Contractor is a corporation any cumulative or aggregate sale transfer assignment or hypothecation of f
378. red floors shall require an authorized card read PIN to enable the registration of a car call to access secured floors as programmed in the ACAMS system through access permissions and levels e Provide strobe in car transom that illuminates upon notification from ACAMS Controller that weight or motion is detected in elevator cab f Fire Service Operation overrides the Security Service Operation 2 11 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A Hoistway Frames and Doors 1 4 5 Entrance frames shall be of welded and mitered construction for complete one piece unit assembly All frames shall be sound deadened and securely fastened to fixing angles mounted in the hoistway Finish shall be 420 ferritic stainless steel per ASTM A 240 240M Entrance frames shall be provided with an extended sill floor plate the full width and depth of each entrance frame assembly Hoistway doors shall be reinforced and provided with operating mechanisms and door hangers Door panels shall be hollow metal flush door construction 16 gauge furniture steel Fill with fireproof sound deadening material Provide reinforcement by formed vertical sections running full height of door Doors shall be provided with two removable non metallic gibs with fire tabs located at the leading and trailing edge of the door panel There shall be no visible exposed or protruding fasteners Provide die cast jamb markings 2 per entrance mounted at 5 0 Secure with adhesive and unexposed fast
379. red to receive grout as tile units are set Prohibit foot and wheel traffic on tiled floors for period of time as recommended by the mortar manufacturer 3 Grout Installation Latex portland cement ANSI A108 10 D Thickset Tile Only where indicated Install in accordance with the mortar manufacturer s recommendations and requirements indicated below for ANSI setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction and grout ANSI installation methods and grout types Where recommendations and methods conflict the manufacturer s recommendations shall apply 1 Mortar and Bond Coat a b Latex Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108 1A Wet Set Method Latex Portland Cement Bond Coat ANSI A108 5 2 Concrete Subfloors Interior TCA F121 a Apply of the mortar bed to slab and place reinforcing wire fabric After placing mesh apply balance of mortar bed The mortar shall be rodded and compacted with a steel trowel Wipe the back of each tile with a damp sponge to remove all dust or dirt immediately before applying bond coat to tiles Immediately after wiping tile backs but prior to placing tile the mortar shall be troweled to back of tile sheets for 100 coverage to thickness of not less than 1 16 inch 1 5 mm Place tile onto the green mortar bed maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints for typical tile units and 1 4 inch 6 35 mm wide joints for quarry tile units if any and true accur
380. rely a Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board b At high walls install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire resistance rated assembly D Multilayer Application 1 On Partitions Walls Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically parallel to framing with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire resistance rated assembly Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions On Ceilings Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls partitions apply base layers in same sequence Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face layer joints 1 framing member 16 inches minimum from parallel base joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire resistance rated assembly E Single Layer Fastening Methods Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws F Multilayer Fastening Methods Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws G Laminating to Substrate Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate other than studs furring members or base layer of gypsum board comply with gypsum board manufacturer s written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten
381. rigid housed seal plus the adhesive applied seal Adhesive applied seals alone are deemed insufficient for this project where rigid housed seals are scheduled pa C Thresholds Comply with CBC Section 1133B 2 4 1 1 Exteriors Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin Use butyl rubber or polyisobutylene sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection Non ferrous 1 4inch fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors or Red Head SFS 1420 or approved equivalent Flat Head Sleeve Anchors SS FHSL 2 Fire rated openings 90min or less duration use thresholds to interrupt floor covering material under the door where that material has a critical radiant flux value less than 0 22 watts per square centimeter per NFPA 253 Use threshold unit as scheduled If none scheduled request direction from Architect 33 Fire rated openings 3hour duration Thresholds where scheduled to extend full jamb depth 4 Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for specified fastening methods DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 10 Doors and Frames Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports D Fasteners Generally exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive Pinned TORX drive at high security areas Flat head sleeve anchors FHSL may be slotted drive Sheet metal and wood screws full thread Sleeve nuts full length to prevent door compression m Silencers Interior hollo
382. ring feature L Chassis cold rolled steel handing field changeable without disassembly Latchbolts 3 4 inch throw stainless steel anti friction type 3 Lever Trim through bolted accessible design cast lever or solid extruded bar type levers as scheduled Filled hollow tube design unacceptable Provide security design independ ent breakaway spindles Breakage of outside lever shall not allow access to inside lever s hubworks to gain wrongful entry Thumbturns accessible design not requiring pinching or twisting motions to operate Deadbolts stainless steel 1 inch throw Electric operation Manufacturer installed continuous duty solenoid Strikes 16 gage curved steel bronze or brass with 1 inch deep box construction lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing Scheduled Lock Series and Design Schlage L series 03A design Certifications a ANSI AI56 13 1994 Grade I Operational Grade I Security b ANSI ASTM F476 84 Grade 31 UL Listed N NAMA X 90 2 4 EXIT DEVICES A Exit Devices Exit devices and exit device accessories shall conform to BHMA A156 3 Grade 1 Trim shall be wrought construction and commercial plain design with straight beveled or DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 6 Doors and Frames Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports smoothly rounded sides corners and edges Keyed devices shall be furnished less cylinders Cylinders shall be as herein specified keyed to building s
383. riodic testing as defined by ASME A17 1 and at ASME A17 1 1996 intervals to maintain each Moving Walk Elevator Escalator Unit s in completely operable like new condition 2 Provide preventative maintenance on each elevator at least monthly for a minimum of four 4 hours Total On Site Time Provide monthly documentation of the same to LAWA 3 Provide preventative maintenance on each escalator and moving walkway at least a minimum of four 4 hours each two weeks Total On Site Time Provide monthly documentation of the same to LAWA An external review of comb plates and skirt step clearances will be performed weekly 4 Periodic lubrication of parts and equipment components as per OEM s recommendation Charts are to be provided for each Unit indicating when services are provided 5 Perform work without removing Units from service during peak traffic periods determined by LAWA as 7 00 a m to 10 30 p m daily 6 Unlimited regular time callbacks are included with a required response time of one 1 hour Regular time will be Monday through Friday 8 00am to 4 30pm exclusive of holidays Overtime Premium time call backs originating from an operational error related to the performance requirements of the equipment shall be borne by the Contractor Page 6 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Walks h 4 i sa Les Angeles World Airports 7 Annual clean down of the Units drip pans pits hoistways pallets hydraulic pumps a
384. rior 2 Shell a Passenger Elevators Sides and back shall be 14 gauge sheet steel with baked enamel interior finish as selected by the Architect Arrange shell to accept interior panels as indicated in drawings b Service Elevators Sides and back shall be 14 gauge rigidized stainless steel sheet steel Pattern SWL or as selected by the Architect Provide sample 3 Canopy Provide minimum 8 0 clear height under canopy Reinforced 14 gauge stainless steel No 4 brushed finish Arrange for hinged top emergency exit including lock and electrical contact as required by Code 4 Suspended Ceiling and Lighting a Provide as shown in Architect s drawings b Provide clear access to the emergency exit per Code requirements 5 Floor Covering a Passenger Elevators Floor by others Wt Ft 10 b Service Elevators 1 4 checker plate stainless steel 6 Front Return Panels and Entrance Columns 14 gauge sheet steel Return panel shall be stationary type applied type Provide faceplate to allow access to car station wiring and fixtures Provide cabinets for special operating features and flush mounted speaker grills for the Hands Free telephone and intercom Finish shall be stainless steel No 4 brushed finish 7 Transoms 14 gauge sheet steel finishes matching front return panels and entrance columns 8 Car Door Panels Same construction as hoistway door panel Finish shall be stainless steel No 4 brushed finish 9 Handr
385. rity Features Handicap Features Standby Power Door Hold Button Monitoring Features Special Features 2 5 CAR PERFORMANCE A Car Speed 3 of contract speed under any loading condition B Car Capacity Safely lower stop and hold 125 of rated load C Car Leveling Zone 1 4 under any loading condition D Door Opening Time 1 Passenger Elevators 1 8 seconds 2 Service Elevators 3 0 seconds E Door Closing Time 1 Passenger Elevators 2 7 seconds 2 Service Elevators 5 1 seconds HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 11 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports We AMAL z Car Floor to Floor Performance Time Seconds from start of doors closing until doors are 3 4 open and car level and stopped at next successive floor under any loading condition or travel direction Based on a floor height of 16 0 Adjust 3 seconds per foot of travel for 200 fpm elevators and 2 seconds for 350 fpm elevators G Car Ride Quality 1 All elevators shall have a maximum decibel reading of 65 dBA with the doors closed during a run in the up direction measured 5 feet above the floor in the center of the cab 2 All elevators shall have a maximum vibration of 15 milligrams in the X Y and Z axis measured with an A95 filter 3 Acceleration and Deceleration Smooth constant and not more than 3 feet second with initial ramp between 0 5 and 0 7
386. rough RJ 45 Ethernet connection and install all devices necessary to monitor items outlined in Section 2 15 Moving Walk Contractor responsible to connect monitoring system interface to machine room monitoring compartment and LAN Wiring from LAN to the machine room monitoring compartment by others Remote Monitoring and Diagnostics Equip each controller with standard ports interface boards and drivers to accept maintenance data logging fault finding diagnostic and monitoring system computers keyboards modems and programming tools The system shall be capable of driving remote color CRT monitors that continually scan and display the status of each moving walk System shall be Lift Net or equal ready compatible System shall be compatible with other building management systems Monitoring system shall not be proprietary to any individual control Provide features described in Section 14 31 00 Escalators M Control Station Provide a control station at both the drive end and return end located near the handrail inlet include a key actuated direction starting switch at each station Restarting shall require first positioning the key to normal center position and then selecting the appropriate direction Restarting with the key in the normal position shall be prevented by the controller MOVING WALKS 14 32 00 13 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz 2 Per Re
387. rports Form metal to profiles indicated in maximum lengths to minimize joints Produce flat flush surfaces without cracking or grain separation at bends Fold back exposed edges of unsupported sheet metal to form a 1 2 inch wide hem on the concealed side or ease edges to a radius of approximately 1 32 inch and support with concealed stiffeners Increase metal thickness or reinforce with concealed stiffeners backing materials or both as needed to provide surface flatness equivalent to stretcher leveled standard of flatness and sufficient strength for indicated use 1 Support joints with concealed stiffeners as needed to hold exposed faces of adjoining sheets in flush alignment Build in straps plates and brackets as needed to support and anchor fabricated items to adjoining construction Reinforce column covers items as needed to attach and support other construction Provide support framing mounting and attachment clips splice sleeves fasteners and accessories needed to install column cover items GLAZING PANEL FABRICATION General Fabricate to sizes and shapes required provide for proper edge clearance and bite on glazing panels 1 Clean cut or flat grind edges at butt glazed sealant joints to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces 2 Grind smooth exposed edges including those at open joints to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces Glass Column Cove
388. rrative description of the demolition sequence and sketches illustrating the path of egress from the facility All loads imparted on the structure shall be shown including rigging elements and loads required for removal Details shall be provided clearly depicting proposed connections of rigging equipment to the existing structure and means proposed to protect existing adjacent finishes Restrictions pertaining to demolition work including work hours cutting and burning removal of demolished escalators LAWA salvage rights shall be per General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of this contract All demolition plans as required per contract documents E Installation and Rigging Plans HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 12 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 1 Seven 7 copies of the installation and rigging plans shall be provided by the contractor for review no later than six 6 weeks prior to start of installation 2 Installation and rigging plans shall include both a narrative description of the installation sequence and sketches illustrating the path of egress through the facility Sizes of openings in the facility shall be clearly indicated 3 All loads imparted on the structure shall be shown 4 Details shall be provided clearly depicting proposed connections of rigging equipment to the existing structure and means propo
389. rs Factory bond glass to base and top rail channels in manufacturer s plant using glazing cement to comply with manufacturer s written specifications COLUMN COVERS Snap Together Type Form column covers to shapes indicated from metal of type and minimum thickness indicated below Return vertical edges and bend to form hook that will engage continuous mounting clips 1 304 Stainless Steel Sheet 11 gauge a Finish custom decorative textured 2 Form returns at vertical joints to provide hairline V joints 3 Fabricate column covers with reveals at horizontal joints produced by forming returns on mating ends of metal column cover sections Provide snap in metal filler strips at reveals Locate horizontal joints as indicated 4 Fabricate base rings intermediate reveals and ceiling rings to match column cover metal finish COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 5 Column Covers Z ES w PART3 3 1 A 3 2 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Glass Column Covers Factory bond glass to base and top rail channels in manufacturer s plant using glazing cement to comply with manufacturer s written specifications GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS Comply with NAAMM s Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes Complete mechanical finishes of flat sheet metal surfaces before fabrication where possible After fabrication finish all joints bends abra
390. s Tracks shall be properly supported on trusses to provide correct alignment and smooth transition to return stations The rolling surface of the track shall be a minimum thickness of 3mm The track radius shall be determined in conformance with these specifications and the following constraints The requirement for requisite number of flat steps shall be met Track loading and wheel size shall be such that interaction force between each wheel and track shall permit escalator to meet requirements specified The guiding system for the step chains and step wheels shall be of zinc plated or galvanized steel profiles with smooth and even running surfaces and with the joints cut diagonally to the running direction The guide profiles shall not be welded together at the joints A second continuous guiding profile shall be provided above the step chain rollers so that the step chains are positively guided in the area of the escalator open to passengers Transition radii shall be based on 2 6m for the upper landing and 2 0m for the lower landing for steps on the passenger side of the escalator Systems including step chain rollers outside the step chain links and relying on stress relieving curves through the transitions shall include stress reliving curves on both the passenger and return sides of the track system at the transition curves HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 26 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ae ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INST
391. s 1 All elevators supplied under this contract shall be the product of a single manufacturer Subject to compliance with the requirements of the Section Elevator Cab design shall be per Contract Drawings MATERIALS HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 7 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Ss A sa Los Angeles World Airports A Except where product conformance to specific standards is indicated on the Contract Drawings and in ASME ANSI A17 1 OEM s standard materials and equipment may be used in elevator construction subject to approval Materials cited below are intended to establish the standard of quality for comparable materials used by the manufacturer w Structural Shapes Plates Sheets and Tubing ASTM A36 Steel Q Sheet Steel ASNI ASTM A446 Grade B D Stainless Steel ASTM A167 Type 316L 1 Stainless steel with embossed texture to be rolled into exposed surface Type 304 or 316L match specified color finish in drawings 3 No 4 Directional polish satin finish Graining directions as shown or if shown in longest dimension 4 No 8 Reflective polish mirror finish 5 Textured SWL or 4LB as manufactured by Rigidized Metals or Windsor pattern 5 SM as manufactured by Rimex Metals or approved equal with 050 inches mean pattern depth with bright directional polish satin finish 6 Burnished Non directional random abrasion pattern E Aluminu
392. s Complying with BHMA A156 5 Grade 1 Mortised type for devices mounted in hollow metal frames Unless otherwise required to interphase with the security access system furnish in 24 volt DC continuous voltage for silent operation Provide each strike with extended lips as required to suit jamb conditions and fail secure function Remote electrical control from card reader or control panel will unlock strike jaw releasing latchbolt of the deadlatch so door can be opened without operating latch by key cylinders from outside of secured room Electric strikes shall be UL listed for up to 3 hour fire door assemblies 1 6200 Series Electric Strikes Von Duprin CLOSERS DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 8 Doors and Frames x Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports A Surface Mounted Closers Closers shall be certified by ETL laboratories and the manufacturer to a minimum of 8 000 000 cycles and meet BHMA A156 4 Grade 1 Closers used in conjunction with overhead stops and holders shall be templated and coordinated to function properly Properly detail closers to meet application requirements by providing drop plates brackets etc to meet application and installation requirements as indicated Comply with manufacturers recommendations for size of door closer depending on size of door stack pressure conditions and anticipated frequency of use Closers shall have adjustable spring power full rack and pinion independent closing speed and latch regu
393. s Include opening size s handing of doors frame throat dimensions details of each frame type elevations of door design types details of construction location and installation requirements of door hardware and reinforcements hardware group numbers details of joints and connections fire label requirements including fire rating time duration maximum temperature rise requirements and smoke label requirements NOTE On the shop drawings indicate the routing of electrical conduit with related dimen sions and locations of required cutouts in doors and frames that are to accept electric hard ware devices C Construction Samples Submit approximately 18 by 24 inches 450 by 600 mm construction samples representing the required construction of doors and frames for Project 1 Doors Show vertical edge top and bottom construction insulation face stiffeners and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement Include glazing stops if applicable 2 Welded Frames Show profile welded corner joint welded hinge reinforcement dust cover boxes floor and wall anchors stops and silencers Include glazing stops if applicable 3 Frames Show profile corner joint welded hinge reinforcement wall anchors stops and silencers D Certificate of Compliance for Fire Rated Doors Provide copies of Certificate of Compliance for all fire rated door assemblies all smoke and draft control door assemblies and all temperature rise rated d
394. s agents or employees Provided however that where such suits claims causes of action liability losses damages demands or expenses arise from or relate to Contractor s performance of a Construction Contract as defined by California Civil Code section 2783 this paragraph shall not be construed to require Contractor to indemnify or hold City harmless to the extent such suits causes of action claims losses demands and expenses are caused by the City s sole negligence willful misconduct or active negligence In addition Contractor agrees to protect defend indemnify keep and hold harmless City including its Boards Departments and City s officers agents servants and employees from and against any and all claims damages liabilities losses and expenses arising out of any threatened alleged or actual claim that the end product provided to LAWA by Contractor violates any patent copyright trade secret proprietary right intellectual property right moral right privacy or similar right or any other rights of any third party anywhere in the world Contractor agrees to and shall pay all damages settlements expenses and costs including costs of investigation court costs and attorney s fees and all other costs and damages sustained or incurred by City arising out of or relating to the matters set forth above in this paragraph of the City s Hold Harmless agreement In Contractor s defense of the City under th
395. s available for each terrazzo type Samples for Verification For each type material color and pattern of terrazzo and accessory required showing the full range of color texture and pattern variations expected Label each terrazzo sample to identify manufacturer s matrix color and aggregate types sizes and proportions Prepare Samples of same thickness and from same material to be used for the Work in size indicated below 1 Terrazzo 6 inch 150 mm square Samples 2 Accessories 6 inch 150 mm long Samples of each exposed strip item required INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Qualification Data Engage an experienced Installer who is a current NTMA member in good standing and who has completed a minimum of 3 terrazzo installations similar in material and extent to that indicated for Project as determined by LAWA over the last 5 years and that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance NOTE A letter from the NTMA dated within 30 days of the bid stating same must be submitted with the bid Any active investigations of contractor s work must be noted in this letter Material Certificates For each type of terrazzo material or product from manufacturer CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance Data For terrazzo to include in maintenance manuals QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications An installer who is a contractor member of NTMA Source Limitations for Aggregates Obtain each c
396. s from damage and stains during transportation erection and construction 2 Available storage space at the site is limited Any additional off site space required including cost is responsibility of the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier 3 Allocate available site storage areas and coordinate their use with LAWA and the work of other contractors 4 Provide suitable temporary weather tight storage facilities as may be required for materials that will be stored in the open 5 Deliver material in manufacturer s original unopened protective packaging DEFINITIONS A Heavy duty escalator An escalator designed specifically for transit system usage Substantially different from commercial units in the design of truss machine step chain step chain tensioning device steps brake and other components equipment Flat steps Number of flat steps shall be measured from edge of comb plate in horizontal direction to first exposure of a riser at upper and lower landings Working points Points of intersection of step nosing line and the horizontal line of the top and bottom landing plates at finish elevation Special tools Tools designed specifically for tasks associated with escalator examinations maintenance and repair or those which are required for these tasks and are not readily available through normal purchasing channels Step width The horizontal distance between skirt panels HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 2 TYPE E
397. s imposed on guide rails requiring load transfer to the building structure d Loads on hoisting beams e Clearances and travel of car and counterweight run by f Clear inside hoistway and pit dimensions g Location and sizes of access doors hoistway entrances and frames h Car amp Hall signal and operating fixtures i Remote wiring layouts for each elevator j Refuge space on top of car and pit k Control room machine area pit and hoistway layout l Cab design dimensions and layout m Hoistway door and frame details 6 Complete assembly detail of machine machine mounting machine beam assembly dead end hitch and beam assemblies governors safeties counterweights with all load calculations be Shop drawings shall include complete schematic and connection diagrams for the controller and all electrical devices including a legend for components 8 Controller information should include complete I O list 9 All drawings shall be provided on CD ROM in AutoCAD 2008 format D Samples 1 Submit six 6 samples minimum 4 by 4 in size of all finish materials including but not limited to the following Cab Flooring Ceiling including surface material supporting frame and light fixture Cab Interior including car door front return wall finish etc Fixture faceplate ae of HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 2 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specificatio
398. s in Doors 0 038 inch 0 95 mm thick stainless steel Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Doors 0 038 inch 0 95 mm thick stainless steel Top and Bottom Channels Closed with continuous channels 0 062 inch 1 59 mm thick stainless steel a Securely fastened using adhesive Hardware Reinforcement Fabricate according to ANSI NAAMM HMMA 866 with reinforcing plates from stainless steel Electrical Hardware Enclosures Provide enclosures and junction boxes within doors for electrically operated door hardware interconnected with UL approved 1 2 inch 12 7 mm diameter conduit and connectors a Where indicated for installation of wiring provide access plates to junction boxes fabricate from same material and thickness as face sheet and fasten with at least four security fasteners spaced not more than 6 inches 152 mm o c B Performance Level A ANSI A250 4 C Materials 1 2 Stainless Steel Sheet ASTM A 240 A 240M austenitic stainless steel Type 304 or 316 as indicated Steel Sheet ASTM A 1008 A 1008M or ASTM A 1011 A 1011M Commercial Steel CS Type B Metallic Coated Steel Sheet ASTM A 653 A 653M Commercial Steel CS Type B with minimum G60 Z180 or A60 ZF180 metallic coating Foam Plastic Insulation Manufacturer s standard polystyrene board insulation with maximum flame spread and smoke developed indexes of 75 and 450 respectively according to ASTM E 84 Enclose insulation completely within door
399. s through the holes in all weight sections Paint color as selected 1 A required counterweight screen where no compensation is used The bottom of the counterweight shall have a buffer striking plate and means to attach knock off blocks during rope stretch L Idler Sheave To be located directly above the counterweight frame and integral with counterweight frame The sheave material shall be accurately machined of semi steel of hardness BHN 220 250 or as per manufacturer s requirements M Governor Friction type over speed self resetting governor rated for the duty of the elevator specified and to operate the car safety The finish of pit tension sheave shall be factory paint 1 Locate the governor where the car or the counterweight in case of over travel cannot strike it and where there is adequate space for full movement of governor parts 2 An electrical governor overspeed protective switch that where operated shall remove from the driving machine motor and brake before or at the time of application of the safety 3 Seal and tag the governor with the running speed tripping speed and date last tested as required by Code 4 Operation rest of the governor shall not require the installation of an overhead access panel Status of the governor shall be capable of being monitored remotely at the elevator controller N Tension Sheave Provide tension sheave in accordance with OEM s governor and car safety loading requirements
400. second hold time reduce time doors remain open to an adjustable time of approximately 1 0 1 5 seconds after beams are reestablished 4 Differential Door Time Provide separately adjustable timers to vary time that doors remain open after stopping in response to calls a Car Call Hold open time adjustable between 3 0 and 5 0 seconds b Hall Call Hold open time adjustable between 5 0 and 8 0 seconds HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT Guide Rails 1 Guides shall be steel T section rails Rail surfaces shall be machined smooth to ensure proper operation of guides Rail ends shall be accurately machined with tongue and matching groove centrally located on web Non wearing rail surfaces are to be painted in color selected by the Architect LAWA 2 Guides shall be joined and installed in accordance with Section 2 23 of the Code 3 Guide rails are not to be in view from within the elevator cab Car Buffers Oil type with blocking and support for car contract speeds exceeding 200 fpm Spring type for speeds of 200 fpm or less Counterweight Buffers Oil type with blocking and support for contract speeds exceeding 200 fpm Spring type for speeds of 200 fpm or less Roller Guides Roller guides shall be mounted on top and bottom of the car and counterweight frames to engage the guide rails Provide slide guides with renewable oil less inserts where C3 loading is required Suspension Means If steel core ropes are supplied a means to provide constant lu
401. security system components B Interior Door Core Construction Doors shall be stiffened by continuous vertically formed steel sections which upon assembly shall span the full thickness of the interior space between door faces These stiffeners shall be 0 026 inch 0 6 mm minimum thickness spaced so that the vertical interior webs shall be not more than 6 inches 150 mm apart and spot welded to face sheets a maximum of 5 inches 127 mm o c Place filler between stiffeners for full height of door G Fire Door Cores A continuous mineral fiberboard core permanently bonded to the inside face of the outer face sheet unless otherwise required to provide fire protection and temperature rise ratings indicated D Astragals As required by NFPA 80 to provide fire ratings indicated E Top and Bottom Channels Spot weld metal channels having a thickness of not less than thickness of face sheet not more than 6 inches 150 mm o c to face sheets 1 Reinforce tops and bottoms of doors with inverted horizontal channels of same material as face sheet so flanges of channels are even with bottom and top edges of face sheets F Hardware Reinforcement Fabricate reinforcing from the same material as door to comply with the following Offset reinforcement so that faces of mortised hardware items are flush with door surfaces 1 Hinges and Pivots 7 gauge 0 167 inch 4 2 mm thick by 1 1 2 inches 38 mm wide by 9 inches 229 mm 2 Lock Front
402. sed to protect existing adjacent finishes F Samples 1 Submit 6 samples for the following a Handrail 6 lineal inch length of proposed handrail b Decking 6 inch square sample of proposed decking material C Skirting 6 inch square sample of proposed skirting material d Floor Plate 6 inch square sample of proposed floor plate material 2 Samples shall be clearly labeled to reflect a Project Name b Contract Number Description of Sample G Maintenance programs within sixty 60 days after notice to proceed and prior to installation Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall submit detailed interim and revenue service maintenance programs showing functions to be performed and their scheduled frequency H Operating and Maintenance Manuals Prior to installation Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall submit seven 7 complete sets of operation and maintenance manuals for approval After LAWA approval and prior to the beginning of acceptance testing twelve 12 sets of the approved manuals shall be provided by the Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier The manuals shall include the following 1 Complete table of contents 2 Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of equipment including disassembly and assembly of drive system handrail drive assembly and track system Included will be complete illustrated exploded views of all assemblies and a complete illustrated e
403. service during regular working hours Require service and emergency personnel to report to LAW A s representative on site upon arrival at the building and again on completion of the required work Furnish a copy of the work ticket containing a complete description of the work performed to the LAWA representative Maintain a preventative maintenance checklist in the machinery space to itemize individual component parts as determined by the original equipment manufacturer which require weekly monthly quarterly or yearly inspection Include on the checklist the building name equipment serial numbers examination or service frequency examination hours individual escalator components examined or serviced Make check list adjustment intervals frequent enough to maintain the escalators and moving walks in optimum operating condition Maintain an inventory at all times and available for immediate delivery and installation a sufficient supply of emergency parts for repair of each unit Provide materials or parts to be used which are genuine original manufacturers renewal parts Regularly and systematically examine inspect properly adjust clean lubricate and if conditions warrant repair or replace all mechanical structural and electrical escalator moving walk equipment components including but not limited to the following 1 Machine and related components including but not limited to thrust bearings sprockets gears shafts bearings brak
404. shop drawings showing the extent of each terrazzo matrix type size and layout of divider strips control joint strips and edge strips 1 Indicate layout of abrasive strips at stair nosings 2 Indicate layout of stair treads risers and landings 3 Large scale details of precast terrazzo jointing and edge conditions including anchorage details Samples Submit samples of each of the following items for each type color and pattern of terrazzo and accessory required and in size indicated below Sample submittals shall be for color pattern and texture only Compliance with other requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor Epoxy Terrazzo 6 inch 150 mm square Samples Precast Epoxy Terrazzo Base 12 inch 300 mm long Samples Precast Epoxy Terrazzo Tread 12 inch 300 mm long Samples Precast Epoxy Terrazzo Riser 12 inch 300 mm long Samples Accessories 6 inch 150 mm long Samples of each exposed strip item required ca NOTE With previous terrazzo installations at the airport a minimum of three sample runs have been required in order to achieve the approved design Field Testing Submit pre installation relative humidity probe readings and pH testing for information only Readings shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM F2170 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 1 Flooring Z ES m T 1 5 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Maintenance Data Submit copies of
405. sions and other surface blemishes to match sheet finish Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable temporary protective covering before shipping Appearance of Finished Work Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one half of the range of approved Samples Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast EXECUTION EXAMINATION Examine substrates areas and conditions with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of column covers Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected INSTALLATION Locate and place column covers level and plumb and in alignment with adjacent construction Perform cutting drilling and fitting required to install column covers 1 Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations followed by complete refinishing or provide new units as required Use concealed anchorages where possible Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where needed to protect metal surfaces Form tight joints with exposed connections accuratel
406. sive bond Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by the carpet manufacturer 3 Use leveling and patching compounds recommended by flooring manufacturer for filling cracks holes and depressions in the substrate Surface shall be smooth level and at proper elevation Remove ridges roughness and protrusions from concrete surfaces by grinding D Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet E Carpet installation shall not commence until painting and finishing work are complete and ceiling and overhead work is tested approved and completed F Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 3 INSTALLATION A General Comply with the manufacturer s instructions specified industry standards and recommendations and as required to match the accepted sample installations Apply adhesive in accordance with adhesive manufacturer s directions B Adhere all full size perimeter tiles and cut tiles with a full spread of adhesive Dry fit cut tiles and apply adhesive to tile back after tile has been cut Use full uncut tiles down the center of corridors and where necessary cut perimeter tiles to butt walls 1 Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces permanent fixtures and built in furniture including cabinets pipes outlets edgings thresholds and nosings Bind or seal cut edges as recommen
407. slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer WARRANTY Carpet Manufacturer s Warranty Written warranty signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic failure of substrate vandalism or abuse Failures include but are not limited to more than 10 percent loss of face fiber wear static buildup in excess of 3 0 kV when tested under the Standard Shuffle Test at 70 deg F 21 deg C and 20 RH edge raveling tuft bind loss shrinkage zippering wet or dry and delamination Warrantees shall be full term not pro rated for the specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period 10 years from date of Substantial Completion EXTRA MATERIALS AND ATTIC STOCK Attic Stock Package and deliver usable remnants of carpet to a storage room as directed by LAWA at the conclusion of the job Include pieces of broadloom 20 square feet 1 86 sq m in area or greater PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 A CARPET Carpet Types Provide manufacturers commercial grade broadloom carpet for 100 glue down installation Provide carpet tile by one of the following 1 Interface 2 Lees Mohawk Industries 3 Milliken SHEET CARPETING 09 68 16 3 Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles Worl
408. ss mirrors nominal 6 0 mm thick ABS Plastic Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene resin formulation TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 2 Public Rest Rooms Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 2 A PUBLIC USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Basis of Design Product Subject to LAWA approval provide and indicate on the drawings the following products 1 Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc 2 Georgia Pacific 3 Bradley Toilet Tissue Jumbo Roll Dispenser 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick 2892 Di Description Stainless Steel Twin Jumbo Roll Toilet tissue dispenser 3 Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Paper Towel Dispenser 1 Basis of Design Product Georgia Pacific 59466 2 Material and Finish Stainless steel No 4 finish satin Recessed Waste Receptacle 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 3644 2 Mounting Recessed 3 Material and Finish Stainless steel Semi Recessed Waste Receptacle 1 Basis of Design Product Bradley 334 10 2 Mounting Semi Recessed 3 Material and Finish Stainless steel Waste Receptacle Large Capacity Stand Alone 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 2280 Ds Mounting Stand Alone 3 Material and Finish Stainless steel Liquid Soap Dispenser 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 830 2 Description Sureflo Soap Dispensing System Grab Bar corner 1 Basis of Design Product Bobrick B 68137 TOILET ACCESSOR
409. ssembly a Use deep leg deflection track where indicated b Use proprietary firestop track where indicated INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING FRAMING Suspended Ceiling Framing 1 Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing countersplaying or other equally effective means 2 Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards 3 Attach hangers to structural members Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to permanent metal forms steel deck tabs steel roof decks ducts pipes or conduit 4 Secure wire hangers by looping and wire tying to eyescrews or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail 5 Secure rod and flat hangers to structure including intermediate framing members by attaching to devices and fasteners that
410. stallation Latex portland cement ANSI A108 10 C Mediumset Tile Only where indicated Install in accordance with the mortar manufacturer s recommendations and requirements indicated below for ANSI setting bed methods TCA installation methods related to types of subfloor construction and grout ANSI installation methods and grout types Where recommendations and methods conflict the manufacturer s recommendations shall apply 1 Mortar Latex Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108 5 2 Concrete Subfloors Interior TCA F113 except apply medium set bed thickness a With a trowel having notches sized as recommended by the mortar manufacturer comb the surface of the mortar with the notched side of the trowel removing excess mortar Spread only as much mortar as can be covered in the time limits established by the mortar manufacturers recommendations b Wipe the back of each tile with a damp sponge to remove all dust or dirt immediately before applying mortar to tiles TILING 09 30 00 7 Flooring sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz Immediately after wiping tile backs but prior to placing tile the mortar shall be troweled to back of tile for 100 coverage to thickness of not less than 1 16 inch 1 5 mm Place tiles onto mortar bed maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints and true accurate pattern as shown Exercise care to quickly remove spillage from faces of tile using water Rake out joints to depth requi
411. steel trowel allowing cloth to be encapsulated but remain exposed on the surface of flexible epoxy membrane Lightly abrade or solvent wipe treated cracks prior to applying primer NOTE For the floor leveling purposes the Bid cost for Epoxy Terrazzo shall include the price for installing a 5 8 minimum epoxy sand level INSTALLATION General Comply with NTMA specifications and recommendations unless otherwise shown or specified for installation of strips placing curing grinding and finishing of terrazzo Make provisions for protecting adjacent work from terrazzo placement and finishing 1 Extend terrazzo work into recesses and under equipment in the spaces shown or scheduled to receive terrazzo Form a complete covering without interruptions or seams except provide divider strips where shown Place and finish terrazzo uniformly and neatly around obstructions so as to achieve continuous color pattern and finish throughout the Work 2 Complete terrazzo work prior to contiguous work which might be damaged by water or other materials used Epoxy Terrazzo 1 Control Joints Stop Strips and Divider Strips a Control Joints Place back to back angle divider strips directly over concrete control joints leaving a space appropriate for anticipated movement typically 1 4 3 8 Fill gap between control joints with divider strip joint sealant If flexible membrane was placed greater than 72 hours before placement of
412. stems Procedures for adjusting all elevator equipment including pictorials Troubleshooting techniques Detailed lubrication and cleaning schedule indicating weekly monthly quarterly semiannual and annual lubrication and a description of each lubrication point lubrication type and specification Control and schematic electrical wiring diagrams of controller including wiring of safety devices to connections with remote indication and control panels for each elevator or group of elevators Electrical layout showing placement of lighting light switches receptacles light fixtures disconnect switches and convenience outlets in machinery control room spaces and pits Complete detailed drawings and wiring diagram of elevator system fault finding device and connection to annunciator panel As built drawings for final elevator installation controller and truss wiring Also provide As built drawings on CD ROM in AutoCAD 2008 format HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 1421 00 3 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification a gf Los Angeles World Airports G Certification 1 The elevator manufacturer shall provide copies of all documents related to maintenance safety operations design changes modifications retrofits etc which relate to any part component equipment system subsystem or material and services applicable to the elevators provided 2 All of the above referenced shall be pr
413. stings of another testing and inspecting agency ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 51 13 1 Ceiling Systems Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 2 Surface Burning Characteristics Acoustical panels complying with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials when tested per ASTM E 84 Q Seismic Standard Comply with the following 1 Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety Document requirements NOTE Refer to LADBS document number P BC 2008 40 Recommended Standards for Suspended Ceiling Assemblies This document provides guidelines for designing and installing a suspended ceiling assembly and provides standard support configurations for typical conditions This document can be found online at www ladbs org D Mockups Build mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution 1 Approved mockups are not to become part of the completed Work NOTE The ceiling installing shall not installed until the installation mock up has been approved by LAWA 1 6 EXTRA MATERIALS A Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS B In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists the following requirements apply for product selection 1 Products Subject to com
414. structions specified industry standards and recommendations and as required to match the accepted sample installations 1 Carpet Layout Cutting and Edge Trim Seaming Prior to applying adhesives place seams at locations indicated on accepted shop drawings All carpet rolls shall be installed in the exact roll number sequence as listed on the carpet rolls Maintain direction of pattern texture and lay of pile Side to end seaming shall not be allowed All edges of all rolls of carpet shall be finish trimmed prior to laying to assure a perfect seam condition and carpet match All trimmed edges shall then be treated with latex seaming adhesive to assure that loose and cut yarns are not left to ravel or pull out a Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces permanent fixtures and built in furniture including cabinets pipes outlets edgings thresholds and nosings Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer b Extend carpet into closets and offsets and under movable equipment of the rooms and spaces shown or scheduled to receive carpet including recessed covers within those spaces c Provide cutouts as required for removable access covers in substrates except do not cutout for floor closer cover plates Bind edges neatly and secure to substrate Cut only 3 sides wherever it is feasible to provide carpet flap in lieu of fully removable cutout d At doorways center seams under door in closed position do
415. system members and attachment to building structure Ceiling mounted or penetrating items including light fixtures air outlets and inlets speakers sprinklers recessed shades and special moldings at walls column penetrations and other junctures of acoustical ceilings with adjoining construction 3 Shade mounting assembly and attachment 4 Size and location of access to shade operator chain locations motor and adjustable components 5 Minimum Drawing Scale 1 4 inch 1 foot 1 48 Samples for Initial Selection For each colored component of each type of shade indicated 1 Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection Samples for Verification 1 Complete full size operating unit not less than 16 inches 400 mm wide for each type of roller shade indicated 2 For each finish product specified one complete set of shade components unassembled demonstrating compliance with specified requirements Shadecloth sample and aluminum finish sample as selected Mark face of material to indicate interior faces ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 1 Window Treatment Z gz Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 3 For the following products a Shade Material Not less than 3 inches 76 mm square with specified treatments applied Mark face of material b Window Treatment Schedule For roller shades Use same designations indicated on Drawings F Product Certificates For each type of roller shade
416. t Police immediately upon discovery and assist in determining loss Notwithstanding this paragraph in no instance is the Contractor made liable for loss or damage of LAWA furnished facilities when the loss or damage was not caused by Contractor s negligence Access to Premises The Contractor shall not permit any unauthorized access to individuals to the work area and shall enforce all applicable LAWA orders rules regulations and instructions These requirements shall also be applicable to all individuals with regard to access removal and or possession of classified data materials supplies equipment and all LAWA owned property at the locations designated in Service Agreement Access to FIS areas is controlled by the Federal Agencies and subject to their rules and restrictions Contractors employees working in the FIS areas are subject to extensive background checks by these Agencies Equipment and materials located on the Airport but not being used shall be left at locations to be designated by LAWA All other operations of the Contractor shall be confined to the areas authorized or approved by LAWA Areas adjacent to the work will be made available for temporary use by the Contractor without cost whenever such use will not interfere with other purposes The Contractor shall be liable for any damage caused to such premises The Contractor shall restore areas used for operations or for storage and all areas adjacent to the work to their
417. t turn around points at upper and lower portions of truss shall be provided This system shall be separate from the water drain in order to prevent the discharge of spent lubricants HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 29 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 4 Access to drip pans at lower landings of escalators for the purpose of cleaning drain catch basins shall be provided G Handrails 1 General a Handrails shall receive their motion from main escalator drive through direct gearings and drive shaft or drive chains so that handrail and steps operate at the same speed in each direction of travel Driving and guiding wheels for solid balustrade escalators shall have a groove to accept the wedge on the underside of the handrail b A means to take up handrail slack using a tensioning device where required shall be located within escalators In addition an approved method of releasing the device for repair or removal of handrails shall be provided C Newels meeting the following requirements shall be provided 1 Newels shall be designed and constructed so that handrail shall return into newel end at a point inconspicuous and difficult for passengers to reach 2 Newel sheaves shall be provided at upper and lower newels and shall be of cast metal construction Newel sheaves are not required for the glass balustrade escalators 2 H
418. t types Where recommendations and methods conflict the manufacturer s recommendations shall apply 1 Mortar Latex Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108 5 2 Concrete Subfloors Interior TCA F113 a With a trowel having notches sized as recommended by the mortar manufacturer comb the surface of the mortar with the notched side of the trowel removing excess mortar Spread only as much mortar as can be covered in the time limits established by the mortar manufacturers recommendations b Wipe the back of each tile with a damp sponge to remove all dust or dirt immediately before applying mortar to tiles c Immediately after wiping tile backs but prior to placing tile the mortar shall be troweled to back of tile for 100 coverage to thickness of not less than 1 16 inch 1 5 mm d Place tiles onto mortar bed maintaining 1 8 inch 3 mm wide joints and true accurate pattern as shown Exercise care to quickly remove spillage from faces of tile using water Rake out joints to depth required to receive grout as tile units are set e Prohibit foot and wheel traffic on tiled floors for period of time as recommended by the mortar manufacturer 09 3000 6 Flooring 5 Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports 3 Grout Installation Latex portland cement ANSI A108 10 B Thinset Tile over Waterproof Membrane Toilet Rooms Kitchens and any other wet areas in addition to all concrete slabs on grade Install in accordance with
419. t will be interpreted to mean that the Contractor agrees to meet all requirements of this specification and any conflicts with the work of other trades brought about by the use of the selected manufacturer s equipment will not result in any added cost to LAWA D Professional Engineer Qualifications A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in the State of California and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of elevators and escalators that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material design and extent E Standards The following standards shall govern the vertical transportation work Where standards conflict that standard with the more stringent requirements shall be applicable 1 Elevator Escalator and Moving Walk Code In addition to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction comply with the latest edition of ASME A17 1 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators ASME A17 2 Guide for Inspection of Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks and ASME A17 5 Requirements for Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment including supplements as published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Wherever Code is referred to in the vertical transportation specifications the ASME A17 1 Code shall be implied VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 7 Elevators Escalators and
420. tart system shall be solid state and shall include provisions for adjustment of starting ramp rate K Solid State Reduced Voltage Starter 1 The solid state reduced voltage shall provide microprocessor controlled starting for standard three phase squirrel cage induction motors The following features shall be built in the controller Motor Protection Metering Scan port communication LCD Display Keypad programming three programmable auxiliary contacts The controller shall connect to the PAC via DeviceNet networking 2 Power Monitoring parameters include a Three Phase current b Three Phase voltage C Power in kW d Power usage in kWh e Power factor f Motor thermal capacity usage g Elapse time h A serial interface port is provided as standard L Maintenance Receptacles 1 Electric power receptacles shall be furnished and installed in the upper and lower pits by the General Contractor Each receptacle shall be of the duplex type waterproof for exterior escalators GFI grounded and rated for one hundred and twenty 120 volts at twenty 20 amperes The receptacles in the pits will be surface mounted on the walls not less than thirty 80 inches from the floor Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall coordinate location with the Engineer and LAWA M Maintenance Drive Unit 1 The included variable frequency drive VFD shall provide a means for reduced speed maintenance operation that shall be controlled by a
421. ted engraved signage as follows with approved size and font a Phase II firefighters operating instructions on rear of locked Phase II compartment door Car number over main and auxiliary car operating panel No Smoking over main car operating panel Include reference to Los Angeles Municipal Code d Car capacity in pounds on main car operating panel Include reference to Los Angeles Municipal Code HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT TYPE MACHINE ROOM LESS ELEVATORS 14 21 00 23 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Guide Specification Les Angeles World Airports We AMAL e 3 16 Push for Alarm and telephone usage instructions f 1 8 City of Los Angeles Elevator Code anti panic signage C Car Position Indicators Provide segmented digital readout type with 2 high minimum indications Locate at top of each car operating panel at a height no lower than 6 6 above the finished floor Indicator shall provide car position and direction of travel and include an adjustable electronic floor passing chime As the car passes or stops at a floor served by the elevator the corresponding designation shall illuminate and an audible signal will sound The audible signal shall be no less than 20 decibles with a frequency no higher than 1500 D Floor Annunciator Provide digitized voice annunciator providing both male and female voices in a system capable of up to 5 minutes of speech Messages shall include the following announcements
422. terminal block Reconfiguration of switch groups shall not require rewiring of the hardwired line voltage motor power supply wiring or the low voltage control wiring Reconfiguration of switch groups shall be accomplished within the motor control device Wall Switches a b Three button architectural flush mounted switches with metal cover plate and no exposed fasteners Connect local wall switches to control system components via low voltage 12V DC 4 conductor modular cable equipped with RJ 11 type connectors supplied installed and certified Connect master wall switches to control system components via low voltage 12V DC 6 conductor modular cable equipped with RJ 12 type connectors supplied installed and certified PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates areas and conditions with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances operational clearances accurate locations of connections to building electrical system and other conditions affecting performance 1 Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 2413 7 Window Treatment Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 3 2 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION A Install roller shades level plumb and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer s written instructions Allow clearances for window operation hardware B Installe
423. th applicable requirements of ANSI BHMA A156 115 and A156 115W specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware Factory reinforce doors and frames to receive surface applied HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 8 Doors and Frames Guide Specification Za Los Angeles World Ai Sat Los Angeles rie irports hardware Factory drill and tap for surface applied hardware except at pushplates and kickplates provide reinforcing only 1 Locate hardware according to HMMA 831 Recommended Hardware Locations for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames or otherwise directed by LAWA 2 8 STEEL SHEET FINISHES A General Clean treat and prime surfaces of fabricated hollow metal door and frame work inside and out whether exposed or concealed in the construction B Surface Preparation Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC SP 1 Solvent Cleaning remove dirt oil grease or other contaminants that could impair paint bond Remove mill scale shavings filings and rust if present complying with SSPC SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning C Factory Priming for Field Painted Finish Apply shop primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment Apply a sufficient number of coats baked on to obtain uniformly smooth exposed surfaces Touch up surfaces having runs smears or bare spots 1 Shop Primer Manufacturer s or fabricator s standard fast curing corrosion inhibiting lead and chromate free universal primer complying with ANSI
424. tic white TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 5 Public Rest Rooms Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 2 6 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES 2 7 FABRICATION A General Fabricate units with tight seams and joints and exposed edges rolled Hang doors and access panels with full length continuous hinges Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion resistant backing plates B Keys Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying The total number of keys for each accessory shall be determined by LAWA PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Install accessories according to manufacturers written instructions using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer Install units level plumb and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated B Grab Bars Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf when tested according to ASTM F 446 3 2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A Adjust accessories for unencumbered smooth operation Replace damaged or defective items B Remove temporary labels and protective coatings C Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer s written recommendations END OF SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 6 Public Rest Rooms Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 10 43 13 DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3
425. ticle Assembly Performance Requirements Tie Wire ASTM A 641 A 641M Class 1 zinc coating soft temper 0 0625 inch 1 59 mm diameter wire or double strand of 0 0475 inch 1 21 mm diameter wire Hanger Attachments to Overhead Decks Suitable for application indicated fabricated from corrosion resistant materials with eyepins clips or other devices for attaching hangers and capable of sustaining without failure a load equal to 10 times that imposed by the complete ceiling system Hangers As follows 1 Wire Hangers ASTM A 641 A 641M Class 1 zinc coating soft temper 0 162 inch 4 12 mm diameter 2 Rod Hangers ASTM A 510 ASTM A 510M mild carbon steel NON STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 22 16 2 Walls x Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports a Diameter 1 4 inch 6 34 mm b Protective Coating ASTM A 153 A 153M hot dip galvanized 3 Flat Hangers Commercial steel sheet ASTM A 653 A 653M G60 Z180 hot dip galvanized a Size 1 by 3 16 inch 25 4 by 4 76 mm by length indicated E Carrying Channels Cold rolled commercial steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0 0538 inch 1 37 mm a minimum 1 2 inch 12 7 mm wide flange with manufacturer s standard corrosion resistant zinc coating F Furring Channels Furring Members Commercial steel sheet with ASTM A 653 A 653M G40 Z120 hot dip galvanized zinc coating 1 Cold Rolled Channels 0 0538 inch 1 37 mm bare steel thickn
426. tics indicated Mounting For factory mounted tile provide back or edge mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated Tile Trim Units Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with sizes and coursing where applicable 09 30 00 2 Flooring Z ES 2 2 A 2 3 TILING Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports ACCESSORY MATERIALS Thresholds Fabricate to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes Bevel edges at 1 2 slope limit height of bevel to 1 2 inch 12 7 mm or less and finish bevel to match face of threshold 1 Marble Thresholds ASTM C503 with a minimum abrasion resistance of 12 per ASTM C 1353 or ASTM C 241 and with honed finish a Description Uniform fine to medium grained white stone with gray veining Waterproofing for all Wet Areas and Existing Concrete Slabs on Grade 1 Fabric Reinforced Fluid Applied Product System consisting of liquid latex rubber and fabric reinforcement which are compatible with mortar bed specified and complying with ANSI A118 10 one of the following a Custom Building Products 9240 Waterproofing and Anti Fracture Membrane b LATICRETE International Inc Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane i MAPEI Corporation Mapelastic 400 NOTE All wet areas such as but not limited to kitchens and rest rooms and all existing concrete slabs on grade shall incorporate a waterproofing membrane as part of the flo
427. tile products with requirements specified for slip resistance Maintenance instructions Submit maintenance instructions for each type of product installed QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Engage an installer with a minimum of 5 years of successful commercial tile installations similar in material design and scope to that indicated Source Limitations for Tile Obtain tile from one source or producer and from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area Field Constructed Sample Installations Before installing tile erect sample installations for each form of construction and finish required to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution Build sample installations to comply with the following requirements using materials indicated for final unit of Work 09 30 00 1 Flooring Z gz 1 6 1 7 PART 2 2 1 TILING Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 Locate sample installations on site in locations and size indicated or if not shown or indicated as directed by LAWA but not less than 100 sq ft 9 29 sq m area for floors and not less than 100 sq ft 9 29 sq m area for walls 2 Retain and maintain sample installations during construction in undisturbed condition as a standard for judging completed unit of Work 3 Approved sample installations may becom
428. ting and workmanship Replace unsatisfactory work as directed Maintain sample installations during construction as a standard for judging acceptability of terrazzo work Properly finished and maintained sample installations shall be retained as a portion of the completed work PROJECT CONDITIONS Deliver materials other than bulk materials in manufacturer s unopened containers fully identified with trade name grade and color Store materials above grade protected from the weather soiling or damage from any source Store in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Wrap precast units individually in polyethylene film or other nonstaining protective cover and mark each unit for proper identification of installed location RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 2 Flooring Z ES Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 1 6 PROTECTION A Protect terrazzo work throughout the construction period so that it will be without any indication of use or damage at the time of acceptance by LAWA 1 7 WARRANTY A Manufacturer and installer shall supply to LAWA a three year Joint and Several Warranty from the date of substantial completion stating that the Moisture Vapor Barrier shall protect the epoxy terrazzo installation from moisture related blistering or disbondment and that in the event of defects related to moisture vapor transmission within the stipulated period the manufacturer and installer shall jointly or severally effe
429. tion B Mounting Brackets Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces square and plumb at locations indicated END OF SECTION 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10 44 16 3 Specialties Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 12 24 13 ROLLER SHADES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 A SUMMARY This Section includes roller shades with manual and electrical shade operators NOTE Any window treatment is optional Window treatment is used primarily to reduce heat gain into the building and to improve the readability of electronic signage during certain times of the day SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product indicated Include styles material descriptions construction details dimensions of individual components and profiles features finishes operating instructions and typical wiring diagrams including integration of motor controllers with building management system audiovisual and lighting control systems as applicable Shop Drawings Show location and extent of roller shades Include elevations sections details and dimensions not shown in Product Data Show installation details mountings attachments to other work operational clearances and relationship to adjoining work Coordination Drawings Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other based on input from installers of the items involved 1 Ceiling suspension
430. tion section is to be utilized 1 2 DEFINITIONS A Aggregate Marble chips or other types of aggregate 1 3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A Preinstallation Conference Conduct conference at LAX 1 Review methods and procedures related to terrazzo including but not limited to the following a Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades b Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials Installer s personnel equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays Cc Review special terrazzo designs and patterns d Review procedures for coping with unfavorable forecasted weather conditions 1 4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product B Shop Drawings Include terrazzo installation requirements Include plans elevations sections component details and attachments to other work Show layout of the following Divider strips Control joint strips Expansion joint strips Accessory strips Abrasive strips Pie ba PORTLAND CEMENT TERRAZZO FLOORING 096613 1 Flooring Z ES Q 1 5 1 6 1 7 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports 6 Stair treads risers and landings 7 Terrazzo patterns Samples For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified 6 inches 150 mm in size Samples for Initial Selection NTMA color plates showing the full range of colors and pattern
431. tment will be made at Agreement commencement date and thereafter as provided in the Agreement Use competent personnel acceptable to LAWA employed by and supervised by the equipment installer 8 Escalator Moving Walk Maintenance Agreement Provide full preventative maintenance service of the equipment for a period of 12 months from the date of acceptance by VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 16 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz LAWA This service shall include weekly examinations of not less than 1 hour per examination per escalator moving walk by competent and trained personnel and shall include all necessary adjustments greasing oiling cleaning supplies and replacements of parts to keep the equipment in perfect operation except such parts made necessary by negligence not caused by this Contractor Use parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment All costs in connection with such maintenance shall be included in the agreement price a Include 24 hour per day 7 day per week emergency Call Back Service for all escalators and moving walks should operational problems or shut downs develop between service periods 1 Response Time Two hours or less Take equipment out of service for scheduled routine preventative maintenance during non peak usage of the equipment as approved by LAWA Perform preventative maintenance
432. to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency C STC Rated Assemblies Indicated by design designations from GA 600 Fire Resistance Design Manual D Single Source Responsibility for Panel Products Obtain each type of gypsum board and other panel products from a single manufacturer E Single Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials Obtain finishing materials from either the same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver materials in original packages containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier B Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather direct sunlight surface contamination corrosion construction traffic and other causes Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 00 1 Walls Z ES C gt 1 6 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Handle gypsum board to prevent damage to edges ends and surfaces Do not bend or otherwise damage metal corner beads and trim PRE INSTALLATION MEETING Prior to start of each type of gypsum wallboard system and at the Contractors direction meet at the site and review the installation procedures and coordination with other Work Meeting shall include Contractor Architect and major material manufacturer as
433. to be addressed methods and procedures to be used and specified tolerances to be maintained for all equipment g Diagnostic test device complete with access codes adjusters manuals and set up manuals for adjustment diagnosis and troubleshooting of elevator system and performance of routine safety tests 2 Preventive Maintenance Contract Furnish properly executed contract for continuing preventive maintenance Utilize contract form provided by LAWA Be Acceptance of such records by LAWA Design Consultant shall not be a waiver of any Provider deviation from Contract Documents or shop drawings or in any way relieve Provider from his responsibility to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents G Materials And Tools General Within sixty days following initial acceptance of the elevator escalator moving walk installation provide written information and diagnostic tools necessary for proper maintenance and adjustment of the equipment as follows 1 Provide two copies and one mylar reproducible of all wiring diagrams including straight line wiring diagrams of all as built and installed elevator electrical circuits with index of location and function of all components Provide logic diagram for all microprocessors NOTE Leave one complete set of corrected installation diagrams and wiring dope sheets on the job for each unit Ds Provide two copies of all final construction and installation drawings 3 Provide three neatly
434. to test for moisture and alkalinity of the substrate Test for moisture by relative humidity probe and digital meter method according to ASTM F 2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using In situ Probes and the probe manufactures instructions Use a minimum of 1 probe for every 5 000 s f of surface to receive terrazzo flooring Proceed with the epoxy floor system installation only after substrates have a maximum relative humidity measurement reading of 75 percent in 24 hours If the pH of the slab is 10 or lower notify the manufacturer for preparations required to ensure a good bond RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 10 Flooring Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 Probe Manufacturer A relative humidity probe kit and manufacturer known to comply with the requirements includes The Rapid RH Probe manufactured by Wagner Electronic Products Inc Rogue River OR 800 207 2164 v C Surface Treatment 1 Prepare slab substrates including any existing cementitious terrazzo to open surface pores by means of light scarification medium shot blast or medium scarification with a vacuum unit Surface preparation results shall achieve a minimum Concrete Surface Profile CSP of 5 according to International Concrete Repair Institute Guideline No 03732 Remove all contaminating or bond breaking substances including but not limited to dust laitance curing compounds
435. toring battery to full charge within 16 hours after resumption of normal power Provide means within the car service panel for testing battery lamps and alarm bell When multiple units are provided in a car all units shall illuminate Illuminate a portion of normal car lighting 2 13 SAFETIES A General Provide a governor actuated mechanical safety device mounted under the car platform and securely bolted to the car sling 1 When tripped the safety mechanism shall engage the rails with sufficient force to stop a fully loaded car with an average rate of retardation within the limits given by the ASME A17 1 Code for the capacity 2 Make provisions to release the car safety In no event shall the safety be released by downward motion of the car Raising the car to reset the safety shall be allowed 3k Include an electrical safety plank switch that will interrupt the power to the hoist machine when the safety is set Resetting the plank switch shall be separate from resetting the safety jaws 4 Install a car safety marking plate of corrosion resistant metal showing the data required by the Code 2 14 SIGNAL DEVICES AND FIXTURES A General Provide vandal resistant signal fixtures and control devices for each elevator Buttons and signals shall be tamper resistant of the illuminated type that light up when activated and remain lit until call or other function has been fulfilled All signal fixture and control device faceplates shall be nomin
436. tput device i e monitor hard drive printer etc The system shall have the ability to page designated personnel to notify them of an emergency event The ECC shall store a chronological listing of the emergency reports received from each elevator The user shall be able to view or print these reports The following system hardware shall be provided Pentium based processor 1 6GHz or faster 512 MB RAM 80 GB hard drive Parallel port CD ROM drive SVGA card and monitor Parallel printer Ethernet connectivity Provide minimum 17 inch LCD monitor displaying real time activity of each group and each escalator and their respective operations status O OOT Ps OO to a C Provide a Graphical User Interface Central Monitoring System CMS with but not limited to the following features Simulated hoistway and car configuration Individual elevator position Individual elevator car calls Individual elevator direction Individual elevator door position Individual elevator status of operation Individual elevator communication status Registered up and down hall calls Controller real time clock date and time Group mode of operation Remote registration of car and hall calls Send a car to any floor at any time regardless of operation mode i e normal operation independent service swing car operation floor lockout etc 12 Floor lockout hall and car 13 Independent service to remove car from group to respon
437. trol of Corrosion Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials 1 3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated Include finishing materials B Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for column covers 1 Include plans elevations component details and attachments to other work Indicate materials and profiles of each column cover fittings joinery finishes fasteners anchorages and accessory items 3 Indicate LED light panel C Samples for Verification 1 Stainless Steel For each type of exposed finish required prepared on 12 inch square Samples of metal of same thickness and material indicated for the Work 2 Laminated Glass with Colored Interlayer 18 inches square 1 4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A Coordination Drawings Show dimensions of structural columns fireproofing if any attachments and necessary clearances B Product Certificates For glass and glazing products from manufacturer COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 1 Column Covers Z ES 1 7 1 8 1 9 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance Data For stainless steel finish to include in maintenance manuals QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications Fabricator of products Source Limitations for Glass Obtain laminated glass from single source from single manufactur
438. ublic use washroom accessories 2 Warm air dryers 3 Childcare accessories 4 Underlavatory guards SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of product indicated Include the following 1 Construction details and dimensions Anchoring and mounting requirements including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation 3 Material and finish descriptions 4 Features that will be included for Project 5 Manufacturer s warranty Samples Full size for each accessory item to verify design operation and finish requirements Product Schedule Indicating types quantities sizes and installation locations by room of each accessory required Warranty Sample of special warranty Maintenance Data For toilet and bath accessories to include in maintenance manuals QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations For products listed together in the same Part 2 articles obtain products from single source from single manufacturer Electrical Components Devices and Accessories Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 by a qualified testing agency and marked for intended location and application TOILET ACCESSORIES 1028 00 1 Public Rest Rooms Z ES 1 4 A w 1 5 PART2 2 1 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports COORDINATION Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities and for proper installation
439. ucted of laminated steel wire mesh or steel cable reinforced flexible elastomer material vulcanized into an integral seamless smooth handrail resistant to environmental conditions Each handrail shall operate on formed guides except when in contact with the driving sheaves A specially coated finish to minimize frictional wear on the underside of the handrail shall be provided The formed guides shall be fabricated from a material not subject to corrosion or pitting and having a polished or specially coated permanent finish to minimize the frictional wear on the under surface of the handrail amp The handrail rollers and guides shall be so arranged that the handrail cannot be easily thrown off or disengaged while running Handrails shall be provided with substantially square edges at points of contact with the balustrading f The extending newels shall be so designed and built that the handrails will disappear into the balustrading at a point difficult to reach NOTE In areas such as but not limited to Ticketing glass balustrades are suscepti ble to breakage from luggage carts and therefore are not permitted MOVING WALKS 14 3200 8 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz Deck Covers Skirts and Trim Minimum 3 mm thick satin stainless steel or black with clear Teflon coating at skirt panels Skirts shall be fastened to the truss with hidden fastenings Skirt panels sh
440. under the Standard Shuffle Test at 70 deg F 21 deg C and 20 RH edge raveling without seam sealers tuft bind loss zippering wet or dry shrinkage curling doming snags runs and delamination Warrantees shall be full term not pro rated for the specified warranty period 1 Warranty Period 10 years 1 8 EXTRA MATERIALS AND ATTIC STOCK A Attic Stock Package and deliver usable remnants of carpet to LAWA at the conclusion of the job Include any uncut carpet tiles PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 CARPET TILE A Carpet Tile Types Provide manufacturers commercial grade carpet tile for a 100 glue down installation B Provide carpet tile by one of the following 1 Interface 2 Lees Mohawk Industries 3 Milliken 4 Mannington 5 Shaw C Fiber Content Nylon 6 6 D Pile Characteristics No Over Tufting E Dye Process Solution dye or injection dye is required TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 3 Flooring Z gz zr gt PART3 3 1 A 3 2 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Density Greater than 7000 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds Portland cement based formulation provided by or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer Do not use gypsum based compounds Carpet Adhesives Water resistant mildew resistant and nonstaining high solids low VOC emitting formulations that are specifically recommended by the carpet manufacturer as verified through compatibility a
441. urer s instructions Allow membrane to level until no ridges are showing 5 Cracks and non expansion joints greater than 1 16 wide after surface preparation shall be prepared until sound and treated with membrane materials in accordance with the instructions of the epoxy terrazzo manufacturer and as follows Allow in base bid for above crack detailing as follows 5 of lineal footage of total project square footage for combined Type 1 amp 2 and 3 of lineal footage of Type 3 i e a 10 000 sq ft project would allow for a combined 500 lineal feet of Type 1 amp 2 repairs and 300 lineal feet of Type 3 repairs RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 11 Flooring 3 3 Guide Specification gz Les Angeles World Airports Type 1 Crack Detailing Hairline cracks shall receive detail coat of epoxy primer with 6 fabric reinforcement Type 2 Crack Detailing Fill cracks greater than hairline but less than 1 16 wide after surface preparation with neat epoxy membrane Place detail coat of epoxy membrane over crack and embed 12 fiberglass cloth Lightly abrade or solvent wipe treated cracks prior to applying primer Type 3 Crack Detailing Fill cracks greater than 1 16 with flexible epoxy membrane Place 25 30 mil detail coat so that flexible epoxy membrane extends at least 9 to 12 on each side of crack or joint After flexible epoxy membrane has leveled lay precut reinforcing fabric into wet membrane Smooth cloth with a flat
442. urer s instructions Protect terrazzo from damage and wear during construction operations END OF SECTION 09 66 23 RESINOUS MATRIX TERRAZZO FLOORING 09 66 23 15 Flooring Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports SECTION 09 68 13 TILE CARPETING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 A 1 2 1 3 SUMMARY This Section includes carpet tile STANDARDS Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following 1 The Carpet and Rug Institute The Carpet Specifiers Handbook 2 The Carpet and Rug Institute CRI 104 Commercial Carpet Installation Standard SUBMITTALS Product Data Submit product data specifications installation instructions for materials specified herein and other data as may be required to show compliance with the Contract Documents Include installation recommendations for each type of substrate required Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings showing the following 1 Existing floor materials to be removed 2 Existing floor materials to remain 3 Columns doorways enclosing walls or partitions built in cabinets and locations where cutouts are required in carpet tiles Carpet tile type color and dye lot Type of subfloor Type of installation Pattern of installation carpet locations direction and starting points per floor Type color and location of insets and borders 9 Type color a
443. ures 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock up for door hardware delivered to Project site Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule and include basic installation instructions with each item or package DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 3 Doors and Frames Guide Specification ES Los Angeles World Airports 1 5 COORDINATION A Templates Furnish templates and door hardware schedules coordinated for the application of door hardware items with door and frame details to door opening fabricators and trades performing door opening work to permit the preparation of doors and frames to receive the specified door hardware Where the door hardware item scheduled is not adaptable to the finished size of door opening members requiring door hardware submit an item having a similar operation and quality to the Architect for review Each door hardware item shall be fabricated to templates NOTE Coordinate the layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies fire alarms systems and detection devices access control system security system and the building control system B Existing Openings Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of do
444. vable stops and moldings such that each lite is capable of being removed independently c Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing or panel and type of installation indicated Hardware Preparation Factory prepare stainless steel frames to receive templated mortised hardware include cutouts reinforcement mortising drilling and tapping according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Section 087100 Door Hardware a Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface mounted door hardware b Locate hardware as indicated or if not indicated according to HMMA 831 Recommended Hardware Locations for Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Plaster Guards Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises and mounting holes in frames to be grouted Tolerances Fabricate frames to tolerances indicated in ANSI NAAMM HMMA 866 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates areas and conditions with Installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of stainless steel doors and frames STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 19 9 Doors and Frames Z ga w Q 3 3 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Examine roughing in for embedded and built in anchors to verify actual locations of stainless steel door frame connections before frame install
445. vel criteria specified herein Escalators will be inspected in accordance with the following 1 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall notify the Engineer seven 7 days prior to each separate scheduled test Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall perform testing in the presence of the Engineer This test is in addition to those performed by The City of Los Angeles Elevator Inspector 2 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall notify the appropriate local authorities having jurisdiction a minimum of seven 7 days in advance of final acceptance tests 3 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall provide all instruments materials and labor required for tests specified herein B Acceptance Testing Requirements 1 Testing shall be performed in accordance with ASME A17 2 3 procedures with the following additions or adaptations 2 Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall perform the following tests on each escalator without load a Comb impact devices shall be tested and calibrated with an appropriate scale at both ends of the escalator in both the horizontal and vertical direction b Brakes Measure deceleration rate with no load over 5 consecutive stops in the down direction using test equipment designed to obtain this information C Escalator shall produce no noise louder than sixty five 65 decibels measured five 5 feet above the floor or stair level at the entrance combs at both ends w
446. ver of Subrogation For commercial general liability insurance workers compensation insurance and employer s liability insurance the insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City for Losses arising from activities and operations of Contractor insured in the performance of Services under this Service Agreement Sub Contractors Contractor shall include all of its Sub Contractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Sub Contractor All coverages for Sub Contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Executive Director and approved as to form by the City Attorney Each specified insurance policy other than Workers Compensation and Employers Liability and Professional Liability shall contain a Severability of Interest Cross Liability clause which states It is agreed that the insurance afforded by this policy shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the company s liability Additionally Contractor s Commercial General Liability policy Policy shall provide Contractual Liability Coverage and such insurance as is afforded by the Policy shall also apply to the tort liability of the City of Los Angeles assumed by the Contractor under this Service Agreement All such insurance shall be primary and nonco
447. ving to remove shade roller from shade brackets Mounting spline shall not require use of adhesives adhesive tapes staples and or rivets Provide shade hardware system that allows multi banded shades to be capable of smooth operation when the axis is offset a maximum of 6 degrees on each side of the plane perpendicular to the radial line of the curve for a 12 degrees total offset Direction of Roll Reverse or regular roll as required Provide for universal regular and offset drive capacity allowing drive chain to fall at front rear or non offset for all manual shade drive end brackets Universal offset shall be adjustable for future change Mounting Brackets Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1 8 inch 3 18 mm thick plated steel or heavier as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade 1 Bracket shall be fully integrated with all accessories including but not limited to fascia room darkening side sill channels center supports and connectors for multi banded shades 2 Drive sprocket and brake assembly shall rotate and be supported on a welded 3 8 inch 9 525 mm steel pin 3 The brake shall be an over running clutch design which disengages to 90 percent during the raising and lowering of a shade The brake shall withstand a pull force of 50 Ibs 22 kg in the stopped position ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 2413 4 Window Treatment Z ES 2 2 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports
448. w metal frames 3 for single doors 4 for pairs of doors Omit where adhesive mounted seal occurs Leave no unfilled uncovered pre punched silencer holes 2 10 FABRICATION A Manufacturer s Nameplate Provide each door hardware item without exposed manufacturers labels names or designs B Fasteners Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine wood and sheet metal screws Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended Provide Phillips oval head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware item being attached Machine screws and expansion shields shall be used for attaching hardware to concrete and masonry Use throughbolts for renovation work only where existing door blocking and reinforcements are unknown 1 Concealed Fasteners All new doors and door frames have been specified with adequate blocking and reinforcement provisions to eliminate exposed throughbolting of hardware items Doors installed with exposed throughbolts will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner Where through bolts are used on existing doors provide sleeves for each through bolt 2 11 FINISHES A Designations The abbreviations used to schedule hardware finishes are generally BHMA Federal Standards where indicated in parenthesis designations Comply with base material and finish requirements indicated by the follow
449. wall with plastic wood filler sand smooth and finish same as wood base if finished Cabinets Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation 1 Fasten wall cabinets through back near top and bottom at ends and not more than 16 inches o c Countertops Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant END OF SECTION 06 40 23 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06 40 23 6 Millwork s Guide Specification 4 Los Angeles World Ai Sat Los Angeles rie irports SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A This Section includes hollow metal doors and frames NOTE The integration of the existing LAWA Security System into the new steel door and frame may be required The Contractor shall be responsible for the total and complete coor dination of the security system components of the work 1 2 SUBMITTALS A Product Data Submit product data for each product indicated Include material descriptions core descriptions label compliance sound and fire resistance ratings and finishes for each type of door and frame specified B Shop Drawings Submit door and frame schedule using same reference designations indicated on Drawing
450. well as the Installer and other subcontractors whose Work must be coordinated with the gypsum wallboard Work PROJECT CONDITIONS Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or wallboard material manufacturer s written recommendations whichever are more stringent Installation of wallboard joint treatments shall not start until the space to receive wall board joint treatments is heated to maintain a continuous and uniform temperature of not less than 55 degrees F from one week prior to beginning of joint treatment until joint treatment is completed and thoroughly dry Ventilation either natural or supplied by fans circulators or air conditioning systems shall be provided to remove excess moisture during joint treatment Temperature requirements may be waived only on recommendation of wallboard materials manufacturer PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS GENERAL A General For fire rated assemblies provide materials including accessories and fasteners produced by one manufacturer or when products of more than one manufacturer are used in a rated system they shall be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 2 2 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A Panel Size Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated B Gypsum Wallboard ASTM C 36 or ASTM C1396 C1396M 1 Regular Type a Thickness 5 8 inch 15 9 mm unless otherwise indicated b Long Edges Tapered Cc L
451. xisting escalators includes but is not limited to the following 1 Complete removal of the existing escalators including the removal of existing escalator truss cladding on sides and beneath existing escalators HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 1 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 1 03 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports 2 Removal of existing flashing and closure elements provided between existing escalators and existing structural and architectural elements Installation of the new escalators includes but is not limited to the following 1 Installation of new heavy duty escalators 2 Installation of flashing and closure elements required to coordinate new escalators with existing structural and architectural elements 3 Installation of new controllers in remote controller rooms for all escalators 4 New truss decking and cladding to complete all sides and surfaces of the escalators Provide all required staging protection hoisting hoist safety beams and equipment necessary for the movement of equipment Transportation and Handling Materials products and equipment shall be properly packaged and protected from damage during transportation storage and handling Coordinate delivery and movement of large items in the Los Angeles International Airport facilities with the Engineer Product Delivery Storage and Handling 1 Protect equipment and exposed finishe
452. xploded view for identifying all system parts 3 Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts part numbers current cost and warehouse location If product source is another vendor Vertical Transportation Equipment Supplier shall include name and address of other vendor HEAVY DUTY TRANSIT 14310 13 TYPE ESCALATORS WW AAAA 11 12 ESCALATORS SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATIONS AT LOS ANGELES INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT Los Angeles World Airports Sample copies of a proposed preventive maintenance chart Descriptions of safety devices Safety rules tests and procedures including testing of all systems and subsystems Procedures for adjusting brake handrail tension handrail chain drive tension step chain tension track system and mechanical components including pictorials Instructions for removing floor plate replacing comb segments and removing and installing steps and interior panels Troubleshooting techniques Detailed lubrication and cleaning schedule indicating weekly monthly quarterly semiannual and annual lubrication and a description of each lubrication point lubrication type and specification Control and schematic electrical wiring diagrams of controller including wiring of safety devices to connections with remote indication and control panels for each escalator and group of escalators Complete I O list shall also be provided Electrical layout showing placement of lighting light switches r
453. y County State or Federal agencies including but not limited to the City of Los Angeles FAA DHS TSA USCBP LAXTEC which may have jurisdiction GC 28 SAFETY 28 01 28 02 28 03 During the term of this Service Agreement The Contractor shall provide all materials resources training and any and all services required to ensure that the systems can be safely operated and maintained in conformance with LAWA and the approved documents developed by the elevator escalator OEM in conformance with industry standards Contractor shall at all times conduct all operations under the Service Agreement in a manner to avoid the risk of bodily harm to persons or risk of damage to any property Contractor shall promptly take all precautions which are necessary and adequate against any conditions which involve a risk of bodily harm to persons or a risk of damage to any property Contractor shall continuously inspect all Work materials and equipment to discover and determine any such conditions and shall be solely responsible for discovery determination and correction of any such conditions Contractor shall submit their written Safety Program with detail commensurate with the Work to be performed for LAWA s review within 30 days of expiration of the 1 year warranty period Such review and approval shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility for safety nor shall such review be construed Page 7 of 10 Vertical Transportation and Moving Wa
454. y an ASSA ABLOY Group company Steelcraft an Ingersoll Rand company ON NOTE Make provisions for installation of electrical items specified elsewhere arrange so wiring can be readily removed and replace Provide all cutouts and reinforcements required for steel doors to accept security system components STAINLESS STEEL DOORS Description Stainless steel doors not less than 1 3 4 inches 44 mm thick of seamless hollow metal construction Construct doors with smooth flush surfaces without visible joints or seams on faces 1 Face Sheets Fabricate from 0 078 inch 1 98 mm thick stainless steel sheet 2 Core Construction Fabricate doors with core indicated STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 19 3 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Los Angeles World Airports a Welded Steel Stiffened Core vertical stiffeners extending full door height spaced not more than 6 inches 152 mm apart spot welded to face sheets a maximum of 5 inches 127 mm o c Fill spaces between stiffeners with mineral fiber insulation b Laminated Core foam plastic insulation fastened to face sheets with waterproof adhesive c Fire Rated Door Core As required to provide fire protection and temperature rise ratings indicated Vertical Edges for Single Acting Doors Beveled 1 8 inch in 2 inches 3 mm in 50 mm Vertical Edges for Double Acting Doors Round vertical edges with 2 1 8 inch 54 mm radius Moldings for Glazed Lite
455. y devices Install oil drip pans and verify that no oil drips outside of pans PROTECTION Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to the vertical transportation Installer that ensure vertical transportation equipment is without damage or deterioration at the time of acceptance by LAWA Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of correction work Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop make required repairs and refinish entire unit or provide new units as required FIELD QUALITY VERIFICATION VERTICAL TRANSPORTATION GENERAL 14 20 00 22 Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks sa Los Angeles World Airports 4 Guide Specification gz A General On completion of each type of vertical transportation equipment installation and before permitting use thereof perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17 1 procedures with the following additions or adaptations and by authorities having jurisdiction 1 Traction Elevators Hydraulic Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks Comply with ASME 17 2 Inspectors Manual for Traction Elevators Hydraulic Elevators Escalators and Moving Walks procedures a Contractor shall perform the following tests on each escalator without load 1 Comb impact device shall be tested and calibrated with an appropriate scale at both ends of the escalator in both the horizontal and vertical direction 2 Brakes Measure d
456. y either party of any 30 or 90 day cancellation notice Upon award of this Agreement any pre existing condition falling within the scope of this Agreement will be covered The requirement of any new attachments or parts on an elevator escalator or moving walk in addition to those on the now existing equipment shall be the responsibility of the City f Certificate of Inspection Permit To Operate 1 State or City inspection fees shall be paid by the City Fees for re inspection due to failure to eliminate deficiencies covered by this maintenance Agreement will be paid by the Contractor g City s Right To Inspect and Require Work 1 2 City reserves the right to make such inspections and tests whenever necessary to ascertain that the requirements of this AGREEMENT are being fulfilled Deficiencies noted shall be promptly corrected at Contractor s expense In no instance shall CITY be liable for the frequency or sufficiency of such inspections or tests If Contractor fails to perform the work required by the terms of this Agreement in a diligent and satisfactory manner City may after ten 10 days written notice to Contractor perform or cause to be performed all or any part of the work required hereunder Contractor agrees that it will reimburse City for any expense incurred therefore and CITY at its election may deduct the amount from any sum owing Contractor The waiver by City of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Co
457. y fitted together Install concealed gaskets joint fillers sealants and insulation as the Work progresses to make interior column covers soundproof and lightproof as applicable to type of fabrication indicated COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 6 Column Covers Z gz m 3 4 Guide Specification Los Angeles World Airports Corrosion Protection Apply bituminous paint or other permanent separation materials on concealed surfaces where metals would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate materials that are incompatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finish ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Unless otherwise indicated clean metals by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap rinsing with clean water and drying with soft cloths Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop make required alterations and refinish entire unit or provide new units Clean and polish glass as recommended in writing by manufacturer Wash exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion PROTECTION Protect finishes of column covers from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by column cover manufacturer Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial C
458. y until permanent anchors are set After wall construction is complete remove temporary braces leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged a At fire protection rated openings install frames according to NFPA 80 b Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously grind fill dress and make splice smooth flush and invisible on exposed faces c Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening d Install door silencers in frames before grouting e Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured f Check plumb squareness and twist of frames as walls are constructed Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances STAINLESS STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 11 19 10 Doors and Frames gS Guide Specification ga Les Angeles World Airports g Apply corrosion resistant coating to backs of grout filled frames 2 Floor Anchors Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors a Floor anchors may be set with powder actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings 3 Metal Stud Partitions Solidly pack mineral fiber insulation behind frames 4 In Place Concrete or Masonry Construction Secure frames in place with posti
459. y with the following Balustrade panels shall be a minimum of 3mm solid type 316 Stainless Steel Backing panels where used shall be noncombustible and subject to approval by the Engineer Stiffeners brackets attachment angles and other concealed ferrous metal framework shall be galvanized or constructed of equivalent corrosion resistant materials for exterior units Glass Balustrades for Low Deck Escalators shall comply with the following Constructed of 3 8 10 mm minimum clear tempered safety glass Skirt panels with rounded joints shall be of type 316 Stainless Steel solid construction and shall be in conformance with A 17 1 Code There shall be no laminations nor square joints allowed Provide Recessed type Skirt Brushes along both sides of the skirt panel Skirt brush must be installed at least one 1 inch above the nose of the step line Brush material is to be flame retardant Skirt brushes shall incorporate two 2 rows of bristles and intermediate sections shall be capable of being removed independently of the rest of the brush installation for access to motors or other sections of the truss interior Panels on exterior escalators shall have edges sealed against moisture Panels shall be constructed when practical in equal lengths for interchangeability Panels shall be attached to permit easy removal for inspection lubrication and adjustment of safety devices Panels shall be sized so that not more than two 2
460. yral interlayer not less than 0 060 inch thick 1 Glass Color Clear 2i Interlayer Color White 3 Glass Plies 6 0 mm thick each NOTE The bent glass is comprised of 3 16 inch Starphire 060 4640 3 16 Starphire flat polish all edges Glass shall comply with CPSC CFR 1201 Cat II B Glazing Cement and Accessories for Structural Glazing Glazing cement setting blocks shims and related accessories as recommended or supplied by column cover manufacturer for installing structural glazing COLUMN COVERS 05 75 30 13 3 Column Covers Guide Specification h Ss l A sa Los Angeles World Airports 2 3 A 2 4 2 5 ILLUMINATION LED Light Panel System Molded clear acrylic PMMA 3125 thick lens 125 channel around edge edges or perimeter 0625 x 0625 wire mesh grid overlay strings of LEDs in channel around edge edges or perimeter with flat metal led covers flat white plastic sheet on top sides covered with white plastic tape and low voltage wire extruding from corner side ore rear of panel with barrel connector Manufacturer 1 E Connect 740 Flower Avenue Venice CA 90291 Telephone 310 616 5055 UL Approved MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Sealants Interior Nonsag paintable nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 of type and grade required to seal joints in column covers and as recommended in writing by column covers manufacturer 1 Sealants shall have a VOC content of not m
461. ystem B Panic Exit Devices Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to the LADBS for panic protection based on testing according to UL 305 1 Independent lab tested 1 000 000 cycles 2 Push through push pad design No exposed push pad fasteners no exposed cavities when operated Return stroke fluid dampeners and rubber bottoming dampeners plus anti rattle devices 3 0 75 inch throw deadlocking latchbolts 4 End caps impact resistant flush mounted No raised edges or lips to catch carts or oth er equipment J No exposed screws to show through glass doors 6 Non handed basic device design with center case interchangeable with all functions no extra parts required to effect change of function 7 Releasable in normal operation with 15 lb maximum operating force per UBC Standard 10 4 and with 32 lb maximum pressure under 250 lb load to the door 8 Flush end cap design as opposed to typical bottle cap design end cap 9 Comply with CBC Section 1003 3 1 9 C Specific features i Non Fire Rated Devices cylinder dogging 2 Lever Trim Breakaway type forged brass or bronze escutcheon min 130 thickness compression spring drive match lockset lever design 3 Rod and latch guards with sloped full width kickplates for doors fitted with surface verti cal rod devices with bottom latches 4 Fire Labeled Devices UL label indicating Fire Exit Hardware Vertical rod devices less bottom
462. zzo tread d After abrasive mix has set remove masking material and allow to cure PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 A 3 2 CONDITION OF SURFACES Examine the substrates and adjoining construction and the conditions under which the Work is to be installed Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected Examine areas to receive terrazzo for 1 Defects in existing work that affect proper execution of terrazzo work 2 Deviations beyond allowable tolerances for the concrete slab work The substrate shall not exceed 4 in a 10 0 span When placing a 10 foot straightedge anywhere on the substrate at no point shall the gap between the straightedge and the substrate exceed 4 3 Ensure that the building expansion joints in the floor area are raised or lowered to actual finish elevation of terrazzo 4 Ensure that drains in installation area are functional and raised or lowered to actual finish elevation of terrazzo PREPARATION General Comply with NTMA specifications and recommendations unless otherwise shown or specified for preparation of substrate Substrates to Receive Epoxy Terrazzo After the removal of existing floor coverings in areas to receive the terrazzo work and before the terrazzo flooring installation visit the jobsite to evaluate substrate condition The evaluation shall include a determination of the suitableness of the substrate to receive the epoxy terrazzo materials and

03 00 00 to 14 00 00 - Los Angeles World Airports

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents